Agenda packet — Orange City Council, May 23, 2023 (part 1 of 2)

Tom Kisela
City Manager
Mary Binning
City Attorney
Pamela Coleman
City Clerk

DAN SLATER
Mayor

ARIANNA BARRIOS
Mayor pro tem, District 1

JON DUMITRU
Councilmember, District 2

KATHY TAVOULARIS
Councilmember, District 3

DENIS BILODEAU
Councilmember, District 4

ANA GUTIERREZ
Councilmember, District 5

JOHN GYLLENHAMMER
Councilmember, District 6
AGENDA
City Council
May 23, 2023
5:00 PM Closed Session
6:00 PM Regular Session
City Council Chamber
300 E. Chapman Avenue
Orange, CA 92866
The City of Orange City Council welcomes you to this meeting and encourages your participation. Regular City Council meetings are held on the second and fourth Tuesday of each month at 6:00 p.m.

Agenda Information
The agenda contains a brief general description of each item to be considered. The City Council may take legislative action deemed appropriate with respect to the item and is not limited to the recommended action indicated in staff reports or the agenda. The agenda and supporting documentation is available after 4:00 p.m. on the Thursday prior to the Council meeting on the City's website at www .cityoforange.org, at the City Clerk's Office located at 300 E. Chapman Avenue, and at the Main Public Library located at 407 E. Chapman Avenue. Written materials relating to an item on the agenda that are provided to the City Council after agenda packet distribution and within 72 hours before Council is to consider the item will be made available for public inspection in the City Clerk’s Office during normal business hours; at the City Council meeting; and made available on the City's website.

Public Participation
Regular meetings are televised live on Spectrum Cable Channel 3 and AT&T U -verse Channel 99, and streamed live and on-demand on the City's website at www.cityoforange.org.

Pursuant to Government Code Section 54954.3, members of the public may address the City Council on any agenda item before or during Council ’s consideration of the item, and on any other matters within the City Council’s jurisdiction by using any of the following methods:
1) In-Person
To speak on an item on the agenda, complete a speaker card indicating your name and address, and identifying the agenda item number or subject matter you wish to address. The card should be given to the City Clerk prior to the start of the meeting. General comments are received during the “Public Comments ” section at the beginning of the Regular Session. No action may be taken on off -agenda items unless authorized by law. Public Comments are limited to three (3) minutes per speaker unless a different time limit is announced. It is requested that you state your name for the record, then proceed to address the City Council. All speakers shall observe civility, decorum, and good behavior. (Continued on page 2)

Page 1 of 10 ends

1 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023
2) Written Public Comments via email or eComment
Members of the public can submit their written comments electronically for City Council consideration by emailing them to CCpubliccomment@cityoforange .org with the subject line “Public Comment Item # (insert the item number relevant to the comment )” or “Public Comment Non -agenda Item” for general public comments. The public can also submit written comments on the City ’s eComment page. Please visit the City’s website at www .cityoforange.org, click Current City Council Agenda, then click the eComment link for this meeting. To ensure distribution to the City Council prior to consideration of the agenda, we encourage the public to submit written comments by 3:00 p.m. the day of the meeting. All written comments will be provided to the Council and posted on the City’s website.
3) Public Comments via recorded voicemail message
Finally, the public can record their comments by calling (714) 744-2234 no later than 5:00 p.m. the day of the meeting. Recorded messages will not be played at the meeting, but will be provided to the Council.

In accordance with Ordinance No. 10-01, any person making personal, impertinent, slanderous or profane remarks or who becomes boisterous while addressing the Council shall be called to order by the Mayor. If such conduct continues, the Mayor may order the person barred from addressing the City Council further during that meeting, unless permission to continue is granted by a majority vote of the Council.

Please contact the City Clerk’s Office at (714) 744-5500 with any questions.

ADA Requirements: In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need accommodations to participate in this meeting, please contact the City Clerk's office at (714) 744-5500. Notification at least 48 hours in advance of meeting will enable the City to make arrangements to assure accessibility to this meeting.

REMINDER: Please silence all electronic devices while City Council is in session.

Page 2 of 10 ends

2 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023
5:00 PM CLOSED SESSION

1. CALL TO ORDER

1.1 ROLL CALL

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS ON CLOSED SESSION ITEMS
At this time, members of the public may address the Council on Closed Session items only. Public Comments are limited to three (3) minutes per speaker.

3. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
a. CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATORS
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54957.6
City Negotiator: Tom Kisela, City Manager
Employee Organizations: Orange City Firefighters, Orange Fire Management Association

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT

5. ADJOURNMENT
The City Council will adjourn to the 6:00 p.m. Regular Session in the Council Chamber.

Page 3 of 10 ends

3 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023
6:00 PM REGULAR SESSION

1. OPENING/CALL TO ORDER

1.1 INVOCATION
Pastor Marco Salinas, Spirit and Truth Worship Center

1.2 PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Mayor pro tem Arianna Barrios

1.3 ROLL CALL

1.4 PRESENTATIONS/ANNOUNCEMENTS
Memorial Adjournment in honor of Patricia "Patti" van Voorst El Modena High School Student Liaison Ruby Hewitt, ASB School Board Representative
Orange High School Student Liaison Diego Paz, ASB Ambassador Friends of the Orange Public Library Presentation to the Orange Public Library Proclamation recognizing Palmyra Elementary School's 70th Anniversary

1.5 REPORT ON CLOSED SESSION ACTIONS

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS
At this time, members of the public may address the Council on matters not listed on the agenda within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council, provided that NO action may be taken on off -agenda items unless authorized by law. Public Comments are limited to three (3) minutes per speaker.

3. CONSENT CALENDAR
All items on the Consent Calendar are considered routine and are enacted by one motion approving the recommended action listed on the Agenda. Any member of the City Council, staff, or the public may request an item be removed from the Consent Calendar for discussion or separate action. Unless otherwise specified in the request to remove an item from the Consent Calendar, all items removed shall be considered immediately following action on the remaining items on the Consent Calendar.

3.1. Waive reading in full of all ordinances on the Agenda.

Approve.

Recommended Action:

Staff ReportAttachments:

Page 4 of 10 ends

4 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023

3.2. Approval of minutes of the City of Orange City Council Regular Meetings held on April 25 and May 9, 2023; Adjourned Regular Meeting held on May 7, 2023; and Special Meeting held on May 12, 2023.

Approve minutes as presented.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
April 25, 2023, Regular Meeting minutes
May 7, 2023, Adjourned Regular Meeting minutes
May 9, 2023, Regular Meeting minutes
May 12, 2023, Special Meeting minutes
Attachments:

3.3. Agreement with Fehr & Peers for Transit Planning Services to conduct a Transit Planning Study for the feasibility of developing the Orange Community Circulator, currently programmed under the Orange County Transportation Authority’s Community-Based Transit/Circulators Program (Project V).

1. Approve the agreement with Fehr & Peers in the amount of $65,850 for Transit Planning Services; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

2. Authorize $6,585 (10%) of the contract amount for contingency purposes.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Professional Services Agreement
Attachments:

3.4. Agreement with Officer Damon Allen for the transfer of ownership of police service dog, Danto, assigned to the Police Department’s Canine Team.

Approve the agreement to transfer ownership of canine Danto from the City of Orange to Officer Damon Allen; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Agreement with Damon Allen
Attachments:

3.5. Second Amendment to the Agreement with HASA, Inc. for maintenance of Hart Park pools.

Approve the Second Amendment with HASA, Inc ., in the amount of $ 51,854.78 for maintenance of Hart Park pools; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

Recommended Action:

Page 5 of 10 ends

5 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023
Staff Report
Second Amendment to Maintenance Services Agreement with HASA, Inc.

Attachments:

3.6. Approval of plans and specifications for Tustin Avenue /Rose Drive Corridor Regional Traffic Signal Synchronization Program Project - Intersection Improvements; authorization to advertise for bids; and finding of CEQA exemption.

Approve plans and specifications and authorize advertising for Bid No. 22-23.41 (SP-4199).

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Location Map
Attachments:

3.7. Award of Contract to Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company for the Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project, Bid No. 22-23.29; and finding of CEQA exemption.

1. Approve contract with Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company in the total amount of $582,307, representing an original amount of $529,370 plus a 10% contingency of $52,937, for Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement; and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

2. Authorize the transfer of $110,000 from 220.5011.56340.30166 Cambridge St Infrastructure Improvement to expenditure account number 220.5011.56340.30215 Sanitation and Sewer - Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Bid Abstract
Location Map
Contract with Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company
Attachments:

3.8. Authorize increase to Fiscal Year 2022-2023 blanket purchase order for uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC.

Approve the increase to blanket purchase order for uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC in the amount of $50,000 for an overall purchase order total of $120,000.

Recommended Action:

Staff ReportAttachments:

Page 6 of 10 ends

6 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023

3.9. Authorize purchase of one (1) Braun Chief XL Type I ambulance from RedSky Emergency Vehicles and Vehicle Service Group, Inc. as a single source vendor.

1. Approve the purchase of one Ambulance from Red Sky Emergency Vehicle for $448,401.

2. Authorize the appropriation of $448,401 from the Equipment Replacement (720) unreserved fund balance, to expenditure account number 720.5023.55212.V2400, Equipment Replacement - Motor Vehicle Replacement.

Recommended Action:

Staff ReportAttachments:

3.10. Accept the annual Assembly Bill No. 481 Military Equipment Report, review and affirm Ordinance No. 03-22, and adopt the newly revised Military Equipment policy for the acquisition and use of military equipment by the Orange Police Department.

Consider and accept the annual report, review and affirm Ordinance No. 03-22, implement policy revision recommendations, and adopt the newly revised policy in accordance with Government Code § 7071.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Ordinance No. 03-22
Orange Police Department Policy 706, Updated 4-2023
2023 Annual Military Equipment Report
Attachments:

3.11. City Traffic Commission Activity Report for 2022.

Receive and file.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Activity Recap 2022
Attachments:

3.12. Approval of the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan. Resolution No. 11452.

Adopt Resolution No. 11452. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange approving the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Resolution No. 11452
Attachments:

3.13. Approval of the Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Pavement Management Program budget to incorporate a list of eight arterial streets to be funded by SB 1 (The Road Repair and Accountability Act) and appropriate Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account funding. Resolution No. 11455.

Page 7 of 10 ends

7 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023
Adopt Resolution No. 11455. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange approving the 2023-2024 Pavement Management Program budget to incorporate a list of eight streets to be funded by SB 1: the Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017 and appropriate Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account (RMRA) funding.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Resolution No. 11455
Attachments:

3.14. Setting the amount of appeal fee for administrative citation appeals. Resolution No. 11456.

Adopt Resolution No. 11456. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange setting the amount of appeal fee for administrative citation appeals.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Resolution No. 11456
Resolution No. 11444
Attachments:

3.15. A Letter of Understanding between the City of Orange and the City of Orange Police Management Association effective July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2026.

Resolution No. 11459.

Adopt Resolution No. 11459. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange establishing a Letter of Understanding between the City of Orange and the Orange Police Management Association effective July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2026.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Resolution No. 11459
Attachments:

3.16. A Letter of Understanding between the City of Orange and the City of Orange Police Association effective July 1, 2023, to June 30, 2026. Resolution No. 11460.

Adopt Resolution No. 11460. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange establishing a Letter of Understanding between the City of Orange and the City of Orange Police Association effective July 1, 2023, through June 30, 2026.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Resolution No. 11460
Attachments:

END OF CONSENT CALENDAR
* * * * * * * *

Page 8 of 10 ends

8 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023

4. REPORTS FROM MAYOR SLATER

5. REPORTS FROM COUNCILMEMBERS
An opportunity for Councilmembers to make a brief announcement, report, or request .

No action(s) will be taken pursuant to Government Code Section 54954.2(a)(3).

6. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS

6.1. Appropriation of $ 1,385,000 from the Capital Projects Fund (500) unreserved fund balance for the purchase of property located at 2829 N. Glassell Street (Olive Park).

Authorize the appropriation of $ 1,385,000, representing the original purchase amount of $ 1,375,000 plus $ 10,000 for miscellaneous escrow fees and charges, from the Capital Projects (500) unreserved fund balance to 500.7021.56012.20533 (2829 N.

Glassell Street).

Recommended Action:

Staff ReportAttachments:

6.2. Expansion of Permit Parking Area “Z” to include portions of Rancho Santiago Boulevard; Silverleaf Avenue; Christine Street; and Richard Street. Resolution No. 11461.

1. Approve permit parking on both sides of Rancho Santiago Boulevard from the south city limits to Silverleaf Avenue; both sides of Silverleaf Avenue from Rancho Santiago Boulevard to Richard Street; both sides of Christine Street from Silverleaf Avenue to Sycamore Avenue; and both sides of Richard Street from Silverleaf Avenue to Sycamore Avenue.

2. Adopt Resolution No. 11461. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange rescinding Resolution No. 11439 and adopting a revised master resolution of permit parking areas within the City of Orange.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
NPPP Policy August 2022
Resolution No. 11461
Area Map
Attachments:

6.3. Employment Agreement with City Attorney Michael J. Vigliotta.

Approve Employment Agreement with City Attorney Michael J. Vigliotta.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Employment Agreement
Attachments:

Page 9 of 10 ends

9 City Council Agenda May 23, 2023

7. REPORTS FROM CITY MANAGER

8. LEGAL AFFAIRS

8.1. Introduction and First Reading of Ordinance No. 06-23 amending Section

15.04.015 of the Orange Municipal Code deleting provision regarding Work Exempt from Permit.

Introduce and conduct First Reading of Ordinance No. 06-23. An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Orange amending Section 15.04.015 of the Orange Municipal Code deleting a provision regarding work exempt from permit.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Ordinance No. 06-23
Attachments:

8.2. Introduction and First Reading of Ordinance No. 07-23 revising restrictions for leaf blowers.

Introduce and conduct First Reading of Ordinance No. 07-23. An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Orange amending Chapter 8.26 of the Orange Municipal Code relating to leaf blowers.

Recommended Action:

Staff Report
Ordinance No. 07-23 - REDLINED
Ordinance No. 07-23 - CLEAN
Attachments:

9. ADJOURNMENT
The City Council will Adjourn in Memory of Patricia "Patti" van Voorst to a meeting on Tuesday, June 6, 2023, at 5:00 p.m. in the Council Chamber.

The next Regular City Council meeting will be held on Tuesday, June 13, 2023, at 6:00 p.m., in the Council Chamber, with Closed Session beginning at 5:00 p.m., if necessary.

I, Pamela Coleman, CMC, City Clerk for the City of Orange, do hereby declare, under penalty of perjury, that a full and correct copy of this agenda was posted pursuant to Government Code Section 54950 et. seq., at the following locations: Orange Civic Center kiosk and Orange City Clerk's Office at 300 E. Chapman Avenue, Orange Main Public Library at 407 E. Chapman Avenue, Police facility at 1107 N. Batavia Street, and uploaded to the City's website www.cityoforange.org.

Date posted: May 18, 2023

Page 10 of 10 ends

10 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.1. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0318
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

1. SUBJECT
Waive reading in full of all ordinances on the Agenda.

2. SUMMARY
This item asks the City Council to waive the reading in full of all ordinances on the agenda (if any) and approve their reading by title only.

State law requires that all ordinances be read in full either at the time of the introduction or at the time of passage, unless a motion waiving further reading is adopted by a majority of the City Council (Gov.

Code § 36934).

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve.

4. ATTACHMENTS
· None
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
11 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.1. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0318
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

1. SUBJECT
Waive reading in full of all ordinances on the Agenda.

2. SUMMARY
This item asks the City Council to waive the reading in full of all ordinances on the agenda (if any) and approve their reading by title only.

Code § 36934).

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve.

4. ATTACHMENTS
· None
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
12 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.2. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0319
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

1. SUBJECT
Approval of minutes of the City of Orange City Council Regular Meetings held on April 25 and May 9, 2023; Adjourned Regular Meeting held on May 7, 2023; and Special Meeting held on May 12, 2023.

2. SUMMARY
Submitted for your consideration and approval are the minutes of the above meeting(s).

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve minutes as presented.

4. ATTACHMENTS
· April 25, 2023, Regular Meeting minutes
· May 7, 2023, Adjourned Regular Meeting minutes
· May 9, 2023, Regular Meeting minutes
· May 12, 2023, Special Meeting minutes
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
13 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.2. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0319
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

2. SUMMARY
Submitted for your consideration and approval are the minutes of the above meeting(s).

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve minutes as presented.

MINUTES - DRAFT
The City Council of the City of Orange, California convened on April 25, 2023, at 5:00 p.m. in a Regular Meeting in the Council Chamber, 300 E. Chapman Avenue, Orange, California. 5:00 PM CLOSED SESSION

1. CALL TO ORDER
Mayor pro tem Barrios called Closed Session to order at 5:00 p.m.

1.1 ROLL CALL

Present: Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, and Gyllenhammer

Absent: Slater

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS ON CLOSED SESSION ITEMS
None

3. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 5:01 p.m. with all Members, except Mayor Slater who was absent, to discuss the following:
a. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.8
Property Location: 2829 N. Glassell, APN 360-241-04
Agency Negotiator: Aaron Schulze, Economic Development Manager Negotiating Parties: Discovery LLC, John Doan, Manager
Under Negotiation: Price and terms of payment
The following item was not discussed:

Property Location: APN 039-251-008, 039-251-020, 039-251-031, 039-251-010, 039-252-005, 039-252-011, 039-252-010
Agency Negotiator: Aaron Schulze, Economic Development Manager Negotiating Parties: Wells Fargo & Company
Under Negotiation: Price and terms of payment

Page 1 of 8 ends

Draft
15 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023
b. CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATORS
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54957.6
City Negotiator: Tom Kisela, City Manager
Employee Organizations: Orange City Firefighters, Orange Fire Management Association, City of Orange Police Association, City of Orange Police Management Association
RECESS TO REGULAR MEETING: At 5:54 p.m., the City Council recessed from Closed Session to a Regular Meeting in the Council Chamber.

The City Council reconvened in Closed Session at 7:46 p.m. with all Members present, except Mayor Slater who was absent.

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT
None

5. ADJOURNMENT
Closed Session was adjourned at 8:50 p.m.
6:00 PM REGULAR SESSION

1. OPENING/CALL TO ORDER
Mayor pro tem Barrios called the meeting to order at 6:04 p.m.

1.1 INVOCATION
Given by Father Cheeyoon Chun from Holy Family Catholic Church.

1.2 PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Led by Councilmember John Gyllenhammer.

1.3 ROLL CALL

Present: Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, and Gyllenhammer

Absent: Slater

1.4 PRESENTATIONS/ANNOUNCEMENTS
Mayor pro tem Barrios invited the community to a free Movie in the Park event at Grijalva Park on Friday, April 28, 2023.

Memorial Adjournment in honor of Master Sergeant Michael Ty Kettenhofen.

1.5 REPORT ON CLOSED SESSION ACTIONS
None

Page 2 of 8 ends

Draft
16 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS
Public Speakers
Tim Smith commented about the Earth Day celebration held at Santiago Canyon College.

Karen Kremer spoke in opposition of installing parking meters in the Plaza.

Carole Walters spoke in opposition of installing parking meters in the Plaza.

Bob Birschbach expressed concerns with the lack of parking /traffic enforcement for violations on street sweeping days, painted curbs, or speeding.

Brandy Romero spoke in opposition of removing design aesthetics from the administrative citation ordinance and waiving the appeal fee.

Matt Hamilton spoke in opposition of housing development at the Village of Orange.

Carol Chaney spoke in opposition of a zoning change to the Peralta property.

Doug Hamilton spoke in support of updating the General Plan.

Jake Comer spoke in support of creating a citizen based environmental commission.

Johanna Speiser encouraged Council to adopt a climate action plan.

Peggy Calvert announced April 23-29 was National Library Week.

James Kushon thanked staff for opening the dog park on Wednesday nights as a pilot program.

Written Public Comment
Janice Brownfield emailed about creating an edible park in Orange.

3.1. Waive reading in full of all ordinances on the Agenda.

ACTION: Approved.

3.2. Award of contract to La Rocque Better Roofs, Inc. for park facility roof repairs at three park facility locations: La Veta, Olive, and Santiago Hills Parks and the City owned concession /restroom building located on city property, adjacent to Sycamore Elementary School; Bid No. 22-23.30.

ACTION: Approved the contract to La Rocque Better Roofs, Inc. in the amount of $153,546, representing an original bid amount of $ 127,955, plus a 20 percent contingency of $ 25,591 for the Park Facility Roof Repairs project (20507); and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

3.3. Award of Contract to Kormex Construction, Inc. for installation of an irrigation booster pump at El Camino Real Park; Bid No. 22-23.28.

ACTION: Awarded the contract to Kormex Construction, Inc. in the amount of $ 69,000, for the Irrigation Booster Pump Replacement; and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

Page 3 of 8 ends

Draft
17 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023

3.4. Appropriation of $ 174,564 in Municipal Water District of Orange County Turf Replacement Rebate.

ACTION: 1) Accepted into the City ’s revenue budget $ 174,564 in Turf Replacement Rebate funds from Municipal Water District of Orange County into revenue account 291.7024.48210.20529 Santiago Hills Landscape Maintenance - Expense Reimbursements; and 2) Authorized the appropriation of $ 174,564 into expenditure account 291.7024.51431.20529 Santiago Hills Landscape Maintenance - Landscape Maintenance - City Property.

3.5. First Amendment to Agreement No. 6447.4 with the County of Orange for a Lead Forensic Specialist during Fiscal Year 2023-2024.

ACTION: Approved the First Amendment to Agreement No. 6447.4 with the County of Orange for a Lead Forensic Specialist in the amount of $ 191,257; and authorized the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

3.6. Agreement with AECOM Technical Services for the creation of Objective Design Standards.

ACTION: 1) Approved the agreement with AECOM Technical Services in the amount of $ 118,060 with a contingency amount of $ 81,940 for the creation of Objective Design Standards; and authorized the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City; and 2) Approved transfer of $ 200,000 from 550.6011.57670.30143 Other Professional & Consulting - N Tustin Specific Plan to 550.6011.51670.30212 Other Professional & Consulting - Objective Design Standards.

3.7. Second Amendment to the Agreement with The HUB OC for on -site services, referrals, and resources for those experiencing homelessness as part of the 517 W. Struck Project.

ACTION: 1) Approved the Second Amendment to the Agreement with The HUB in the amount of $ 705,600 for services in support of the 517 W. Struck Project; and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City; and 2) Authorized the appropriation of $ 705,600 from the General Fund unreserved fund balance to expenditure account number 100.0000.51670.30200, General Fund - Other Prof & Consulting- 517 W. Struck Transit.

3.8. First Amendment to Attorney Services Agreement with Everett Dorey LLP to provide legal services relating to litigation defense in the matter of Carol Leigh Kneeshaw, et al. v. City of Orange, et al.

ACTION: 1) Approved a First Amendment to Attorney Services Agreement with Everett Dorey LLP in the amount of $ 200,000; and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City; and 2) Authorized the appropriation of $ 200,000 from the General Fund unreserved fund balance to expenditure account number 740.0301.51600.00000, Self-Insurance - Liability Fund - Legal Services.

3.9. Second Amendment to Attorney Services Agreement with Ring Bender LLP to include the provision of specialized legal advice and services relative to state land use and housing laws.

ACTION: 1) Approved a Second Amendment to Attorney Services Agreement with Ring Bender LLP in the amount of $ 20,000; and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to

Page 4 of 8 ends

Draft
18 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023
execute on behalf of the City; and 2) Authorized the appropriation of $ 20,000 from the General Fund unreserved fund balance to expenditure account number 100.0301.51600.00000, General Fund - Legal Services.

3.10. Appropriation of $ 32,200 in designated grant and donation funding received from the California Library Association, California State Library, and Friends of the Orange Public Library.

ACTION: 1) Accepted into the City ’s budget $ 32,200 in grant and donation funds from California Library Association, California State Library, and the Friends of the Orange Public Library into the following revenue account numbers in the General Fund:
$ 2,200 100.2001.45495.30121 - Lunch at the Library Grant $30,000 100.2001.48390.19990 - Friends of the Library
2) Authorized the appropriation of $ 32,200 in grant and donation funds into the following expenditure account numbers in the General Fund:
$11,000 100.2001.53301.19990 Library Books
$13,500 100.2001.55131.19990 Furniture, Machinery, and Equipment $ 2,500 100.2004.55131.19990 Furniture, Machinery, and Equipment $ 3,000 100.2014.53340.19990 Craft Supplies
$ 2,200 100.2016.53340.30121 Lunch at the Library Grant

3.11. Award of Contract to Elecnor Belco Electric, Inc. for Chapman and Hewes Intersection Signing and Striping Modifications; Bid No. 22-23.36, and finding of CEQA exemption.

ACTION: Approved contract with Elecnor Belco Electric, Inc. in the total amount of $129,932, representing an original bid amount of $ 118,120, plus a 10% contingency of $11,812, for Chapman and Hewes Intersection Signing and Striping Modifications; and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

3.12. Approval of plans and specifications for D -179; Chapman Avenue, Main Street, and Katella Avenue Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement project; authorization to advertise Bid No. 22-23.42; and finding of CEQA exemption.

ACTION: Approved plans and specifications and authorized advertising for bids for the Chapman Avenue, Main Street, and Katella Avenue Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement project Bid No. 22-23.42; D-179.

3.13. Final Acceptance of Bid No. 21-22.37; SP -4117, Fire Station 2 and 4 Kitchen Remodel; and authorization to file Notice of Completion.

ACTION: Accepted Bid No. 21-22-37; SP -4117, Fire Station 2 and 4 Kitchen Remodel as complete; and authorized staff to file Notice of Completion with the County Recorder.

3.14. Claims for Damages.

ACTION: Denied the following claims and referred to City Attorney and Claims Adjuster:

1. Adam Apollo

2. Raida Castro

3. Steve Defazio

4. Vinh Tien Hua

Page 5 of 8 ends

Draft
19 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023

3.15. Final Acceptance of Bid No. 21-22.28; SP -4183, Annual Pavement Maintenance at Various Locations Project; and authorization to file Notice of Completion.

ACTION: Accepted Bid No. 21-22.28; SP -4183, Annual Pavement Maintenance at Various Locations Project as complete; and authorized staff to file Notice of Completion with the County Recorder.

3.16. Second Reading and adoption of an Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Orange amending Chapter 3.08 of the Orange Municipal Code to update Uniform Public Construction Cost Accounting Act references to conform to current law .

Ordinance No. 05-23
ACTION: Adopted Ordinance No. 05-23.

3.17. Authorize the increase of purchase order for medical supplies from Life -Assist, Inc.

ACTION: Approved a $ 50,000 increase to the purchase order to a not -to-exceed amount of $305,000 for medical supplies from Life-Assist, Inc.

3.18. Authorize the increase of purchase order for turnout safety gear from Allstar Fire Equipment.

ACTION: Approved a $ 64,000 increase to the purchase order for a not -to-exceed total of $114,000 for turnout safety gear from Allstar Fire Equipment.

3.19. Approval of the Landscape Maintenance Assessment District 94-1 (Sycamore Crossing) Preliminary Engineer ’s Report for Fiscal Year 2023-2024. Resolution No. 11450.

ACTION: 1) Adopted Resolution No. 11450. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange regarding Landscape Maintenance Assessment District 94-1 (Sycamore Crossing) declaring its intention to provide for an annual levy and collection of assessments for Fiscal Year 2023-2024; setting a time and place for a public hearing to receive public testimony on the foregoing matters and giving preliminary approval of the certified Engineer ’s Report for Landscape Maintenance Assessment District 94-1 (Sycamore Crossing).
2) Declared the intent to levy an annual assessment, and set June 13, 2023, at 6:00 PM at City Hall, 300 E Chapman Avenue, Orange, CA 92866, as the time and place for the Public Hearing on the assessment.

3.20. Approval of the Landscape Maintenance Districts 86-2 (Santiago Hills) and 15-1 (Santiago Hills Overlay) Preliminary Engineer ’s Report for Fiscal Year 2023-2024.

Resolution No. 11449.

ACTION: 1) Adopted Resolution No. 11449. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange regarding Landscape Maintenance Assessment Districts 86-2 (Santiago Hills), and 15-1 (Santiago Hills Overlay) declaring its intention to provide for an annual levy and collection of assessments for Fiscal Year 2023-2024; setting a time and place for a public hearing to receive public testimony on the foregoing matters; and giving preliminary approval of the certified Engineer ’s Report for Landscape Maintenance Assessment Districts 86-2 (Santiago Hills) and 15-1 (Santiago Hills Overlay). 2) Declared the intent to levy an annual assessment, and set June 13, 2023, at 6:00 PM at City Hall, 300 E Chapman Avenue, Orange, CA 92866, as the time and place for

Page 6 of 8 ends

Draft
20 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023
the Public Hearing on the assessments.

3.21. Authorization to apply for a grant under the Orange County Transportation Authority’s Measure M 2 Environmental Cleanup Tier 1 Program. Resolution No . 11447.

ACTION: Adopted Resolution No. 11447. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange authorizing an application for funds for the Environmental Cleanup, Tier 1 Grant Program under Orange County Local Transportation Ordinance No. 3 for the installation of a Hydrodynamic Separator and Connector Pipe Screens.

3.22. Agreement with County of Orange for the allocation of County of Orange State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds (SLFRF) program funding of $ 225,000 for the Plaza Park Safety Enhancements and repairs to the Plaza Park historic fountain.

Written Public Comment
Orange County Board of Supervisor Vicente Sarmiento wrote a letter in support of preserving and repairing the City's historic Plaza Park fountain.

ACTION: 1) Accepted into the City ’s revenue budget a $ 225,000 State and Local Fiscal Recovery Fund (SLFRF) grant from the County of Orange into revenue account number 500.5032.45150.16302, Capital Projects - Minor Traffic Control Devices; and 2) Authorized the appropriation of $225,000 into the expenditure account 500.5032.56100.16302, Capital Projects - Minor Traffic Control Devices.

3.23. Resolution No. 11451 - A resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange rescinding Resolution No. 11392 regarding a Level 2 water supply shortage.

ACTION: Adopted Resolution No. 11451- A resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange rescinding resolution No. 11392 regarding a Level 2 water supply shortage.

Approval of the Consent Calendar
All items were approved as recommended.

A motion was made by Councilmember Dumitru, seconded by Councilmember Gutierrez, to approve the Consent Calendar as recommended. The motion carried by the following vote:

Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, and GyllenhammerAyes:

NoneNoes:

SlaterAbsent:

END OF CONSENT CALENDAR
* * * * * * * *

4. REPORTS FROM MAYOR SLATER
None

5. REPORTS FROM COUNCILMEMBERS

5.1. Authorization for Citywide Forensic Audit (Barrios) Mayor pro tem Barrios requested a forensic audit on all of the City's financial systems.

Page 7 of 8 ends

Draft
21 City Council Minutes - Draft April 25, 2023
Public Speaker
John Nelson spoke in support of an audit.

Council was generally in support of an audit, but discussed waiting until the new Finance Director starts so they can be part of the process.

5.2. Other Councilmember Reports
Councilmember Tavoularis requested an update on the Short Term Rental program and would like the Council to consider increasing the number of rentals allowed.

Councilmember Gutierrez thanked Mayor pro tem Barrios and Councilmember Dumitru for their assistance in organizing the clean up of a resident's yard. Councilmember Dumitru suggested establishing a mechanism that allows community groups to check if there are any immediate needs their group could assist with.

6. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS

6.1. Cooperative Agreement with the City of Anaheim for planning and development of the OC River Walk Project.

A motion was made by Councilmember Gyllenhammer, seconded by Councilmember Gutierrez, to approve agreement with the City of Anaheim for the planning and development of the OC River Walk Project and authorize the City Manager to execute the Agreement on behalf of the City and to take all actions necessary to implement and administer the Agreement. The motion carried by the following vote:

Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, and GyllenhammerAyes:

NoneNoes:

SlaterAbsent:

7. REPORTS FROM CITY MANAGER
None
Council recessed at 7:33 p.m. and reconvened in Closed Session at 7:46 p.m. with all Members present, except Mayor Slater who was absent.

Council reconvened in Open Session at 8:50 p.m. with nothing to report out.

8. ADJOURNMENT
There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned at 8:51 p.m. in Memory of Master Sergeant Michael Ty Kettenhoffen to a meeting on Sunday, May 7, 2023, at 11:30 a.m. in the Council Chamber.

The next Regular City Council meeting will be held on Tuesday, May 9, 2023, at 6:00 p.m., in the Council Chamber, with Closed Session beginning at 5:00 p.m., if necessary.
______________________ _________________________

PAMELA COLEMAN ARIANNA BARRIOS

CITY CLERK MAYOR PRO TEM

Page 8 of 8 ends

Draft
22 City of Orange
City Council
May 07, 2023

MINUTES - DRAFT
The City Council of the City of Orange, California convened on Sunday, May 7, 2023, at 11:30 a.m. for an Adjourned Regular Meeting in the Council Chamber, 300 E. Chapman Avenue, Orange, California.
11:30 AM CLOSED SESSION

1. OPENING/CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Slater called the meeting to order at 11:31 a.m.

1.1 ROLL CALL

Present: Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and Slater

Absent: None
Councilmember Bilodeau joined the meeting at 11:33 a.m. Mayor pro tem Barrios joined the meeting at 11:55 a.m.

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS ON CLOSED SESSION ITEMS
None

3. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 11:32 a.m. with all Members present, except Councilmember Bilodeau who joined Closed Session at 11:33 a.m. and Mayor pro tem Barrios who joined Closed Session at 11:55 a.m., to discuss the following:
a. PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54957(b)1.

Title: City Attorney

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT
None

Page 1 of 2 ends

Draft
23 City Council Minutes - Draft May 7, 2023

5. ADJOURNMENT
There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned at 3:35 p.m.

CITY CLERK MAYOR

Page 2 of 2 ends

Draft
24 City of Orange
City Council
May 09, 2023

MINUTES - DRAFT
The City Council of the City of Orange, California convened on Tuesday, May 9, 2023, at 5:00 p.m. in a Regular Meeting in the Council Chamber, 300 E. Chapman Avenue, Orange, California.
5:00 PM CLOSED SESSION

1. CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Slater called Closed Session to order at 5:01 p.m.

1.1 ROLL CALL

Present: Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and Slater

Absent: None

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS ON CLOSED SESSION ITEMS
None

3. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 5:06 p.m. with all Members present to discuss the following:
a. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS
Mayor pro tem Barrios recused herself from Item 3(a) due to a potential conflict with a nearby property interest and left Closed Session at 5:06 p.m.

Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.8
Property Location: APN 039-251-008, 039-251-020, 039-251-031, 039-251-010, 039-252-005, 039-252-011, 039-252-010
Agency Negotiator: Aaron Schulze, Economic Development Manager Negotiating Parties: Wells Fargo & Company
Under Negotiation: Price and terms of payment
Mayor pro tem returned to Closed Session at 5:20 p.m.

Page 1 of 9 ends

Draft
25 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023
b. CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATORS
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54957.6
City Negotiator: Tom Kisela, City Manager
Employee Organizations: Orange City Firefighters, Orange Fire Management Association, City of Orange Police Association, City of Orange Police Management Association
RECESS TO REGULAR MEETING: At 6:02 p.m., the City Council recessed from Closed Session to a Regular Meeting in the Council Chamber.

The City Council reconvened in Closed Session at 12:08 a.m. with all Members present, except Councilmember Tavoularis who was absent.

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT
None

5. ADJOURNMENT
Closed Session was adjourned at 12:26 a.m.
6:00 PM REGULAR SESSION

1. OPENING/CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Slater called the meeting to order at 6:09 p.m.

1.1 INVOCATION
Given by Pastor Marco Salinas from Spirit & Truth Worship Center.

1.2 PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Led by Mayor Dan Slater.

1.3 ROLL CALL

Present: Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and Slater

Absent: None

1.4 PRESENTATIONS/ANNOUNCEMENTS
Memorial Adjournment in honor of Hannah MacDonald.

Chamber of Commerce May Parade Awards.

1.5 REPORT ON CLOSED SESSION ACTIONS
None

Page 2 of 9 ends

Draft
26 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS
Public Speakers
Greg Baker spoke in opposition of a proposed cemetery near Palmyra Avenue.

Caren Wolf spoke in opposition of a proposed cemetery near Palmyra Avenue and expressed concerns with lack of weed abatement on the vacant lot at the north end of S. Jennifer Lane.

Carole Walters spoke in opposition of an off ramp at Meats Ave. and the 55 freeway.

Jonathan Zimmerman expressed concerns with loud parties in his neighborhood.

Written Comment
Janice Brownfield emailed encouraging Council to adopt a climate and adaptation plan.

3.1. Waive reading in full of all ordinances on the Agenda.

ACTION: Approved.

3.2. Confirmation of warrant registers dated April 7, 13, 21 and 27, 2023.

ACTION: Approved.

3.3. Approval of minutes of the City of Orange City Council Regular Meeting held on April 11, 2023 and Adjourned Regular Meeting held on April 18, 2023.

ACTION: Approved minutes as presented.

3.4. First Amendment to Professional Services Agreement with Cornerstone Communications & Public Relations, Inc. for communications and public relations services.

Item 3.4 was removed from the Consent Calendar for separate consideration by Councilmembers Gyllenhammer and Bilodeau.

Mayor pro tem Barrios recused herself from this item due to a potential conflict with employment and left the dais at 6:49 p.m.

Due to the cost, Council discussed continuing the item until after budget adoption.

Mayor pro tem Barrios returned to the dais after the vote at 7:02 p.m.

Page 3 of 9 ends

Draft
27 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023
ACTION: A motion was made by Councilmember Dumitru, seconded by Councilmember Bilodeau, to continue Item 3.4 to the July 11, 2023, Regular City Council meeting. The motion carried by the following vote:

Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and SlaterAyes:

NoneNoes:

NoneAbsent:

BarriosRecused:

3.5. Attorney Services Agreement with Liebert Cassidy Whitmore to provide legal services related to active police disciplinary and investigative matters.

ACTION: Approved the Agreement with Liebert Cassidy Whitmore in the amount of $160,000; and authorized the Mayor and City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

3.6. Claims for Damages.

ACTION: Denied the following claims and referred to City Attorney and Claims Adjuster:

1. Arnold Sanchez

2. Eugenia Hurtado

3. Mercury Insurance a/s/o Renee Vigo

4. Terrence Velasquez

5. James Rudloff

6. David G. Telles

7. H.L.E. (minor)

3.7. Authorize continued rental services for a mobile laundry facility with Mobile Concepts, Inc. dba U.S. Mobile Kitchens for the 517 W. Struck Transition Plan.

ACTION: Approved an increase of $ 56,569 to a blanket purchase order with Mobile Concepts, Inc. dba U .S. Mobile Kitchens for core service facility rentals, for a total of $163,958.

3.8. Request to temporarily close the city -owned surface parking lot and paseo adjacent to and south of the Old Towne West Parking Structure. Additionally suspend permit parking in all of permit parking Area “A” for a Retirement celebration.

ACTION: 1) Approved the temporary closure of the city -owned surface parking lot and paseo adjacent to and south of the Old Towne West Parking Structure, contingent upon a special event permit being approved by City staff; and 2) Approved suspension of permit parking in Area “A” between the hours of 2:00 PM and 7:00 PM on May 21, 2023.

3.9. Resolution No. 11453 denying Appeal No. 0562-23 and upholding Planning Commission approval of the Street Lights Mixed -Use Apartment Development, 840 The City Drive South, including adoption of Mitigated Negative Declaration No. 1875-21 and associated Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program.

ACTION: Adopted Resolution No. 11453. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange denying Appeal No. 0562-23, and upholding the decision of the Planning Commission of the City of Orange approving Conditional Use Permit No. 3138-21, Major Site Plan Review No. 1040-21, Design Review No. 5030-21, Administrative

Page 4 of 9 ends

Draft
28 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023
Adjustment No. 0051-21, and Mitigated Negative Declaration No. 1875 to demolish an existing retail building in order to construct a new 255-unit mixed -use apartment development, open parking structure for the adjacent apartment complex use, related site improvements, and a reduction of 48 parking spaces and 670 square feet of open space, located at 840 The City Drive South.

Approval of the Consent Calendar
Item 3.4 was removed for separate discussion. All other items were approved as recommended.

A motion was made by Councilmember Dumitru, seconded by Councilmember Bilodeau, to approve the Consent Calendar as recommended. The motion carried by the following vote:

Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and SlaterAyes:

NoneNoes:

NoneAbsent:

END OF CONSENT CALENDAR
* * * * * * * *

4. REPORTS FROM MAYOR SLATER
Mayor Slater discussed posting signage at entrances of the City notifying the public that fireworks are illegal in Orange.

5. REPORTS FROM COUNCILMEMBERS

5.1. Highlight Local Business (Gutierrez)
Councilmember Gutierrez highlighted the following local business: Salon Adelante.

5.2. Other Councilmember Reports
Councilmember Dumitru reported he attended the Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) Annual Meeting of the General Assembly on May 4. Regional transportation and regional housing were just a couple of the several items that were discussed. He also announced that he has been appointed to a two -year term on the SCAG Board as the representative of Orange, Tustin, and Villa Park.

Councilmember Bilodeau reported that he serves on the Foothill Eastern TCA (Transportation Corridor Agencies) Board and has been assigned to a subcommittee of the Board. The subcommittee is proposing the construction of a direct connector bridge from the northbound 241 Toll Road to the eastbound 91 express lanes. If approved, the project is expected to be funded by Foothill Eastern TCA unrestricted cash.

Councilmember Gutierrez, representative of the City /Schools Coordinating Committee, reported the following: the committee discussed joint use of school facilities (specifically of the El Modena High School pool ), high school graduation banners will be on display soon, and every city is challenged with hiring and retaining school crossing guards (there are currently 36 vacancies).

Mayor pro tem Barrios announced the Orange County Register has opened its annual

Page 5 of 9 ends

Draft
29 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023
Best of OC readers' choice poll. Readers can submit their online ballot on the newspaper's website.

6. ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS

6.1. Monthly Treasurer’s Reports for January, February, and March 2023 City Treasurer Richard Rohm presented the staff report and reviewed the investment reports.

Public Speaker
John Nelson asked about the use of street sweeping enterprise funds.

The report was received and filed.

6.2. Purchase and Sale Agreement for the property located at 2829 N. Glassell Street.

During discussion, Council expressed concerns with timing of the purchase. Mayor Slater and Councilmember Bilodeau remarked that time is of the essence when acquiring property.

A motion was made by Councilmember Tavoularis, seconded by Councilmember Bilodeau, to 1) Approve an Agreement for the Purchase and Sale of Real Property in the amount of $ 1,375,000 for 2829 N. Glassell Street with a finding that the location, purpose and extent of the acquisition is in conformity with the City's adopted General Plan; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City; and 2) Authorize the City Manager to execute any additional documents necessary to complete the purchase of the property. The motion carried by the following vote:

Barrios, Tavoularis, Bilodeau, and SlaterAyes:

Gutierrez, and GyllenhammerNoes:

NoneAbsent:

DumitruAbstain:

6.3. Short Term Rental program update and option to increase the maximum number of short term rental permits from 125 to 200.

During discussion, staff answered Council's questions regarding host compliance, code enforcement and delisting non -permitted properties from host platforms, and restitution for TOT.

Public Speakers
The following spoke in opposition of increasing the number of short term rental permits :

Robert Boice, Matt Hamilton, Leslie Manderscheid, Tony Trabucco, Carl Nagy, Michael Fischer, and Mike Alvarez.

Written Comments
The following submitted written comments opposing the increase of short term rental permits: Don Dawson, anonymous, Diane Zdenek, Carol Chaney, Katelin Mansfield, Anna Stevenson, Melissa Estes, Johnny Pham, and Laurona Coulter.

Susan Tillou, Orange Short Term Rental Alliance, submitted an eComment in support of ensuring compliance before increasing the number of permits.

Page 6 of 9 ends

Draft
30 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023
A motion was made by Councilmember Dumitru, seconded by Mayor pro tem Barrios, to continue Item 6.3 to a date uncertain with staff providing Council with progress reports at regular intervals. The motion carried by the following vote:

Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and SlaterAyes:

NoneNoes:

NoneAbsent:

RECESS: The City Council recessed at 8:37 p.m. and reconvened at 8:55 p.m. with all Members present.

7. REPORTS FROM CITY MANAGER
None

8. LEGAL AFFAIRS

8.1. Second Reading and adoption of an Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Orange adding Chapter 1.10 to the Orange Municipal Code relating to administrative citations. Ordinance No. 04-23. (Continued from April 11, 2023) Council discussed removing the following additional language included in the proposed ordinance: "...excluding any nonobjective design or aesthetic standard imposed by discretionary review..." in Section 1.10.030 Definitions "Code" and Section 1.10.050 Administrative Citation - Violation, A(5).

Public Speakers
Robert Boice, OTPA President, spoke in support of adopting the proposed ordinance with the removal of the following additional language "...excluding any nonobjective design or aesthetic standard imposed by discretionary review..." included on pages 4 and 6 of the redlined version.

Tim McCormack spoke in opposition of the following additional language "...excluding any nonobjective design or aesthetic standard imposed by discretionary review ..." included on pages 4 and 6 of the redlined version.

Written Comments
The following submitted written comments in opposition of adopting the proposed ordinance as written: Craig Bayer, Diane Zdenek, Joe and Kay Moreland, Chris Glos, Andrea McCullough, Gloria Freeman Bayer, Adrian Turner, Matt and Carol Craig, Denise Weyhrich, John Goode, Patricia Lee, Patty Ricci, Peggy Calvert, Phil Menard, Steve Baringer, Stephen Bennett, Tom Loughrey, Wendy Bennett, Brandy Romero, Adrienne Gladson, Annalisa Goode, Dana Jordan, Jeannette McClain, Sue Vaurs, Tristan Gonzalez, Fiona Gonzalez, Jeff Frankel, Katelin Mansfield, Suzanne Gonzalez, Ed Gonzalez, Miki McCarthy, and Joseph McCarthy.

A motion was made by Mayor pro tem Barrios, seconded by Councilmember Gutierrez, to adopt Ordinance No. 04-23 with the following amendment: strike "...excluding any nonobjective design or aesthetic standard imposed by discretionary review..." from pages 4 and 6 of the proposed Ordinance. The motion failed by the following vote:

Barrios, Gutierrez, and SlaterAyes:

Dumitru, Tavoularis, Bilodeau, and GyllenhammerNoes:

NoneAbsent:

Page 7 of 9 ends

Draft
31 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023
A motion was made by Councilmember Bilodeau, seconded by Councilmember Dumitru, to adopt Ordinance No. 04-23 as proposed. The motion carried by the following vote:

Dumitru, Tavoularis, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and SlaterAyes:

Barrios, and GutierrezNoes:

NoneAbsent:

Mayor pro tem Barrios left the dais at 9:38 p.m.

9. PUBLIC HEARINGS

9.1. Public Hearing to consider the FY 2023-2024 Annual Action Plan for use of Community Development Block Grant and HOME Investment Partnerships Funding.

Senior Administrative Analyst Jessica Herrera presented the staff report and answered Council's questions regarding the creation of HUD maps and how funds are distributed.

Mayor Slater opened the Public Hearing at 9:42 p.m.

Public Speaker
Sammy Rodriguez expressed concerns with portions of El Modena Barrio being excluded from HUD maps.

Mayor Slater closed the Public Hearing at 9:44 p.m.

During discussion, staff answered Council's questions regarding a Home Improvement Program.

Councilmember Tavoularis left the meeting at 10:33 p.m.

A motion was made by Councilmember Gutierrez, seconded by Councilmember Dumitru, to approve the following and to direct staff to return with a report for Council to consider reinstating a Home Improvement Program: 1) Approve the draft Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Annual Action Plan and authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute the Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Memorandum of Understanding with City departments, subrecipient agreements with non -profit agencies, and all related U .S.

Department of Housing and Urban Development documents; 2) Authorize staff to incorporate comments received at the Public Hearing or make changes if needed into the Annual Action Plan before submitting to the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The motion carried by the following vote:

Dumitru, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and SlaterAyes:

NoneNoes:

Barrios, and TavoularisAbsent:

Mayor pro tem Barrios returned to the dais at 10:41 p.m.

Page 8 of 9 ends

Draft
32 City Council Minutes - Draft May 9, 2023

10. STUDY SESSION

10.1. Second Study Session for the Proposed Fiscal Year 2023-24 Budget.

Assistant Finance Director Katrin Bandhauer provided an update on FY 23 General Fund projections, FY 24 General Fund revenues and expenditures, and the status of designated reserves utilizing a PowerPoint presentation. During discussion, direction was provided to staff.

The report was received and filed.

Council recessed at 12:06 a.m. and reconvened in Closed Session at 12:08 a.m. will all Members present, except Councilmember Tavoularis who was absent.

Council reconvened in Open Session at 12:26 a.m. with nothing to report out.

11. ADJOURNMENT
There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned at 12:26 a.m. in Memory of Hannah MacDonald.

The next Regular City Council meeting will be held on Tuesday, May 23, 2023, at 6:00 p.m., in the Council Chamber, with Closed Session beginning at 5:00 p.m., if necessary.
______________________ _________________________ PAMELA COLEMAN DANIEL R. SLATER

CITY CLERK MAYOR

Page 9 of 9 ends

Draft
33 City of Orange
City Council
May 12, 2023

MINUTES - DRAFT
The City Council of the City of Orange, California convened on Friday, May 12, 2023, at 4:00 p.m. for a Special Meeting in the Council Chamber, 300 E. Chapman Avenue, Orange, California.
4:00 PM CLOSED SESSION

1. OPENING/CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Slater called Closed Session to order at 4:01 p.m.

1.1 ROLL CALL

Present: Barrios, Dumitru, Tavoularis, Gutierrez, Bilodeau, Gyllenhammer, and Slater

Absent: None
Councilmember Gutierrez joined the meeting at 4:07 p.m.

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS ON CLOSED SESSION
None

3. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 4:02 p.m. with all Members present, except Councilmember Gutierrez who joined Closed Session at 4:07 p.m., to discuss the following:
a. CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATORS
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54957.6.

City Negotiator: Tom Kisela, City Manager
Employee Organizations: Orange City Firefighters, Orange Fire Management Association, City of Orange Police Association, City of Orange Police Management Association
b. PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT
Pursuant to Government Code Section 54957(b)1.

Title: City Attorney

4. CLOSED SESSION REPORT
None

Page 1 of 2 ends

Draft
34 City Council Minutes - Draft May 12, 2023

5. ADJOURNMENT
There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned at 5:38 p.m.

The next Regular City Council meeting will be held on May 23, 2023, at 6:00 p.m., in the Council Chamber, with Closed Session beginning at 5:00 p.m., if necessary. ______________________ _________________________ PAMELA COLEMAN DANIEL R. SLATER

CITY CLERK MAYOR

Page 2 of 2 ends

Draft
35 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.3. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0106
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Agreement with Fehr & Peers for Transit Planning Services to conduct a Transit Planning Study for the feasibility of developing the Orange Community Circulator, currently programmed under the Orange County Transportation Authority’s Community-Based Transit/Circulators Program (Project V).

2. SUMMARY
The Orange County Transportation Authority awarded the City Measure M2 Project V funds to conduct a transit planning study for a potential future fixed-route transit system. The Professional Services Agreement authorizes Fehr & Peers to provide those transit planning services necessary to conduct a transit planning study for the feasibility of developing the Orange Community Circulator.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION

1. Approve the agreement with Fehr & Peers in the amount of $65,850 for Transit Planning Services; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

2. Authorize $6,585 (10%) of the contract amount for contingency purposes.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this agreement is $72,435 and will be funded in Orange Community Shuttle Feasibility Study (20443) through:

Reimbursable Capital Projects (550) $59,400
Traffic Improvement - Measure M2 (263) 13,035
Total: $72,435

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 3: Enhance and promote quality of life in the community b: Deliver high quality and safe recreational, social, environmental, educational and cultural services.
d: Maintain and improve multi-modal transportation throughout the City.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 3
powered by Legistar™
36 Item #: 3.3. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0106
Background:

The Project V funding program for Community-Based Transit/Circulators operates under the Renewed Measure M (M2). Approved by voters in 2006, M2 is a 30-year, multi-billion dollar program extension of the original Measure M (approved in 1990) with a new slate of planned projects and programs. These include improvements to the County freeway system, streets and roads network, expansion of the Metrolink system and more transit services.

In 2019, the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) issued a Call for Projects under Measure M2-funded Project V to fund not only traditional capital improvement, operations, and maintenance projects, but also allow up to $60,000 per agency (with a 10% local match) to conduct planning related activities for possible future services. The City submitted an application proposing to conduct a transit planning study for a potential community circulator (shuttle bus service).

Consistent with the City’s Circulation Element of the General Plan and Strategic Plan goals to maintain and improve multi-modal transportation through the City, staff identified the possible future project to connect key activity centers and, in doing so, provide an intelligent and cost-effective alternative to driving. The key activity centers identified within the application include the UCI Medial Center, St Joseph’s Hospital, the Outlets at Orange, Old Towne, and Chapman University.

Conceptually, the Orange Community Circulator could link these locations, while simultaneously complementing the Metrolink Station, Old Towne Parking Structure, regional OCTA buses, and other transportation elements in the area. After review and approval of the City’sproject application, OCTA awarded the City $59,400 (with a $6,600 local match) through its Project V program.

In 2021, OCTA reached out to local agencies and offered project delivery deferments of up to 24 months due to various challenges associated with COVID-19. Some of the challenges created by the COVID-19 pandemic included: delays in retaining consultants, difficulty collecting accurate vehicle and pedestrian data, and surveying transit users. A funding extension was granted in March 2021 to extend the project initiation deadline until June 30, 2023.

Procurement:

City staff issued a request for proposals (RFP) for transit planning services related to the project on February 16, 2023 with a submittal deadline of March 16, 2023. Two consultants submitted their proposals for consideration, both demonstrating qualifying experience with similar projects.

A three-member selection committee was assembled to evaluate the consultants’proposals based on the following criteria:
· Project Team
· Experience and Qualifications
· Project Understanding and Approach
· Schedule
· Responsiveness to the Request for Proposal
· Cost
After evaluation of both proposals, the selection committee ranked Fehr & Peers as the top firm.

Fehr & Peers consistently demonstrated their proficiency in executing projects similar to the Orange City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 3
powered by Legistar™
37 Item #: 3.3. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0106
Fehr & Peers consistently demonstrated their proficiency in executing projects similar to the Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study through their proposal. With their extensive experience conducting transit studies, the committee determined Fehr & Peers’team would be best suited to support the City in administering the project.

If approved, the awarded agreement amount would be $65,850 plus a 10% contingency of $6,585, totaling $72,435. Fehr & Peers’cost proposal falls within the project’sestimates for transit planning services which include but are not limited to: project management and administration, community engagement and stakeholder meetings, existing programs research and needs assessment, route, services, and implementation plan, and document preparation. Staff recommends approving the proposed agreement with Fehr & Peers.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Professional Services Agreement
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 3 of 3
powered by Legistar™
38 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.3. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0106
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION

1. Approve the agreement with Fehr & Peers in the amount of $65,850 for Transit Planning Services; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

2. Authorize $6,585 (10%) of the contract amount for contingency purposes.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this agreement is $72,435 and will be funded in Orange Community Shuttle Feasibility Study (20443) through:

Reimbursable Capital Projects (550) $59,400
Traffic Improvement - Measure M2 (263) 13,035
Total: $72,435

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 3
powered by Legistar™
39 Item #: 3.3. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0106
Background:

Procurement:

Fehr & Peers consistently demonstrated their proficiency in executing projects similar to the Orange City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 3
powered by Legistar™
40 Item #: 3.3. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0106
Fehr & Peers consistently demonstrated their proficiency in executing projects similar to the Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study through their proposal. With their extensive experience conducting transit studies, the committee determined Fehr & Peers’team would be best suited to support the City in administering the project.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Professional Services Agreement
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 3 of 3
powered by Legistar™
41 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
[Transit Planning Services]

THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made at Orange, California, on this _____ day of ________________, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) by and between the CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation (“City”), and FEHR & PEERS , a California corporation (“Contractor”), who agree as follows:

1. Services. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Contractor shall provide to the reasonable satisfaction of City the services set forth in Exhibit “A,” which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. As a material inducement to City to enter into this Agreement, Contractor represents and warrants that it has thoroughly investigated and considered the scope of services and fully understands the difficulties and restrictions in performing the work. The services which are the subject of this Agreement are not in the usual course of City’s bu siness and City relies on Contractor’s representation that it is independently engaged in the busi ness of providing such services and is experienced in performing the work.

Contractor shall perform all services in a manner reasonably satisfactory to City and in a manner in conformance with the standards of quality normally observed by an entity provided such services to a municipal agency. All services provided shall conform to all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations and to the best profe ssional standards and practices. The terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall control over any terms and conditions in Exhibit "A" to the contrary.

Larry Tay, City Traffic Engineer (“City’s Project Manager”), shall be the person to whom Contractor will report for the performance of services hereunder. It is understood that Contractor’s performance hereunder shall be under the supervision of City’s Project Manager (or his/her designee), that Contractor shall coordinate its services hereunde r with City’s Project Manager to the extent required by City’s Project Manager, and that all performances required hereunder by Contractor shall be performed to the satisfaction of City’s Project Manager and the City Manager.

2. Compensation and Fees.

a. Contractor's total compensation for all services performed under this Agreement, shall not exceed SIXTY-FIVE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS and 00/100 ($65,850.00) without the prior written authorization of City.

b. The above compensation shall include all costs, including, but not limited to, all clerical, administrative, overhead, insurance, reproduction, telephone, travel, auto rental, subsistence and all related expenses.

c. In addition to the scheduled services to be performed by the Contractor, the parties recognize that additional, unforeseen work and services may be required by City’s Project Manager. In anticipation of such contingencies, the sum of SIX THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED EIGHTY-FIVE DOLLARS and 00/100 ($6,585.00) has been added to the total compensation of this Agreement. City’s Project Manager may approve the additional work and the actual costs 42 2
incurred by the Contractor in performance of additional work or services in accordance with such amount as City’s Project Manager and the Contractor may agree upon in advance. Said additional work or s ervices and the amount of compensation therefor, up to the amount of the authorized contingency, shall be memorialized in the form of an Amendment to Agreement approved by the City Manager on a form acceptable to the City Attorney. The Contractor agrees t o perform only that work or those services that are specifically requested by the City’s Project Manager. Any and all additional work and services performed under this Agreement shall be completed in such sequence as to assure their completion as expeditiously as is consistent with professional skill and care in accordance with a cost estimate or proposal submitted to and approved by City’s Project Manager prior to the commencement of such services.

d. The total amount of compensation under this Agreement, including contingencies, shall not exceed SEVENTY-TWO THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED THIRTY - FIVE DOLLARS and 00/100 ($72,435.00).

3. Payment.

a. As scheduled services are completed, Contractor shall submit to City an invoice for the services completed, authorized expenses and authorized extra work actually performed or incurred.

b. All such invoices shall state the basis for the amount invoiced, including services completed, the number of hours spent and any extra work performed.

c. City will pay Contractor the amount invoiced within thirty (30) days after the approval of the invoice.

d. Payment shall constitute payment in full for all serv ices, authorized costs and authorized extra work covered by that invoice.

4. Change Orders. No payment for extra services caused by a change in the scope or complexity of work, or for any other reason, shall be made unless and until such extra services and a price therefor have been previously authorized in writing and approved by City as an amendment to this Agreement. City’s Project Manager is authorized to approve a reduction in the services to be performed and compensation therefor. All amendments shall set forth the changes of work, extension of time, and/or adjustment of the compensation to be paid by City to Contractor and shall be signed by the City’s Project Manager, City Manager or City Council, as applicable.

5. Licenses. Contractor represents that it and any subcontractors it may engage, possess any and all licenses which are required under state or federal law to perform the work contemplated by this Agreement and that Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain all appropriate licen ses, including a City of Orange business license, at its cost, during the performance of this Agreement.

6. Independent Contractor . At all times during the term of this Agreement, Contractor shall be an independent contractor and not an employee of City . City shall have the 43 3
right to control Contractor only insofar as the result of Contractor's services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. City shall not have the right to control the means by which Contractor accomplishes services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish all facilities, materials and equipment which may be required for furnishing services pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and shall indemnify, defe nd and save City harmless from all matters relating to the payment of its subcontractors, agents and employees, including compliance with social security withholding and all other wages, salaries, benefits, taxes, exactions, and regulations of any nature w hatsoever.

Contractor acknowledges that it and any subcontractors, agents or employees employed by Contractor shall not, under any circumstances, be considered employees of City, and that they shall not be entitled to any of the benefits or rights afforded employees of City, including, but not limited to, sick leave, vacation leave, holiday pay, Public Employees Retirement System benefits, or health, life, dental, long-term disability or workers' compensation insurance benefits.

7. Contractor Not Agent. Except as City may specify in writing, Contractor shall have no authority, express or implied, to act on behalf of City in any capacity whatsoever as an agent. Contractor shall have no authority, express or implied, to bind City to any obligation whatsoever.

8. Designated Persons. Only those qualified persons authorized by City’s Project Manager, or as designated in Exhibit “A,” shall perform work provided for under this Agreement.

It is understood by the parties that clerical and other nonprofessional work may be performed by persons other than those designated.

9. Assignment or Subcontracting. No assignment or subcontracting by Contractor of any part of this Agreement or of funds to be received under this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless the assignment has the prior written approval of City. City may terminate this Agreement rather than accept any proposed assignment or su bcontracting. Such assignment or subcontracting may be approved by the City Manager or his/her designee.

10. Time of Completion . Except as otherwise specified in Exhibit “A,” Contractor shall commence the work provided for in this Agreement within five (5) days of the Effective Date of this Agreement and diligently prosecute completion of the work in accordance with the time period set forth in Exhibit “A” hereto or as otherwise agreed to by and between the representatives of the parties.

11. Time Is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in this Agreement. Contractor shall do all things necessary and incidental to the prosecution of Contractor's work.

12. Reserved.

13. Delays and Extensions of Time . Contractor's sole remedy for delays outside i ts control, other than those delays caused by City, shall be an extension of time. No matter what the cause of the delay, Contractor must document any delay and request an extension of time in writing at the time of the delay to the satisfaction of City. Any extensions granted shall be limited to the length of the delay outside Contractor’s control. If Contractor believes that delays caused by City 44 4
will cause it to incur additional costs, it must specify, in writing, why the delay has caused additional costs to be incurred and the exact amount of such cost at the time the delay occurs. No additional costs can be paid that exceed the not to exceed amount stated in Section 2.a, above, absent a written amendment to this Agreement.

14. Products of Contractor. The documents, studies, evaluations, asses sments, reports, plans, citations, materials, manuals, technical data, logs, files, designs and other products produced or provided by Contractor for this Agreement shall become the property of City upon receipt. Contractor shall deliver all such products to City prior to payment for same. City may use, reuse or otherwise utilize such products without restriction.

15. Equal Employment Opportunity . During the performance of this Agreement, Contractor agrees as follows:

a. Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, mental or physical disability, or any other basis prohibited by applicable law. Contractor shall ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, mental or physical disability, or any other basis prohibited by applicable law.

Such actions shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, a notice setting forth provisions of this non-discrimination clause.

b. Contractor shall, in all solicitations and advertisements for emp loyees placed by, or on behalf of Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, mental or physical disability, or any other basis prohibited by applicable law.

c. Contractor shall cause the foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b) to be inserted in all subcontracts for any work covered by this Agreement, provided that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to subcontracts for standard commercial supplies or raw materials.

16. Conflicts of Interest. Contractor agrees that it shall not make, participate in the making, or in any way attempt to use its position as a consultant to influence any decision of City in which Contractor knows or has reason to know that Contractor, its officers, partners, or employees have a financial interest as defined in Section 87103 of the Government Code.

17. Indemnity.

a. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold City, its City Council and each member thereof, and the officers, officials, agents and employees of City (collectively the “Indemnitees”) entirely harmless from all liability arising out of:

45 5
(1) Any and all claims under workers’ compensation acts and other employee benefit acts with respect to Contractor’s employees or Contractor’s subcontractor’s employees arising out of Contractor’s work under this Agreement, including any and all claims under any law pertaining to Contractor or its employees’ status as an independent contractor and any and all claims under Labor Code section 1720 related to the payment of prevailing wages for public works projects; and

(2) Any claim, loss, injury to or death of persons or damage to property caused by any act, neglect, default, or omission other than a professional act or omission of Contractor, or person, firm or corporation employed by Contractor, either directly or by independent contract, including all damages due to loss or theft sustained by any person, firm or corporation including the Indemnitees, or any of them, arising out of, or in any way connected with the work or services which are the subject of this Agreement, including injury or damage either on or off City’s property; but not for any loss, injury, death or damage caused by the active negligence or willful misconduct of City. Contractor, at its own expense, cost and risk, shall indemnify any and all claims, actions, suits or other proceedings that may be brought or instituted against the Indemnitees on any such claim or liability covered by this subparagraph, and shall pay or satisfy any judgment that may be rendered against the Inde mnitees, or any of them, in any action, suit or other proceedings as a result of coverage under this subparagraph.

b. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and as limited by California Civil Code 2782.8, Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnite es harmless from all liability arising out of any claim, loss, injury to or death of persons or damage to property to the extent caused by its negligent professional act or omission in the performance of professional services pursuant to this Agreement.

c. Except for the Indemnitees, the indemnifications provided in this Agreement shall not be construed to extend any third party indemnification rights of any kind to any person or entity which is not a signatory to this Agreement.

d. The indemniti es set fo rth in this section shall survive any closing, rescission, or termination of this Agreement, and shall continue to be binding and in full force and effect in perpetuity with respect to Contractor and its successors.

18. Insurance.

a. Contractor shall carry workers’ compensation insurance as required by law for the protection of its employees during the progress of the work. Contractor understands that it is an independent contractor and not entitled to any worker s’ compensation benefits under any City program.

b. Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement the following minimum amount of comprehensive general liability insurance or commercial general liability insurance: the greater of (1) One Million Dollars ( $1,000,000) per occurrence ; or (2) all the insurance coverage and/or limits carried by or available to Contractor. Said insurance shall cover bodily injury, death and property damage and be written on an occurrence basis. 46 6

c. Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement, the following minimum amount of automotive liability insurance: the greater of (1) a combined single limit of One Million Dollars ($ 1,000,000); or (2) all the insurance coverage and/or limits carried by or available to Contractor. Said insurance shall cover bodily injury, death and property damage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles and be written on an occurrence basis.

d. Any insurance proceeds in excess of or broader than the minimum required coverage and/or minimum required limits which are applicable to a given loss shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Agreement.

e. Each policy of general liability and automotive liability shall provide that City, its officers, officials, agents, and employees are declared to be additional insureds under the terms of the policy, but only with respect to the work perform ed by Contractor under this Agreement. A policy endorsement to that effect shall be provided to City along with the certificate of insurance. In lieu of an endorsement, City will accept a copy of the policy(ies) which evidences that City is an additional insured as a contracting party. The minimum coverage required by Subsection 18.b and c, above, shall apply to City as an additional insured. Any umbrella liability insurance that is provided as part of the general or automobile liability minimums set forth below shall be maintained for the duration of the Agreement.

f. Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement professional liability insurance covering errors and omissions arising out of the performance of this Agreement with a minimum limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per claim. Contractor agrees to keep such policy in force and effect for at least five (5) years from the date of completion of this Agreement.

g. The insurance policies maintained by Contractor shall be primary insurance and no insurance held or owned by City shall be called upon to cover any loss under the policy.

Contractor will determine its own needs in procurement of insurance to cover liabilities other than as stated above.

h. Before Contractor performs any work or prepares or delivers any materials, Contractor shall furnish certificates of insurance and endorsements, as required by City, evidencing the aforementioned minimum insurance coverages on forms acceptable to City, which shall provide that the insurance in force will not be canceled or allowed to lapse without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to City.

i. Except for professional liability insurance coverage that may be required by this Agreement, all insurance maintained by Contractor shall be issued by companies admitted to conduct the pertinent line of insurance business in California and having a rating of Grade A or better and Class VII or better by the latest edition of Best Key Rating Guide. In the case of professional liability insurance coverage, such coverage shall be issued by companies either licensed or admitted to conduct business in California so long as such insurer pos sesses the aforementioned Best rating.
47 7

j Contractor shall immediately notify City if any required insurance lapses or is otherwise modified and cease performance of this Agreement unless otherwise directed by City.

In such a case, City may procure insurance or self-insure the risk and charge Contractor for such costs and any and all damages resulting therefrom, by way of set -off from any sums owed Contractor.

k. Contractor agrees that in the event of loss due to any of the perils for which it has agreed to provide insurance, Contractor shall look solely to its insurance for recovery.

Contractor hereby grants to City, on behalf of any insurer providing insurance to either Contractor or City with respect to the services of Contractor herein, a waiver of any right to subrogation which any such insurer may acquire against City by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance.

l. Contractor shall include all subcontractors, if any, as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor to City for review and approval. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.

19. Termination. City may for any reason terminate this Agreement by giving Contractor not less than five (5) days’ written notice of intent to terminate. Upon receipt of such notice, Contractor shall immediately cease work, unless the notice from City provides otherwise.

Upon the termination of this Agreement, City shall pay Contractor for services satisfactorily provided and all allowable reimbursements incurred to the date of termination in compliance with this Agreement, unless termination by City shall be for cause, in which event City may withhold any disputed compensation. City shall not be liable for any claim of lost profits.

20. Maintenance and Inspection of Records. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain reasonably full and complete books, documents, papers, accounting records, and other information (collectively, the “records”) pertaining to the costs of and completion of services performed under this Agreement.

City and its authorized representatives shall have access to and the right to audit and reproduce any of Contractor's records regarding the services provided under this Agreement. Contractor shall maintain all such records for a period of at least three (3) years after termination or completion of this Agreement. Contractor agrees to make available all such records for inspection or audit at its offices during normal business hours and upon three (3) days’ notice from City, and copies thereof shall be furnished if requested.

21. Compliance with all Laws/Immigration Laws.

a. Contractor shall be knowledgeable of and comply with all local, state and federal laws which may apply to the performance of this Agreement.

b. If the work provided for in this Agreement constitutes a “public works,” as that term is defined in Section 1720 of the California Labor Code, for which prevailing wages must be paid, to the extent Contractor’s employees will perform any work that falls wi thin any of the 48 8
classifications for which the Department of Labor Relations of the State of California promulgates prevailing wage determinations, Contractor hereby agrees that it, and any subcontractor under it, shall pay not less than the specified preva iling rates of wages to all such workers . The general prevailing wage determinations for c rafts can be located on the web site of the Department of Industrial Relations ( www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR). Additionally, to perform work under this Agreement, Contractor must meet all State registration requirements and criteria, including project compliance monitoring.

c. Contractor represents and warrants that Contractor:

(1) Has complied and shall at all times during the term of this Agreement comply, in all respects, with all immigration laws, regulations, statutes, rules, codes, and orders, including, without limitation, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA); and

(2) Has not and will not knowingly employ any individual to perform services under this Agreement who is ineligible to work in the United States or under the terms of this Agreement; and

(3) Has properly maintained, and shall at all times during t he term of this Agreement properly maintain, all related employment documentation records including, without limitation, the completion and maintenance of the Form I -9 for each of Contractor’s employees; and

(4) Has responded, and shall at all times duri ng the term of this Agreement respond, in a timely fashion to any government inspection requests relating to immigration law compliance and/or Form I -9 compliance and/or worksite enforcement by the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Labor, or the Social Security Administration.

d. Contractor shall require all subcontractors or subconsultants to make the same representations and warranties as set forth in Subsection 21.c.

e. Contractor shall, upon request of City, provide a list of all employees working under this Agreement and shall provide, to the reasonable satisfaction of City, verification that all such employees are eligible to work in the United States. All costs associated with such verification shall be borne by Contractor. Once such request has been made, Contractor may not change employees working under this Agreement without written notice to City, accompanied by the verification required herein for such employees.

f. Contractor shall require all subcontractors or sub-consultants to make the same verification as set forth in Subsection 21.e.

g. If Contractor or subcontractor knowingly employs an employee providing work under this Agreement who is not authorized to work in the United States, and/or fails to 49 9
follow federal laws to determine the status of such employee, that shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and may be cause for immediate termination of this Agreement by City.

h. Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold City, its officers, officials, agents and employees harmless for, of and from any loss, including but not limited to fines, penalties and corrective measures City may sustain by reason of Contractor's failure to comply with said laws, rules and regulations in connection with the performance of this Agreement.

22. Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California and Contractor agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of California courts. Venue for any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be in Orange County, California.

23. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties. No other agreement, oral or written, pertaining to the work to be performed under this Agreement shall be of any force or effect unless it is in writing and signed by both parties. Any work performed which is inconsistent with or in violation of the provisions of this Agree ment shall not be compensated.

24. Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices required under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered personally , by e -mail, or by first class U.S. mail, postage prepaid, to each party at the address listed below. Either party may change the notice address by notifying the other party in writing. Notices shall be deemed received upon receipt of same or within three (3) days of deposit in the U.S. Mail, whichever is earlier. Notices sent by e- mail shall be deemed received on the date of the e-mail transmission.

“CONTRACTOR” “CITY”

Fehr & Peers City of Orange
101 Pacifica, Suite 300 300 E. Chapman Avenue
Irvine, CA 92618 Orange, CA 92866-1591
Attn.: Matt Benjamin Attn.: Larry Tay

Telephone: (949) 308-6305 Telephone: (714) 744-5534 E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]

25. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted via facsimile and electronic mail shall have the same effect as original signatures.

[Signatures on next page]

50 10
IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have entered into this Agreement as of the year and day first above written.

“CONTRACTOR” “CITY”

FEHR & PEERS, a California corporation CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation

*By: By:

Printed Name: Daniel R. Slater, Mayor
Title:

*By: ATTEST:

Printed Name:

Title:

Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Nathalie Adourian, Sr. Assistant City Attorney

*NOTE: City requires the following signature(s) on behalf of the Contractor:
-- (1) the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President, AND (2) the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. If only one corporate officer exists or one corporate officer holds more than one corporate office, please so indicate. OR -- The corporate officer named in a corporate resolution as authorized to enter into this Agreement. A copy of the corporate resolutio n, certified by the Secretary close in time to the execution of the Agreement, must be provided to City.

√

51 EXHIBIT “A”

SCOPE OF SERVICES

[Beneath this sheet.]
52 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

1 Project Team

Jeremiah LaRose, AICPProject ManagerFehr & Peers
Gary HewittTMD Project ManagerTMD
Delia Votsch, PEDeputy PMFehr & Peers
Natalie ChybaTransit PlannerFehr & Peers
Matt Benjamin, RSPPrincipalFehr & Peers
Availability: 35% Availability: 25% Availability: 20%
Availability: 20%
Availability: 15%
53 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

2 JEREMIAH LAROSE, AICP, Fehr & Peers

PROJECT MANAGER
Jeremiah LaRose is a multimodal transportation planner and project manager with a background in transit service planning and operations. Prior to joining Fehr & Peers, Jeremiah served as the Manager of Operations & Service Planning for COAST, a public transit agency serving 14 communities in New Hampshire. With Fehr & Peers, Jeremiah’s work has included comprehensive transit system analyses, service planning for retirement communities, fare and funding policy study, and transit-supportive roadway design. He also recently led the Irvine Transit Vision study.

Jeremiah will be responsible for the day-to-day oversight of the project and will oversee all project tasks.

MATT BENJAMIN, RSP, Fehr & Peers

PRINCIPAL
Matt has 20 years of experience leading complex multimodal planning projects with an emphasis on active transportation, shared mobility, and transit. Matt is the Office Leader for the Fehr & Peers’ Irvine office and has experience working with our teaming partner, TMD, on similar projects in Irvine and Anaheim.

Matt will provide high-level guidance and technical expertise, and will contribute to all project tasks.

DELIA VOTSCH, PE, Fehr & Peers

DEPUTY PROJECT MANAGER
Delia is an associate with eight years of experience. She currently serves as the Operations Manager for the Orange County/Inland Empire office. She was drawn to transportation engineering because of the potential to serve communities by improving the built environment. Delia recently led the Orange County Collaborative SB 743 and Old Towne Orange Parking Studies, and contributed to the City of Orange Mitigation Fee program, and would be thrilled to have another opportunity to partner with the City of Orange on another exciting project in their community.

Delia will prepare monthly progress reports and invoicing for Task 1, and will oversee the analysis in Tasks 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5. She will contribute to events and materials in Task 2 and preparation of the feasibility report and presentation in Task 6.
54 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

3 NATALIE CHYBA, Fehr & Peers

PROJECT PLANNER
Natalie is a senior transportation planner with a focus on transit in the Fehr & Peers Los Angeles office. As a deputy project manager and task lead for transit and multimodal corridor projects, she brings an innovative and thoughtful approach to all her projects. Her involvement in research and development of our Transit Travel Markets and Transit Equity concepts helps her serve both as a resource internal to Fehr & Peers and to her clients. She particularly excels at communicating complex and technical efforts to a broad audience, including elected officials, policy makers, and the general public, making her an invaluable resource on large, multifaceted projects.

Natalie will be involved in preparation of materials for Tasks 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. She will oversee the preparation of memoranda, figures, and report writing for Tasks 3.2, 4.1, and Task 6.

GARY HEWITT, TMD

TMD PROJECT MANAGER
Gary brings over 25 years of transit planning and operations experience to this project. He is a new addition to the TMD team. Prior to joining TMD, he worked for several small municipal and large regional transit agencies in Southern California including OCTA, City of Irvine, LA Metro, and City of Glendale. Through this experience he has developed transit service recommendations for fixed-route and microtransit services, provided planning and implementation support for agency innovation projects, managed short- and long-range transit studies, and collaborated with board members and stakeholders.

Gary and the TMD team will attend the kick-off meeting and be available for two additional project meetings as part of Task 1. They will also lead Tasks 3.1 and 4.2, and assist Fehr & Peers with the other elements of Tasks 3, 4, 5, and 6.

55 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

4 Experience and Qualifications

Effective transit planning goes beyond expertise in transit alone. At Fehr & Peers, we know that access to transit and an understanding of the multimodal operating environment are as important as transit service quality and coverage.

By bringing transit data to life, we complement our underlying knowledge on what makes great transit tick. Using our innovative tools, we help our clients craft transit investments and policies that allow communities to thrive and operating agencies to prosper in a dynamically changing world. Successful transit planning and design also relies on strategic responses to markets—both existing and emerging—to anticipate how changing trends, mobility options, and demographics will shape future context. Through our Next Generation Transit practice, our experts are on the cutting edge of integrating new and emerging forms of mobility (such as microtransit) into existing and future transit networks.

As we grow, our commitment to inclusive, local, and long-term community relationships remains central to our philosophy. Many of our client relationships are decades long, built on years of listening, understanding, collaboration, and successful outcomes. Our clients have appreciated our long-term commitments to the communities we serve, trusting us as their objective partners in transportation since 1985. Together with our clients, we are motivated by shared success, inclusive partnerships, and the positive impact our work has on the communities we serve. Our proposed team includes experienced transportation professionals with expertise specific to the City of Orange’s needs. You can expect our project team to be responsive, dependable, approachable, and solutions-oriented. Fehr & Peers’
customer service philosophy is simple:
help our clients meet their goals, treat
them with respect, and value each
opportunity to work for them. As part
of our commitment to providing our
clients with outstanding service, we
regularly perform surveys to assess
client satisfaction and identify areas of
improvement. We send a client survey
after every completed project. During
the past 10 years, we have received
more than 23,000 completed surveys.
56 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

5 Transportation Management & Design, Inc. (TMD) is an industry-leading transit planning firm dedicated to helping transit agencies develop and implement innovative, productive, and sustainable public mobility solutions since 1988. For over 33 years, we have enabled a broad range of domestic and international transit systems to optimize their resources to operate more efficiently and grow ridership in a strategic, sustainable manner. We are a highly experienced firm that focuses solely on transit supporting a “Vision. Plan. Implement.” approach to improving transit systems. Our team includes approximately 20 staff in our corporate headquarters in San Diego, CA, with regional support in the San Francisco Bay Area, New York, Washington, D.C., and Tampa. Our staff represents a broad range of industry experience in transit service planning and design, operations, capital and financial planning, and public outreach. Several of our senior managers have served numerous years at transit agencies, bringing firsthand knowledge from a variety of bus, paratransit, and specialized transit systems. The collective experience of our team adds value to our practice, and helps ensure our work is innovative, comprehensive, and readily executed.

57 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

6 Irvine Transit Vision (Irvine, CA)
Fehr & Peers, TMD
Fehr & Peers led a study, in collaboration with TMD, for the City of Irvine to understand current and future
opportunities to improve local circulation with new
shuttle routes or innovative forms of transit in response to resident requests, a growing population, and to reduce
auto-dependency in order to meet climate action policies and objectives. We previously conducted a study by the
same name in 2009 which led to the implementation of
the City’s iShuttle routes which connect business and
employment centers with Metrolink stations. In this new Vision, we are re-examining the community makeup and transportation needs after more than a decade of both residential and office growth and development, and in the context of a global pandemic. Our study included a series of community engagement pop-up activities, two community organization stakeholder workshops, and public workshops to engage residents and businesses in defining the needs and shaping the service concepts.

OCTA Transit Master Plan (Orange County, CA)
Fehr & Peers
The OCTA Transit Master Plan takes a high-level look at long-term transit needs throughout Orange County, as well as important connections to transit investments by other local transit agencies. In this project, a series of corridors suitable for transit capital investment have been identified based on existing and future transit market analysis.

Future considerations of transit services in these corridors range from bus rapid transit to fixed-guideway alternatives. A comprehensive evaluation on ridership within these identified transit corridors has been conducted to analyze the use of transit in each corridor.

Fehr & Peers was responsible for developing ridership forecasting for proposed transit services in each identified transit corridor. By using OCTAM TransCAD, Fehr & Peers coded all the proposed transit lines with the corresponding revision in the background networks, following OCTAM’s network coding convention. After running the model, the ridership data was summarized and analyzed to better understand the transit travel demand and how these corridors have been utilized.

58 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

7 Laguna Woods Village SRTP (Laguna Woods, CA)
Fehr & Peers
The Laguna Woods Village senior living community of over 16,000 residents hired Fehr & Peers to conduct a thorough analysis of its community shuttle and paratransit services following a major shakeup some years prior that was unsatisfactory for residents. Our study began with a series of in-person engagement workshops to gather input from the community, and continued with on-board observations of the route operation and challenges that are unique to an older population with limited mobility, analysis of performance data, and regular coordination between the administration and the transit advocates in the community. Fehr & Peers carefully considered service design and policy changes to balance the desire for a more effective service with the limitations of a constrained operating budget. Our final recommendations were to retain a fare-free system for the benefit of the community, realign routes to better serve demand and improve efficiency for the areas and residents of the Village using the bus most often, and alter policies which placed an excessive burden on the demand-response service by people who were otherwise capable of using the more cost-efficient fixed route services.

OCTA Making Better Connections Study (Orange County, CA) TMD
The Making Better Connections Study was
a comprehensive reimagining of the OC
Bus network. The project started with a
comprehensive look at existing OC Bus,
OC Flex, and OC ACCESS service
performance and ridership trends,
changes in regional travel patterns, and a
community and operator outreach effort.

The development of network
recommendations focused on creating a
strong foundational grid network with all-
day frequent service, increasing the population with access to all-day 10- to 15-minute service by over 100%.

Understanding that transferring is a critical part of a grid network, the plan focused on reducing transfer waits by increasing frequencies and coordinating timed transfers at major hubs. The plan also sought to make the system more equitable by investing more resources in later evening and weekend service, divesting from the traditional 9-5 peak commute periods. This helps ensure that service is available for those who need to use it at more times of day and days of week. The Final Service Plan was adopted by the OCTA Board of Directors in October 2022. OCTA implemented the first phase of changes in February 2023 and will continue to implement changes in phases over the next two to three years. TMD will be working with OCTA in each phase to identify appropriate service changes based on available resources and ridership trends.
59 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

8 Rancho Santa Margarita Transit Feasibility Study
(Rancho Santa Margarita, Ca)
TMD
TMD completed a Transit Feasibility Study for the City of Rancho Santa Margarita to assess demand for a new transit circulator service within the City. The City is served by two fixed routes operated by Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) which underwent significant service reductions in October 2016. A large portion of the City lost service altogether and all Saturday service was discontinued. The goal of the Transit Feasibility Study is to determine if there is enough demand in the City to support a new circulator service that would replace some of the discontinued service and integrate into the larger OCTA network. The transit circulator service would be funded through OCTA Project V funds, a program that sponsors community mobility services in OCTA member cities. To receive funding, the proposed services would need to satisfy established performance criteria.

The Transit Feasibility Study involved a community survey to assess resident and employee demand for transit service within the City, an analysis of demographic characteristics, a review of relevant planning documents, an overview of available transportation services, and a peer review examining how other Orange County cities have used Project V funding. TMD evaluated pilot partnerships with transportation network companies (TNCs) such as Uber and Lyft to see what challenges other cities faced in implementation. TMD developed three different potential service options for the City to consider and estimated operating costs, fare revenue, and ridership in order to project service performance and required subsidies per passenger boarding. TMD shared the results with the City of Rancho Santa Margarita Planning Commission and City Council in October 2017.

City of Mountain View Shuttle Study (Mountain View, CA) TMD
TMD conducted a transit shuttle study for the City of Mountain View, CA. The purpose of the study was to develop short-, medium-, and long-term strategies for delivering transit service that provides internal circulation within the city in order to help Mountain View meet its sustainability and emission reduction goals. The study developed a city transit strategy that is sustainable and contributes to achieving transit market share and single-occupancy vehicle trip reduction targets. TMD conducted a community-wide survey that gathered information about where and when residents travel, how often they use Caltrain, and their familiarity with existing transit services. TMD also analyzed existing ridership and performance trends, as well as the distribution of key demographic groups and key destinations and employment centers within the city.

The final plan presented a menu of options for improving internal circulation within the city. Recommendations addressed the needs of three primary travel markets in Mountain View: first/ last mile trips from Caltrain to home and to major employers, students traveling to/from school, and seniors with limited mobility options.

60 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

9 Project Understanding and Approach
Task 1: Project Management
A successful project begins with a project team kick-off that connects client staff and leadership with the consultant team and orients everyone to the client’s objectives, expectations, and working style. Fehr & Peers will assist in scheduling the kick-off meeting. We will develop a meeting agenda with a review from the City’s project manager. Following the meeting, we will provide a meeting summary with a list of action items. Key anticipated agenda items include a discussion of the City’s key goals and desired outcomes, a draft work plan, schedule, and data needs. This meeting could be either in-person or virtual.

TASK 1 DELIVERABLES
• In-person attendance at kick-off meeting
• Project schedule
• Meeting agenda and minutes
• Monthly progress reports
Task 2: Community Engagement
Fehr & Peers believes that the best community engagement is customized and tailored to local context. The team will develop a targeted engagement and outreach strategy to engage diverse audiences starting with initial stakeholder outreach. Initial stakeholder outreach is a critical component of the project’s overall public engagement strategy. Early engagement builds community buy-in and trust that carries through and helps inform the rest of the project cycle.

Task 2.1 City Staff and Stakeholder Engagement
Fehr & Peers and TMD will coordinate and facilitate one meeting with stakeholders and community members as project partners in the development of goals, objectives, and a vision responsive to community Fehr & Peers is
uniquely positioned
for this study,
having recently
completed the Old
Towne Orange
Parking Study,
which included a
recommendation
and conceptual
layout of a local
microtransit
circulator for
Old Towne.

Our local experience
and transit
planning expertise
will combine to
provide a
framework for
identifying funding
opportunities,
service strategies,
and developing
metrics that
support local, state,
and federal goals.
61 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

10 needs. The team will work with the City to identify stakeholders for the Working Group including City departments, and regional stakeholders which could include the Orange County Transportation Authority, Orange Police Department, Orange Unified School District, and Alliance for a Healthy Orange County. The team will then work with the City to identify members of the general public, especially community members/organizations that have historically been under-represented in planning processes and those who represent underserved communities. The working group participant list should typically comprise between 8 and 12 individuals.

The working session will employ the use of visuals, maps, graphics, and aids to help the team facilitate conversations that are fruitful and informative. Meeting content will include a project overview, an explanation of transit service design choices and discussion of the trade-offs involved, community goal setting, and a discussion of current transit conditions/ needs. Meeting materials will be accessible to all stakeholders involved, including those less familiar with transit service planning topics, with a clear and simple visual communication style.

While select OCTA representatives are assumed to be involved in the stakeholder Working Group, Fehr & Peers will host an additional coordination meeting with OCTA to engage additional staff and inform them of the scope of the study, the outcome of prior stakeholder and community engagement, and the draft service concepts. We will host a discussion seeking initial feedback from OCTA staff, allowing time in the project schedule for their consolidated written comments to be submitted prior to the completion of the draft feasibility study.

Task 2.2 Website Updates and Online Survey
In collaboration with the City, Fehr & Peers will develop content to post on a website hosted by the City with a project description, schedule, and interim project updates.

The team will develop an initial survey prior to the pop-up events and will advertise through a variety of channels such as through stakeholders from Task 2.1, social media, and existing bus stops. The survey will also be posted on the project website and open for completion by members of the community.

Task 2.3 “Pop-Up” and Outreach Events
Fehr & Peers will develop and execute an innovative pop-up strategy that will resonate with community members and will help facilitate feedback and input. The pop-up events will provide community members the opportunity to provide input on personal transportation needs and challenges, and to learn more about the project. Pop-ups will center around an eye-catching interactive activity, such as physically mapping community transit needs or visual voting that displays community ideas in real time, which will draw community members in to learn more about the project and fill out the survey. The survey developed in Task 2.1 will be shared with community members at pop-up sites both virtually and in paper form for those with limited technology literacy. The survey will be available in multiple languages, and the team will assist community members who need help completing the survey. Our staff can provide materials in English, Spanish, and Mandarin; we will work with the City’s Public Information Office to determine if additional languages are needed. We anticipate two pop-events as part of this scope. Of the locations outlined in the RFP, we believe the Outlets are most likely to draw people from outside the core study area.

Alternatively, one event may be more community-focused and invitation-based rather than pop-up to maximize community engagement.
62 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

11 If additional consultant team involvement with community engagement is desired, additional meetings (in-person or phone conference) can be incorporated into the scope on a time-and-materials basis.

TASK 2 DELIVERABLES
• Stakeholder list
• Stakeholder meeting agenda, minutes, and meeting materials • OCTA coordination meeting
• Website updates
• Outreach events
• Draft survey questions
• Survey results and community feedback
Task 3: Data Collection and Needs Assessment
Task 3.1 Existing Programs and Service
Fehr & Peers will complete a literature review of the relevant plans, policies, and best practices related to public transportation and local circulation that are applicable to the City of Orange. We anticipate this will focus on California state transportation funding programs and transit programs.

One of the key elements for developing relevant transit service recommendations is a comprehensive review of the existing transit services currently operating in Orange. This information will also be useful for the public and stakeholders to develop a shared understanding of what is currently working well and areas where services can be improved. It will be important to look at transit service ridership both before and during the COVID-19 pandemic to understand changes in travel demand and trip purpose. TMD has extensive experience completing these type of multimodal, existing conditions reports for transit agencies and cities across country. TMD will prepare the summary of existing transit service in Orange, including available ridership data. The existing summary will include a review of the following transportation services:
• OCTA OC Bus – Our team will analyze the existing OCTA bus routes in the City. This will include mapping the service frequencies, ridership, and productivity to make the existing service easy to understand for the public and stakeholders. TMD will also document changes to the OC Bus service in Orange over the past five years. Gary Hewitt was previously the Transit Planning Manager at OCTA and has a working knowledge of the routes in Orange and their unique characteristics. • OCTA OC ACCESS – Our team will request data from OCTA on trip usage for their complementary paratransit service. This information will be helpful in identifying areas of the community which may have high concentrations of populations with specialized mobility needs. • Metrolink – A review will be completed of the existing commuter and inter-city rail services in operation, and Orange station. This will include frequency, destinations, and ridership if available. 63 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

12 Task 3.2 Environmental Issues
Fehr & Peers will complete a review of the relevant environmental issues related to public transit applicable to Orange. This will include state and local public health and climate policies and goals, as well as any laws and regulations that would require compliance.

Task 3.3 Needs Assessment
Fehr & Peers has been an industry leader in applying big data analytics to travel market analyses, in part because we tailor our approach to each project. We begin by asking questions – in this case, where are the key centers of activity in Orange (such as Old Towne, Chapman University, the N Tustin Street corridor, the UCI, CHOC, and St.

Joseph Medical Campuses, and several others), and where are travelers to these centers coming from that could be served by improved public transportation offerings? Are those centers creating travel demand at certain times of the day, or throughout the day? What communities in Orange are underserved or disadvantaged and how are they affected by auto-oriented travel patterns? Are there diverse populations or minority groups that are underrepresented in some data sets that require additional insights to address equity and inclusion? We will collaborate with the City and key stakeholders to identify key questions for analysis and agree on the purpose, parameters, and expected outcomes of an origin/destination data analysis.

Following the development of the guiding questions, our process continues with a thorough geospatial and tabular analysis of community demographics to identify disadvantaged communities, people of color, people living with mobility challenges (including older adults or people with disabilities), people experiencing homelessness, and low-income residents and workers. With the guiding questions and objectives, we identify areas of focus where needs and opportunities may align.

Our understanding is that the City has identified a service corridor. In coordination with the City, Fehr & Peers will use this service corridor as a starting point for our origin/destination data analysis. We will conduct a travel analysis using location-based data, which are sources from a large anonymous sample of actual trips taken over time. These data are aggregated up to “zones,” such as Census tracts, to help group travel into common places of origin or destination. Fehr & Peers will design the big data travel analysis based on the key questions developed with the project team and stakeholders and coordination with City staff. We will collect data from up to ten origin/destination zones and use these to develop a travel pattern analysis to understand time-of-day flows and demand patterns to inform the service planning and potential stop locations in Task 4.

The big data analysis is expected to cover the period of 2019 prior to the pandemic, although recent data are also available. The design of the analysis will depend on assumptions about whether travel patterns will return to pre-pandemic conditions in the near-term. Fehr & Peers will collaborate with the City to determine the appropriate big data study period.

Task 3.4 Identify Gaps
Fehr & Peers will consider how community and stakeholder input, origin/destination data analysis, and the draft goals reveal gaps in the current transportation network. 64 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

13 Determining what constitutes a gap or opportunity is an iterative process: it involves reviewing community input, existing conditions, and big data analysis to consider how mobility and access differ among residents and workers in Orange. This process typically generates a long list that includes specific issues such as the following:
• No service is present at all
• Service is very limited
• Access to transit service is non-existent or very poor • Connectivity between disadvantaged communities to key destinations is missing or poor, especially in comparison to other villages or for other demographics
• Origin-destination pairs that have very high travel demand and contribute significantly to congestion or parking constraints; if transit already serves these origin-destination pairs, it may be a gap in terms of service design, frequency, utility, or public awareness Based on the analysis, Fehr & Peers will develop strategies to address these gaps, informed by our industry experience and national best practices guidance. Our team will also seek out opportunities to apply innovative approaches. Strategies may range from new services and a variety of service designs to infrastructure and policy changes that elevate the effectiveness of transportation services provided by the City.

Task 3.5 Forecasting
Transportation demand forecasting is a complex and challenging exercise that, while unable to perfectly predict the future, can help guide the selection of alternatives, set expectations for outcomes, and develop performance benchmarks. For local public transit, it can be difficult to extract meaningful results because of the limitations of detail in regional travel demand forecasting models such as OCTAM.

OCTAM and SCAG forecasts will serve as the foundation for future demographics analysis. Fehr & Peers is experienced with both the OCTA and SCAG models and their applications in future demographics and land use changes as well as transit modeling.

In addition to demographics, Fehr & Peers will use existing ridership data and travel patterns collected in earlier tasks and research-based elasticities to estimate future ridership demand.

Fehr & Peers will work with the City to consider these and potentially other options for forecasting. Once a methodology is selected, we will document the methodology and input data and summarize the results. Although incorporated as part of Task 3, Fehr & Peers envisions the forecasting task to largely fall in Task 4 in conjunction with TMD’s development of routes and service designs.

TASK 3 DELIVERABLES
Memorandum on:
• Existing programs and service
65 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

14 • Environmental issues
• Needs assessment
• Identifying gaps
• Forecasting
Task 4: Route Plan and Service/Operations Plan
Task 4.1 Route Plan
TMD brings extensive experience developing transit services including fixed-route bus, community circulators, rail- feeder routes, and microtransit services which may be applicable to this project. TMD follows a two-pronged approach to the development of transit service recommendations: top-down and bottom-up. The top-down approach ensures the network works together as one cohesive unit, not as a collection of individual routes. The bottom-up approach optimizes the efficiency of each route to make sure the City is maximizing its use of available resources. The bottom-up approach also pays attention to cycle times, layover locations, and turning movements so there are no surprises during implementation.

Fehr & Peers will develop recommendations with collaboration from the City, TMD, and OCTA which may include changes to existing services, new services, and ways to better integrate services. All proposed recommendations will include route maps and potential stop locations.

Task 4.2 Service/Operations Plan
Our team will develop service delivery options based on the type of recommended service. Options for bus service may include contracting with OCTA, contracting with a private transit provider, or using City employees. Options for microtransit or other on-demand services could be operated as public-private partnerships with taxicab operators or transportation network companies. TMD has experience assisting transit agencies in acquiring services from third-party vendors.

TMD will prepare a service and operations plan which will include hours of operations and frequency/headways.

Based on the type of service identified in Task 4.1, vehicle size and type will also be identified. Additional resources for the ongoing operations of the service, such as maintenance locations and servicing and paratransit needs, will be identified.

TASK 4 DELIVERABLES
• Route plan
• Services and operations plan
◦ Maintenance program
◦ Paratransit plan
66 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

15 Task 5: Funding Opportunities and Implementation Plan Task 5.1 Funding Opportunities
Our team will develop estimated costs for capital purchases and ongoing operating costs for the recommended transit services. TMD is known for developing accurate cost estimates for their clients, which will be important in developing project budgets and grant applications.

Our team will also identify potential local, regional, and state funding opportunities. This will include a summary of project eligibility, funding timelines, and local match requirements for each program. One key local funding opportunity is the OCGO Project V Community Circulator program through OCTA. Subtask leader, Gary Hewitt, brings experience developing and reviewing Project V applications, ensuring that potential projects are “grant ready” and include the necessary information for completing an application. Another funding opportunity is CalSTA SB1 and Cap-and-Trade grant programs, which may help fund capital components of new service.

Task 5.2 Implementation Plan
Our team will develop an implementation plan for the Orange Community Shuttle. This implementation plan will be developed in coordination with City staff and OCTA. Proposed TMD project manager Gary Hewitt has been involved in the implementation of other OC community shuttles, including the negotiations of the current City of Irvine agreement with OCTA to operate the existing iShuttle routes.

The implementation plan will include a high-level timeline and identify if any environmental documentation would be required.

TASK 5 DELIVERABLES
Memorandum on:
• Funding strategies
• Implementation plan
67 Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study
March 16, 2023

16 Task 6: Final Report and Presentation of Feasibility Study Task 6.1 Draft Report
Fehr & Peers will produce a draft Feasibility Study documenting both the process and substance of the study effort.

The draft report is intended to be a concise document that supplies the data, analysis, and all prepared memoranda leading to the recommendations for the Orange Community Shuttle.

Task 6.2 Final Report
We will respond to one round of review and consolidated comments from the City before preparing the final report.

Task 6.3 Presentation of the Feasibility Study
Fehr & Peers will lead one presentation to the City’s Traffic Commission and/or City Council at the conclusion of the Feasibility Study to present study findings and recommendations.

TASK 6 DELIVERABLES
• Draft report
• Final report
• Presentation materials
• Presentation to City Traffic Commission and/or City Council

68 Cost Proposal for Orange Community Circulator Transit Planning Study Fehr & Peers TMD
Project
Manager
Principal-in-
Charge
Deputy
Project
Manager
Transp.

Planner
Graphics Analyst Admin
Labor
Hours Total
Project
Manager
Transp.

Planner
Admin
Labor
Hours Total
Total
Hours Total Costs
Tasks $205 $310 $200 $165 $145 $160 $145 $168 $112 $182 Task 1 - Project Management
16 2 2 3 23 $4,735 6 6 6 18 $2,774 21 $7,509
Task 2 - Community Engagement

2.1 City Staff and Stakeholder Engagement 8 4 2 2 2 18 $3,860 0 $0 2 $3,860

2.2 Website Updates and Online Survey 2 2 2 2 1 9 $1,495 0 $0 1 $1,495

2.2 “Pop-Up” and Outreach Events 4 2 2 2 1 11 $1,985 0 $0 1 $1,985 Task 3 - Data Collection and Needs Assessment

3.1 Existing Programs and Service 1 2 0 3 $535 6 18 24 $3,025 24 $3,560

3.2 Environmental Issues 2 4 1 7 $1,215 2 2 $224 3 $1,439

3.3 Needs Assessment 2 1 2 8 4 8 3 28 $4,735 0 $0 3 $4,735

3.4 Identify Gaps 4 1 1 2 4 4 2 18 $3,170 2 4 6 $784 8 $3,954

3.5 Forecasting 2 1 1 8 8 3 23 $3,955 0 $0 3 $3,955
Task 4 - Route Plan and Service/Operations Plan

4.1 Route Plan 4 2 2 8 4 3 23 $4,175 4 4 8 $1,120 11 $5,295

4.2 Service/Operations Plan 2 2 4 1 9 $1,835 12 12 24 $3,361 25 $5,196 Task 5 - Funding Opportunities and Implementation Plan

5.1 Funding Opportunities 2 2 4 1 9 $1,835 12 8 20 $2,912 21 $4,747

5.2 Implementation Plan 4 2 2 12 3 23 $4,255 4 4 8 $1,120 11 $5,375 Task 6 - Final Documentation

6.1 Draft Report 2 1 2 20 8 4 37 $6,160 6 6 $1,008 10 $7,168

6.2 Final Report 2 8 1 11 $1,875 2 2 $336 3 $2,211

6.3 Presentation of the Feasibility Study 4 2 1 7 $1,365 0 $0 1 $1,365 Data Needs
StreetLight Data (OD Data) $2,000
Total for all Tasks 61 18 18 84 26 22 30 259 $47,185 54 58 6 118 $16,665 148 $65,850 Notes:

This fee proposal is valid for a period of 90 days from the proposal submittal date.

Actual billing rate at the time of service may vary depending on the final staffing plan at the time the project starts; the overall fee will not be exceeded.

All other direct and subconsultant expenses are billed with 10% handling fee Rates and staff are subject to change at any time, without notice, and within the total budget shown 169
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.4. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0310
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Dan Adams, Chief of Police

1. SUBJECT
Agreement with Officer Damon Allen for the transfer of ownership of police service dog, Danto, assigned to the Police Department’s Canine Team.

2. SUMMARY
Canine Officer Damon Allen has been assigned to the Police Department’sCanine Team for the past five years with canine Danto as his partner. Canine Danto is being retired due to the reassignment of Officer Damon Allen to a Motor Officer. Canine Danto’s last day of service was on May 6, 2023.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve the agreement to transfer ownership of canine Danto from the City of Orange to Officer Damon Allen; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
Canine Danto has served the Orange Police Department Canine Team for the last five years with Officer Damon Allen as his handler. Due to the reassignment of Officer Damon Allen to the Traffic Bureau of the Police Department, retraining canine Danto with a new handler would be problematic and costly. In addition, canine Danto has been trained to aid in the apprehension of criminal suspects and could be dangerous to others if not placed in the care of a trainer. For the safety of Danto and the public, it is preferable that Danto remains in the hands of the person and family that have been providing his care and training.

The Department recommends the transfer of ownership of Danto from the City of Orange to Officer Damon Allen. The transfer of ownership agreement with Officer Damon Allen requires him to indemnify and defend the city for any injuries or property damage arising out of the conduct of Danto.

Should Officer Allen not be able to provide reasonable care for Danto, he agrees to have Danto humanely euthanized. It is the Department’srecommendation that this arrangement with Officer Allen will benefit the City by reducing the City’sliability exposure and release the City of the responsibility City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
70 Item #: 3.4. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0310
will benefit the City by reducing the City’sliability exposure and release the City of the responsibility for the care and feeding of Danto.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Agreement with Damon Allen
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
71 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.4. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0310
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Dan Adams, Chief of Police

1. SUBJECT
Agreement with Officer Damon Allen for the transfer of ownership of police service dog, Danto, assigned to the Police Department’s Canine Team.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety.

Should Officer Allen not be able to provide reasonable care for Danto, he agrees to have Danto humanely euthanized. It is the Department’srecommendation that this arrangement with Officer Allen will benefit the City by reducing the City’sliability exposure and release the City of the responsibility City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
72 Item #: 3.4. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0310
will benefit the City by reducing the City’sliability exposure and release the City of the responsibility for the care and feeding of Danto.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Agreement with Damon Allen
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
73 A G R E E M E N T

This Agreement is made and entered into this _____ day of ____________________, 2023 between the City of Orange, a municipal corporation, hereinafter referred to as “City”, and Damon T. Allen, an individual, hereinafter referred to as “Allen.”

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, City owns a German Shepard Dog, commonly known as “Danto” (Danto), which has served the City for five years as a member of the Orange Police Department K9 Team; and

WHEREAS, Danto has been trained to aid in the appr ehension of criminal suspects and could be dangerous to others if not placed in the care of a trainer. For the safety of Danto and the public it is preferable that he remains in the hands of the person and family that have been providing his care and training; and

WHEREAS, Allen is a trained Canine Officer employed by the City of Orange Police Department, and is an experienced dog handler; and

WHEREAS, Allen is specifically familiar with Danto, inasmuch as the animal has lived with Allen and his family for five years when Allen was the dog’s handler; and

WHEREAS, the City desires to relieve itself of the expense of providing care for the animal, and Allen desires to acquire ownership and assume complete responsibility for Danto.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGR EED BETWEEN THE CITY AND ALLEN AS FOLLOWS:

1. The City and Allen agree that Danto has been trained to perform certain Police work and that the dog has, in fact, performed such services for the Orange Police Department for five years.

2. The City and Allen agree that Danto, due to reassignment of Canine Officer Allen, has reached the end of his service duty.

3. Allen agrees to assume full responsibility for the reasonable care, feeding, and medical attention for Danto, at his own expense.

4. Allen agrees to hold harmless and shall defend the City against any and all claims and suits, regardless of the nature, alleging physical injury and/or property damage resulting from the acts of Danto, after he acquires ownership.

5. Allen agrees that if ownership is transferred to him, he shall not transfer his ownership to any other person. If Allen, for any reason, becomes unwilling or unable to provide reasonable care, feeding, and medical attention, Allen shall cause Danto to be humanely destroyed.
74 2

6. The City has determined Danto to be surplus to the City’s needs and without monetary value due to the potential liability exposure to the City, and as such, cannot be sold in accordance with City Surplus Property Disposition Laws.

7. The City hereby transfers to Allen all rights and interest which it has in Danto.

IN WITNESS of this Agreement, the parties have entered into this Agreement as of the year and day first written above.

“ALLEN” “CITY”

DAMON T. ALLEN, an individual CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation

By: By:

Printed Name: Daniel R. Slater, Mayor

ATTEST:

Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Nathalie Adourian, Senior Assistant City Attorney

√
75 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.5. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0312
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Leslie Hardy, Community Services Director

1. SUBJECT
Second Amendment to the Agreement with HASA, Inc. for maintenance of Hart Park pools.

2. SUMMARY
The City currently has an agreement for $204,241 with HASA, Inc to provide maintenance of Hart Park pools. HASA, Inc. has since notified the City that the cost of maintaining the pools at Hart Park has increased due to rising costs in pool chemicals and other maintenance costs. The proposed Second Amendment to the Agreement with HASA, Inc. will increase the contract authority by $51,854.78, bringing the total not-to-exceed amount to $256,095.78, to account for the increased cost of pool chemicals and service expenses.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve the Second Amendment with HASA, Inc., in the amount of $51,854.78 for maintenance of Hart Park pools; and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute on behalf of the City.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for the Second Amendment is $51,854.78 and will be funded through the General Fund (100).

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community.
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

Goal 3: Enhance and promote quality of life in the community. a: Renovate, maintain, develop, and/or expand public use places and spaces.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
In October 2020, the City Council awarded an agreement to Commercial Aquatic Services (CAS) for maintenance of the Hart Park pools in the amount of $183,280. Since then, CAS sold their business to HASA, Inc. (HASA). Through the First Amendment dated June 9, 2022, the City Manager approved the assignment of the agreement to the new provider, HASA. The First Amendment also authorized an emergency expenditure of $20,961 to make emergency repairs to the pool filters.

HASA recently notified the City that the cost for bulk chemicals, including chlorine and hydrochloric acid, has increased. The following table shows the rate increases negotiated by City staff with HASA City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 3
powered by Legistar™
76 Item #: 3.5. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0312
for these chemicals for the last two years of the agreement:

Table 1: Chemical Rate Increases
Contract Year Prior Rate New Rate Difference
Chlorine (per gallon rate)
December 2022 - November 2023 $1.38 $2.18 $0.80
December 2023 - November 2024 $1.40 $2.48 $1.08
Hydrochloric Acid (per gallon rate)
December 2022 - November 2023 $1.22 $2.04 $0.82
December 2023 - November 2024 $1.30 $2.34 $1.04
In addition to this increase, the pools also require more chemicals than originally projected by CAS.

Due to an inaccurate projection, additional pool repairs, and return to pre-pandemic usage, more chlorine and hydrochloric acid were needed over the last few years in order to maintain appropriate chemical levels consistent with health and safety standards for safe pool use. Not maintaining appropriate chemical levels for public use poses health and safety hazards, which could cause a pool closure. The following table demonstrates the financial impact of the increase in chemical rates and use:

Table 2: Impact of Increased Rates and Use
Contract Year Cost at Prior
Rate and
Estimated Use
Cost at New
Rate and
Actual Use
Difference
Chlorine (per gallon rate)
December 2022 - November 2023 $6,210.00 $22,785.36 $16,575.36 December 2023 - November 2024 $6,300.00 $25,920.96 $19,620.96 Hydrochloric Acid (per gallon rate)
December 2022 - November 2023 $1,098.00 $3,672.00 $2,574.00 December 2023 - November 2024 $1,170.00 $4,212.00 $3,042.00 The total impact of the increase in rates and chemical use is $41,812.32. In addition to the increase in chemical costs, the labor for annual preventative maintenance expense also increased by $1,400.

The proposed Second Amendment accounts for both increases in the remaining two years of the agreement, for a total increase of $43,212.32. As the infrastructure of the pool continues to age, and the cost of future repairs could be influenced by a number of factors, including the historic nature of the facility, a 20 percent contingency of $8,642.46 has been added for an increase in the contract of $51,854.78. The proposed Second Amendment would bring the total contract not-to-exceed amount to $256,095.78.

Staff is recommending that the City Council approve the Second Amendment with HASA in the amount of $51,854.78 to continue maintenance at the Hart Park pools. The total expenditure for the Second Amendment will be funded through the General Fund (100). The current agreement expires in November 2024 at which time, services for pool maintenance and chemicals will be put out to bid.

It is anticipated costs for maintenance and chemicals will continue to increase.

City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 3
powered by Legistar™
77 Item #: 3.5. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0312

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Second Amendment to Maintenance Services Agreement with HASA, Inc.

City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 3 of 3
powered by Legistar™
78 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.5. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0312
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Leslie Hardy, Community Services Director

1. SUBJECT
Second Amendment to the Agreement with HASA, Inc. for maintenance of Hart Park pools.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for the Second Amendment is $51,854.78 and will be funded through the General Fund (100).

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community.
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

Goal 3: Enhance and promote quality of life in the community. a: Renovate, maintain, develop, and/or expand public use places and spaces.

HASA recently notified the City that the cost for bulk chemicals, including chlorine and hydrochloric acid, has increased. The following table shows the rate increases negotiated by City staff with HASA City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 3
powered by Legistar™
79 Item #: 3.5. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0312
for these chemicals for the last two years of the agreement:

It is anticipated costs for maintenance and chemicals will continue to increase.

City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 3
powered by Legistar™
80 Item #: 3.5. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0312

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Second Amendment to Maintenance Services Agreement with HASA, Inc.

City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 3 of 3
powered by Legistar™
81 SECOND AMENDMENT
TO

MAINTENANCE SERVICES AGREEMENT
[Maintenance of Hart Park Pools]

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO MAINTENANCE SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “Second Amendment”) is made and entered into as of ________________, 2023, by and between the CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation ( “City”), and HASA, INC., a California corporation (“Contractor”), with reference to the following:

A. City and Contractor’s assignor, The Illini Companies, Inc. DBA Commercial Aquatic Services, entered into a Maintenance Services Agreement (Agreement No. 7061) dated October 13, 2020, which is incorporated herein by this reference (the “Original Agreement”); and

B. City and Contractor’s assignor amended the Original Agreement to revise the Scope of Services, increase the compensation, and memorialize City approval of the assignment to Contractor by a First Amendment to Maintenance Services Agreement (Agreement No. 7061.1) dated June 9, 2022, which is incorporated herein by this reference (the “First Amendment”); and

C. City and Contractor desire to further amend the Original Agreement to modify, amend and supplement certain portions of the Original Agreement to revise the scope of services and increase the compensation.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Defined Terms. Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth for such terms in the Original Agreement.

Section 2. Cross-References. City and Contractor agree that all references in this Second Amendment are deemed and construed to refer to the Original Agreement, as implemented by this Second Amendment.

Section 3 Revised Scope of Services. The Scope of Services, Section 1, Exhibit A of the Original Agreement, is hereby amended, modified and supplemented to include the services described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

Section 4 Compensation. The total not -to-exceed compensation for the services to be rendered as set forth in Section 2.a of the Original Agreement is increased by FIFTY-ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY-FOUR DOLLARS and 78/100 ($51,854.78) and Section

2.a is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“Contractor's total compensation for all services performed under this Agreement, shall not exceed TWO HUNDRED FIFTY-SIX THOUSAND NINETY-FIVE and 78/100 ($256,095.78) without the prior written authorization of City.”

82 2
Section 5. Integration. This Second Amendment amends, as set forth herein, the Original Agreement and, except as specifically amended hereby, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. To the extent that there is any conflict or incons istency between the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall control and govern the rights and obligations of the parties.

IN WITNESS of this Second Amendment, the parties enter into this Second Amendment on the year and day first above written.

“CONTRACTOR” “CITY”

HASA, INC., a California corporation CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation

*By: By:

Printed Name: Daniel R. Slater, Mayor
Title:

*By: ATTEST:

Printed Name:

Title:

Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Mary E. Binning, City Attorney

*NOTE: If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, the City requires the following signature(s):
-- (1) the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice -President, AND (2) the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. If o nly one corporate officer exists or one corporate officer holds more than one corporate office, please so indicate. OR -- The corporate officer named in a corporate resolution as authorized to enter into this Agreement. A copy of the corporate resolution, certified by the Secretary close in time to the execution of the Agreement, must be provided to the City.

√

83 EXHIBIT “A”

SUPPLEMENTAL SCOPE OF SERVICES

[Behind this page.]
84 HART PARK MUNICIPAL SWIMMING POOLS

ANNUAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE AND MONTHLY SERVICE
YEAR THREE:

I. ANNUAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
HEATER SERVICE ANNUAL COST: $2,320.00
FILTER SERVICE ANNUAL COST: . $1,595.00
CHEMICAL CONTROLLER SERVICE ANNUAL COST: $2,000. 00
TOTAL LABOR COST FOR ANNUAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE $5, 915. 00 - (Materials &. Supplies shall be additional plus 15% OH} II. SEASONAL COSTS FOR MONTHLY POOL MAINTENANCE
MONTHLY SERVICE:

May - August (3 visits per week) per month ·
September -April (1 visit per week) per month
$ 2,935. 00
$ 1,025. 00

TOTAL ANNUAL LABOR COST FOR MONTHLY POOL MAINTENANCE
Annual Cost $19,940.00
TOTAL FOR ALL ANNUAL AND MONTHLY MAINTENANCE SERVICES $27, 155.00 (Annual Preventative Maintenance &. Monthly Pool Maintenance} III.

IV.

CHEMICAL SUPPLIES
Chemical Costs (per gallon unit) BULK CHLORINE
Chemical Costs (per gallon unit) BULK HYDROCHLORIC ACID Estimated annual chemical use for both pools is:

Chlorine"
Acid

TECNICIAN HOURLY RATES
Regular Service Hours
Emergency Call-Out
Holiday and After Hours
10,452 Gallons
1800 Gallons
$ 2.18
$2.04
$225.00
$250. 00
$ 250.00
Exhibit A: Page 1 of 2
85 HART PARK MUNICIPAL SWIMMING POOLS

ANNUAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE AND MONTHLY SERVICE
YEAR FOUR:

I. ANNUAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
HEATER SERVICE ANNUAL COST: $2,320. 00
FILTER SERVICE ANNUAL COST: $ 1,595.00
CHEMICAL CONTROLLER SER.VICE ANNUAL COST: $1,300.00
TOTAL LABOR COST FOR ANNUAL PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE $5,215. 00 (Materials & Supplies shall be additional plus 15% OH)
II. SEASONAL COSTS FOR MONTHLY POOL MAINTENANCE
MONTHLY SERVICE:

May - August (3 visits per week) per month
September-April (1 visit per week) per month
$2, 935. 00
$1,025.00

TOTAL ANNUAL LABOR COST FOR MONTHLY POOL MAINTENANCE
Annual Cost · $1 9,940 .00
TOTAL FOR ALL ANNUAL AND MONTHLY MAINTENANCE SERVICES $25,155. 00 (Annual Preventative Maintenance & Monthly Pool Maintenance) III. CHEMICAL SUPPLIES
Chemical Costs (per gallon unit) BULK CHLORINE $ 2.48
Chemical Costs (per gallon unit) BULK HYDROCHLORIC ACID $2,34 Estimated annual chemical use for both pools is:

Chlorine 10,452 Gallons
Acid- 1800 Gallons
IV. TECNICIAN HOURLY RATES
Regular Service Hours $225.00
Emergency Call-Out $250. 00
Holiday and After Hours $250.00
Exhibit A: Page 2 of 2
86 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.6. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0162
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Approval of plans and specifications for Tustin Avenue/Rose Drive Corridor Regional Traffic Signal Synchronization Program Project - Intersection Improvements; authorization to advertise for bids; and finding of CEQA exemption.

2. SUMMARY
Plans and specifications have been completed for Tustin Avenue/Rose Drive Corridor Regional Traffic Signal Synchronization Program Project - Intersection Improvements (SP-4199) and the project is ready to be advertised for bids. The estimated construction cost including a 10% contingency is $1,150,000.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve plans and specifications and authorize advertising for Bid No. 22-23.41 (SP-4199).

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this project will be funded in Tustin Street Signal Synchronization (20425) through TSIP Citywide (287) and Reimbursable Capital Projects (550).

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
The Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) sponsors projects that develop and maintain corridor-based, multi-jurisdictional signal synchronization along corridors through Orange County.

These Regional Traffic Signal Synchronization Program (RTSSP) projects, collectively known as Project P, are funded under the Renewed Measure M (M2).

In 2019, the City of Orange nominated the Tustin Avenue/Rose Drive Corridor RTSSP Project (hereafter referred to as “the Project”) to OCTA for Measure M2 funding. The Tustin/Rose Corridor stretches over 11 miles across the cities of Anaheim, Orange, Placentia, Santa Ana, Tustin, and Yorba Linda, and includes 54 signals. The Project proposes traffic signal and communication equipment upgrades and the development and maintenance of optimized signal synchronization plans to best accommodate prevailing traffic patterns. Because the performance of this corridor is critical for mobility in Orange, City staff is leading the corridor-wide effort to manage and implement City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
87 Item #: 3.6. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0162
critical for mobility in Orange, City staff is leading the corridor-wide effort to manage and implement the Project. OCTA’sBoard of Directors awarded $2.8M Measure M2 funding to the Project for Fiscal Year 2021. Ultimately, this project will reduce traffic congestion during peak hours, while maintaining vehicular traffic at the speed limit at non-peak hours.

Project engineering and design kicked off in September 2021, after the City entered into an agreement with Iteris, Inc. (Iteris) to provide traffic engineering services to help City staff implement and deliver the Project. Iteris and City staff have been working closely with the project’s partner agencies to develop optimized signal timing for the corridor and prepare improvement plans and specifications for the construction of related traffic signal equipment upgrades. It should be noted that while the City of Anaheim is an active Project Partner, Anaheim has elected to independently design and construct improvements within its jurisdiction. As a result, the plans and specifications for the Tustin Ave/Rose Drive RTSSP Project include the intersection improvements for the cities of Orange, Placentia, Santa Ana, Tustin and Yorba Linda.

The intersection improvements in the bid package include communication conduits, fiber optic cables, and hardware; traffic signal cabinet and controller upgrades; ADA-compliant pedestrian push- buttons and countdown indications; emergency vehicle preemption; and field monitoring equipment such as vehicle detectors and CCTV cameras to support and maintain the new corridor synchronization plan. Once completed, these improvements will enhance traffic signal operations, improve traffic signal synchronization, and reduce traffic congestion.

The estimated construction cost is $1,150,000, including a 10% contingency. Upon receipt of public bids, staff will return to the City Council and recommend any funding adjustments, if necessary and award of contract.

Construction is anticipated to begin in July 2023 and is expected to be completed by October 2023.

Specifications and cost estimates are available for review in the Public Works Department.

7. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Categorical Exemption: The proposed project is categorically exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per State CEQA Guidelines 15302 (Class 2 - Replacement or Reconstruction) because the project consists of replacement or reconstruction of existing traffic signal infrastructure involving negligible or no expansion of capacity. No public review is required.

The CEQA Notice of Exemption was filed and posted at the County Recorder’sOffice on September 27, 2021.

8. ATTACHMENTS
· Location Map
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
88 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.6. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0162
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve plans and specifications and authorize advertising for Bid No. 22-23.41 (SP-4199).

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this project will be funded in Tustin Street Signal Synchronization (20425) through TSIP Citywide (287) and Reimbursable Capital Projects (550).

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

These Regional Traffic Signal Synchronization Program (RTSSP) projects, collectively known as Project P, are funded under the Renewed Measure M (M2).

In 2019, the City of Orange nominated the Tustin Avenue/Rose Drive Corridor RTSSP Project (hereafter referred to as “the Project”) to OCTA for Measure M2 funding. The Tustin/Rose Corridor stretches over 11 miles across the cities of Anaheim, Orange, Placentia, Santa Ana, Tustin, and Yorba Linda, and includes 54 signals. The Project proposes traffic signal and communication equipment upgrades and the development and maintenance of optimized signal synchronization plans to best accommodate prevailing traffic patterns. Because the performance of this corridor is critical for mobility in Orange, City staff is leading the corridor-wide effort to manage and implement City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
89 Item #: 3.6. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0162
critical for mobility in Orange, City staff is leading the corridor-wide effort to manage and implement the Project. OCTA’sBoard of Directors awarded $2.8M Measure M2 funding to the Project for Fiscal Year 2021. Ultimately, this project will reduce traffic congestion during peak hours, while maintaining vehicular traffic at the speed limit at non-peak hours.

Construction is anticipated to begin in July 2023 and is expected to be completed by October 2023.

Specifications and cost estimates are available for review in the Public Works Department.

The CEQA Notice of Exemption was filed and posted at the County Recorder’sOffice on September 27, 2021.

8. ATTACHMENTS
· Location Map
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
90 !
!
!!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!!
!!
!
!
!!!!!
!
!
!!
!!
!!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!!
!
!!
!
!
!!!!
§¨¦
5 §¨¦
5 §¨¦
5 ¨¨¨¨
91 ¨¨¨¨
22 ¨¨¨¨
57 ¨¨¨¨
55 ¨¨¨¨
90 ¨¨¨¨
55 ¨¨¨¨
57 ¨¨¨¨
22 ¨¨¨¨
22 ¨¨¨¨
91 ¨¨¨¨
22 ¨¨¨¨
91 ¨¨¨¨
57 ¨¨¨¨
57 ¨¨¨¨
55 ¨¨¨¨
22 ¨¨¨¨
57 Legend
Agency
! Yorba Linda (4)
! Placentia (7)
! Anaheim (5)
! Orange (20)
! Santa Ana (6)
! Tustin (2)
! Caltrans (10)
Corridor
Rose Drive
Tustin Avenue
N
Tustin Avenue - Rose Drive RTSSP Project
Yorba Lina | Placentia | Anaheim | Orange | Santa Ana | Tustin | Caltrans Orange County
Placentia
Tustin
Santa Ana
Orange
Anaheim
0 1 20.5
Miles
Bastunchury Rd
Yorba Linda
Orange County Yorba Linda Blvd
Buena Vista Ave
Alta Vista St
Orangethorpe Ave
La Palma Ave
Riverdale Ave
Lincoln Ave
Nohl Ranch Rd
Heim Ave
Meats Ave
Taft Ave
Katella Ave
Collins Ave
Chapman Ave
La Veta Ave
Walnut Ave
Fairhaven Ave
Santa Clara Ave
Seventeenth St
First St
Tustin Ave
Rose Dr
- Location Map
91 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.7. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0308
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Award of Contract to Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company for the Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project, Bid No. 22-23.29; and finding of CEQA exemption.

2. SUMMARY
Bids for the Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement project (D-180) were received and opened on April 27, 2023. Two bidders responded to the notice inviting bids. The apparent low bidder is Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company of Long Beach, California in the amount of $529,370.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this project is $582,307 and will be funded in “Taft Avenue & Lewis Street Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project” (30215) through:

Sanitation and Sewer (220) $182,307
Reimbursable Capital Projects (550) 400,000
Total: $582,307

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

Goal 4: Provide outstanding public service
b: Provide facilities and services to meet customer expectations.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
92 Item #: 3.7. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0308
The City Council previously approved advertisement of bids for Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project on February 14, 2023. The primary funding for this project is from the Environmental Cleanup Tier 1 Grant Program managed by the Orange County Transit Authority (OCTA). Bid solicitation 22-23.29 was advertised on April 6, 2023 for a period of three weeks and bids were opened on April 27, 2023. Two bids were received as follows:

1. Palp Inc., dba Excel Paving Co, Long Beach $529,370

2. TE Roberts Inc., Irvine $785,137
The low bid is about 15.6% higher than the Engineer’s Estimate of $458,000. Staff checked the references and qualifications for Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company and found them to be acceptable, with adequate years of experience in completing contracts of similar nature to this project. Therefore, staff recommends that Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company be awarded the contract in the amount of $582,307, representing an original amount of $529,370 plus a 10% contingency of $52,937, for Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement project.

This project will provide storm drain water quality improvements on various streets in the City of Orange. On Taft Avenue near the Taft Avenue/O’DonnellWay intersection, a Debris Separating Baffle Box (DSBB) will be installed. This unit will capture trash, debris and other gross pollutants via trash screens, sediment chambers, and the use of an oil skimmer and hydrocarbon boom filters. On Taft Avenue and Lewis Street, connector pipe screen (CPS) units will be installed. These units will be installed in existing catch basins and will capture trash, debris, and other pollutants.

Construction is scheduled to begin in July 2023 and is expected to be completed by November 2023.

7. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Categorical Exemption: The proposed project is categorically exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per State CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Class 1 (c)) because the project involves installation of storm water treatment features to the existing storm drain system and does not increase system capacity or otherwise expand the existing use. No public review is required. The Notice of Exemption has been filed with the County Recorder’s Office.

8. ATTACHMENTS
· Bid Abstract
· Location Map
· Contract with Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
93 Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.7. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0308
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Award of Contract to Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company for the Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project, Bid No. 22-23.29; and finding of CEQA exemption.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this project is $582,307 and will be funded in “Taft Avenue & Lewis Street Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project” (30215) through:

Sanitation and Sewer (220) $182,307
Reimbursable Capital Projects (550) 400,000
Total: $582,307

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

Goal 4: Provide outstanding public service
b: Provide facilities and services to meet customer expectations.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
94 Item #: 3.7. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0308
The City Council previously approved advertisement of bids for Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project on February 14, 2023. The primary funding for this project is from the Environmental Cleanup Tier 1 Grant Program managed by the Orange County Transit Authority (OCTA). Bid solicitation 22-23.29 was advertised on April 6, 2023 for a period of three weeks and bids were opened on April 27, 2023. Two bids were received as follows:

1. Palp Inc., dba Excel Paving Co, Long Beach $529,370

Construction is scheduled to begin in July 2023 and is expected to be completed by November 2023.

7. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Categorical Exemption: The proposed project is categorically exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) per State CEQA Guidelines Section 15301 (Class 1 (c)) because the project involves installation of storm water treatment features to the existing storm drain system and does not increase system capacity or otherwise expand the existing use. No public review is required. The Notice of Exemption has been filed with the County Recorder’s Office.

8. ATTACHMENTS
· Bid Abstract
· Location Map
· Contract with Palp, Inc. dba Excel Paving Company
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
95 1 2
Bid No. 22-23.29; Project No. D-180
Date of Bid Opening: 4/27/2023
Tel. No. (562) 599-5841 Tel. No. (714) 669-0072
NO. DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 1 Traffic Control 1 LS 90,000.00$ $90,000.00 $135,000.00 $135,000.00 $34,967.00 $34,967.00 2 Furnish and Install Hydrodynamic Separator (Contech
DSBB-8-16-96). Inclusive of Sawcut, AC Restoration,
Aggregate Base, Trench Repair per City Std. 125, 327,
Breaking Into and Removal of Existing Storm Drain,
and Retooling Upstream and Downstream Joints.
1 LS 215,800.00$ $215,800.00 $271,000.00 $271,000.00 $450,089.00 $450,089.00 3 Furnish and Install Connector Pipe Screen Units
(Advanced Drainage Systems) with Protective Bypass
Lids at Various Locations per Plan
7 EA 2,000.00$ $14,000.00 $1,900.00 $13,300.00 $4,251.00 $29,757.00 4 Furnish and Install 36" Reinfornced Concrete Pipe
(RCP) with Bedding Class III per City Std. 327 54 LF 800.00$ $43,200.00 $705.00 $38,070.00 $1,506.00 $81,324.00 5 Construct Junction Structure Type III per City Std. 3151 EA 50,000.00$ $50,000.00 $34,000.00 $34,000.00 $96,452.00 $96,452.00 6 Construct Modified Junction Structure Type III per
City Std. 315 1 EA 45,000.00$ $45,000.00 $38,000.00 $38,000.00 $92,548.00 $92,548.00 $458,000.00 $529,370.00 $785,137.00Grand Total

STORM DRAIN IMPROVEMENTS

ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE
City of Orange: Summary of Bid Abstracts for:

Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project PALP, INC DBA Excel Paving
Long Beach, CA
TE Roberts, Inc.

Irvine, CA

Page 1 of 1 ends

Taft Ave & Lewis St Water Quality SD Improvement - Location Map 1 Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
2/1/2023, 1:48:56 PM
0 0.075 0.150.0375 mi
0 0.1 0.20.05 km
1:4,514
City of Anaheim, County of Los Angeles, Bureau of Land Management, Esri, HERE, Garmin, GeoTechnologies, Inc., USGS, EPA | City of Orange - Engineering Design97
Taft Ave & Lewis St Water Quality SD Improvement - Location Map 2 Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
2/1/2023, 1:51:15 PM
0 0.075 0.150.0375 mi
0 0.1 0.20.05 km
1:4,514
City of Anaheim, County of Los Angeles, Bureau of Land Management, Esri, HERE, Garmin, GeoTechnologies, Inc., USGS, EPA | City of Orange - Engineering Design98
Taft Ave & Lewis St Water Quality SD Improvement - Location Map 3 Esri, HERE, Garmin, (c) OpenStreetMap contributors, and the GIS user community
2/1/2023, 1:52:28 PM
0 0.075 0.150.0375 mi
0 0.1 0.20.05 km
1:4,514
County of Los Angeles, Bureau of Land Management, Esri, HERE, Garmin, GeoTechnologies, Inc., USGS, EPA | City of Orange - Engineering Design99

CONTRACT
[Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain
Improvement Project (Bid No. 22-23.29)]

THIS CONTRACT (the “Contract”) is made and ente red into as of ___ ___________, 20__ (“Effective Date”) by and between the CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation (“City”), and PALP INC. DBA EXCEL PAVING COMPANY, a California corporation (“Contractor”), who agree as follows.

ARTICLE 1
Work Performed

a. For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by City, and under the conditions expressed in the two (2) bonds presented to City with this Contract and incorporated herein by this reference, Contrac tor hereby agrees to and shall do all the work and furnish all the labor, materials, tools and equipment, except such as are mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by City to Contractor, necessary to complete in good workmanship and substantial manner the work (the “Work”) described in:

(1) The Construction Plans for Taft Ave. & Lewis St. Water Quality Storm Drain Improvement Project (Drawing D-180) approved by the “Engineer” (as defined herein below) on April 6, 2023, and consisting of sheets numbered 1 through 3, inclusive (the “Plans”);

(2) The latest edition of the "City of Orange Standard Plans and Specifications" (the “Orange Book”) with the term "Engineer," as used in the Orange Book and in this Contract, to specifically include the City Engineer (or designee);

(3) The "Standard Specificatio ns for Public Works Construction ” (the “Greenbook”), and all amendments thereto, except the definition of “Subcontractor” in Section 1.2 (General – Terms and Definitions) of Part 1 (General Provisions) of the Greenbook, which is hereby amended in its entir ety to read as follows: “Subcontractor – An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor for the performance of a part of the Work;”

(4) The “City of Orange Standard Special Provisions;”

(5) The Standard Plans; and

(6) Contractor’s Bid Proposal , which is on file with City’s Department of Public Works.

b. Contractor acknowledges that it has received the Plans from City and that a complete copy of the Plans are in its possession and are hereby specifically referred to and by such reference made a part hereof. The Orange Book, Greenbook and City of Orange Standard Special Provisions and Standard Plans are on file with City’s Public Works Director and are hereby specifically referred to and by such reference made a part hereof. Contractor hereby acknowledges 100
2 that it has read, reviewed and understands the Plans, the Orange Book, the Greenbook, the Special Provisions, the Standard Plans, and the Encroachment Permit as they relate to the Work, all of which documents shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Plans and Specifications.”

c. Contractor acknowledges the provisions of Chapter 8.28 of the Orange Municipal Code which requires, among other things, that Contractor utilize City’s exclusive solid waste hauler for the rental of bins for trash and debris removal and imposes mandatory recycling requirements for self-hauled construction and demolition waste. The terms and conditions set forth in this Contract shall control over any terms and conditions in the Plans and Specifications to the contrary.

d. The Work shall be performed in conformity with the Plans and Specificati ons and the Bid Proposal and all applicable laws, including any and all applicable federal and state labor laws and standards and applicable prevailing wage requirements and any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment.

e. Unless and until otherwise notified in writing by City’s Public Works Director, City’s Senior Civil Engineer, Youichi Nakagawa (“Authorized City Representative”), shall be the person to whom Contractor will report for the performance of the Work hereunder. It is understood that Contractor’s performance hereunder shall be under the direction and supervision of the Authorized City Representative or such other person as City’s Public Works Director may designate from time to time, that Contractor shall coordinate the Work hereunder with the Authorized City Representative to the extent required by the Authorized City Representative, and that all performances required hereunder by Contractor shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Authorized City Representative or City’s Public Works Director.

f. It is expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument and Contractor’s Bid Proposal, then this instrument shall control and nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of the said terms of said Bid Proposal conflicting herewith.

g. Contractor agrees that it has an obligation to reset all permanent survey markers as stated in the Orange Book, Part 4, Section 400-2, “Permanent Survey Markers ,” and obtain the approval for pre- and post-construction centerline tie sheets and Corner Records from the County of Oran ge and deliver said approved documents to City as soon as they are received. This obligation extends to any of its subcontractors that have performed work in this regard. This subsection survives completion of the Work, the Notice of Completion, and final payment and shall be an enforceable obligation until fulfilled.

ARTICLE 2
Commencement of Work

Contractor shall commence the Work provided for in this Contract within ten (10) days of the date of the issuance by City of a Notice to Proceed and diligently prosecute completion of the Work within forty-five (45) calendar days from such date, unless legal extension is granted in 101
3 accordance with the terms set forth in the Greenbook. Time is of the essence in this Contract .

Contractor shall do all things necessary and incidental to the prosecution of Contractor's Work.

ARTICLE 3
Compensation

a. Contractor agrees to receive and accept an amount not to exceed FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY-NINE THOUSAND THR EE HUNDRE D SEVENTY DOLLARS and 00/100 ($529,370.00) unless said amount is amended by Contract Change Order approved by the City, as compensation for furnishing all materials and doing all the Work contemplated and embraced in this Contract. Said compensation covers (1) all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the Work, from the acts of the elements; (2) any unforeseen diffic ulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the Work until its acceptance by City, other than as provided below ; (3) all risks of every description connected with the Work; (4) all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the Work; and (5) well and faithfully completing the Work, and for the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the Plans and Specifications, and requirements of the Authorized City Representative under them.

Retention amounts shall be withheld from progress payments as required by law unless Contractor provides securities in lieu of retention.

b. In addition to the scheduled Work to be performed by the Contractor, the parties recognize that additional, unforeseen work and services may be required by the Authorized City Representative. In anticipation of such contingencies, the sum of FIFTY-TWO THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED THIRTY-SEVEN DOLLARS and 00/100 ($52,937.00) has been added to the total compensation of this Contract. The Authorized City Representative may approve the additional work and the actual costs incurred by the Contractor in performance of additional work or services in accordance with such amount as the Authorized City Representative and the Contractor may agree upon in advance. Said additional work or services and the amount of compensation therefor, up to the amount of the authorized contingency, shall be memorialized in the form of a Contract Amendment approved by the City Manager on a form acceptable to the City Attorney. The Contractor agrees to perform only that work or those services that are specifically requested by the Authorized City Representative. Any and all additional work and services performed under this Contract shall be completed in such sequence as to assure their completion as expeditiously as is consistent with professional skill and care in accordance with a cost estimate or proposal submitted to and approved by the Authorized City Representative prior to the commencement of such Work or services.

c. The total amount of compensation under this Contract, including contingencies, shall not exceed FIVE HUNDRED EIGHTY -TWO THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED SEVEN DOLLARS and 00/100 ($582,307.00).

ARTICLE 4
Licenses

Contractor represents that it and any subcontractors it may engage, possess any and all licenses which are required under state or federal law to perform the Work contemplated by this 102
4 Contract and that Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain all appropriate licenses, including a City of Orange business license, at its cost, during the performance of this Contract.

ARTICLE 5
Guarantees

a. Contractor guarantees the construction and installation of all Work included in the Plans and Specifications for which Contractor has been awarded this Contract.

b. Should any of the materials or equipment installed pursuant to this Contract prove defective or should the Work as a whole prove defective, due to faulty equipment, workmanship, materials furnished or methods of installations, or should said Work or any part thereof fail to function properly, as designed, due to any of the above causes within twelve (12) months after the date on which said Work is accepted by City, Contractor shall make repairs and furnish such materials and equipment as are necessary to be furnished and installed within fifteen (15) calendar days after the receipt of a demand from City.

c. Said Work will be deemed defective within the meaning of this guarantee in the event that it fails to function as originally intended either by the Plans and Specifications of this Contract or by the manufacturer(s) of the equipment incorporated into the Work.

d. In the event repairs are not made within fifteen (15) calendar days after Contractor's receipt of a demand from City, City shall have the unqualified option to make any needed repairs or replacements itself or by any other contractor. Contractor shall reimburse City, upon demand, for all expenses incurred in restoring said Work to the condition contemplated in this Contract, including the cost of any equipment or materials replaced.

e. It is understood that emergency repairs may, by necessity, be made by City.

Therefore, when defective equipment, materials or workmanship result in emergency repairs by City, Contractor shall reimburse City, upon demand, for all expenses incurred. Emergency repairs will be deemed as those repairs det ermined by City’s Director of Public Works to be necessary due to an immediate detriment to the health, safety, welfare or convenience of the residents of City.

ARTICLE 6
Water Quality

a. The Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board (“RWQCB”) has i ssued National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) Permit No. R8 -2009-0030 (the “Permit”), which governs storm water and non -storm water discharges resulting from municipal activities performed by City or its contractors. In order to comply w ith the Permit requirements, the County of Orange has prepared a Drainage Area Management Plan (“DAMP”), containing Model Maintenance Procedures with Best Management Practices (“BMPs”) that City and its contractors must adhere to. The Model Maintenance Procedures contain pollution prevention and source control techniques to minimize the impact of those activities upon dry -weather urban runoff, storm water runoff, and receiving water quality. Examples include: wash water from 103
5 cleaning of sidewalks or parking lots must be collected and disposed of in the sewer or landscaped areas.

b. The Permit, the DAMP and the Model Maintenance Procedures are on file in the office of City’s Director of Public Works. Contractor hereby acknowledges that it has read, reviewed and understands the Permit, the DAMP and the Model Maintenance Procedures, as they relate to the Work and hereby shall perform the Work in conformance therewith.

ARTICLE 7
Independent Contractor; Contractor not Agent

a. At all times during the term of this Contract, Contractor shall be an independent contractor and not an employee of City. City shall have the right to control Contractor only insofar as the result of Contractor’s services rendered pursuant to this Contract. City shall not have the right to control the means by which Contractor accomplishes services rendere d pursuant to this Contract. Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish all facilities, materials and equipment which may be required for furnishing services pursuant to this Contract. Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and save City harmless from all matters relating to the payment of its subcontractors, agents and employees, including compliance with social security, withholding and all other wages, salaries, benefits, taxes, exactions, and regulations of any nature whatsoever. Contractor acknowledges that Contractor and any subcontractors, agents or employees employed by Contractor shall not, under any circumstances, be considered employees of City, and that they shall not be entitled to any of the bene fits or rights afforded employees of City, including, but not limited to, sick leave, vacation leave, holiday pay, Public Employees Retirement System benefits, or health, life, dental, long -term disability or workers' compensation insurance benefits.

b. Except as City may specify in writing, Contractor shall have no authority, express or implied, to act on behalf of City in any capacity whatsoever as an agent. Contractor shall have no authority, express or implied, to bind City to any obligation whatsoever.

ARTICLE 8
Public Work; Prevailing Wage

a. The Work which is the subject of this Contract is a “public work,” as that term is defined in Section 1720 of the California Labor Code, for which prevailing wages must be paid.

To the extent Contractor’s employees will perform any work that falls within any of the classifications for which the Department of Labor Relations of the State of California promulgates prevailing wage determinations, Contractor hereby agrees that Contractor, and any subcontractor under it, shall pay not less than the specified prevailing ra tes of wages to all such workers . The general prevailing wage determinations for crafts can be located on the website of the Department of Industrial Relations ( www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR). Additionally, to perform work under this Contract, Contractor must meet all State registration requirements and criteria, including project compliance monitoring.

104
6 b. Attached hereto as Attachment No. 1 and incorporated herein by this reference is a copy of the provisions of Sections 1725.5, 1771, 1771.1, 1771.4, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813 and 1815 of the California Labor Code. Contractor hereby acknowledges that it has read, reviewed and understands those provisions of the Labor Code and shall prosecute and complete the Work under this Contract in strict compliance with all of those terms and provisions.

c. Contractor shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees in accordance with the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code. Accordingly, and as required by Section 1861 of the California Labor Code, Contractor hereby certifies as follows:

“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.”

d. Contractor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless City and its officers, employees, contractors and agents, with counsel reasonably acceptable to City, from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, claim, cost, expense, and/or “increase d costs” (including reasonable attorney’s fees, court and litigation costs, and fees of expert witnesses) which result or arise in any way from the noncompliance by Contractor of any applicable local, state and/or federal law, including, without limitation , any applicable federal and/or state labor laws (including, without limitation, the requirement to pay state prevailing wages). It is agreed by the parties that, in connection with the construction of the W ork which is the subject of this Contract, Contractor shall bear all risks of payment or non -payment of state prevailing wages. “Increased costs” as used in this paragraph shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Labor Code Section 1781, as the same may be enacted, adopted or amended from time to time. The foregoing indemnity shall survive termination of this Contract.

ARTICLE 9
Equal Employment Opportunity

During the performance of this Contract, Contractor agrees as follows:

a. Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant f or employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, mental or physical disability, or any other basis prohibited by applicable law. Contractor shall ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment, wi thout regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, mental or physical disability, or any other basis prohibited by applicable law.

Such actions shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for emplo yment, a notice setting forth provisions of this non-discrimination clause.

105
7 b. Contractor shall, in all solicitations and advertisements for employees placed by, or on behalf of Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration fo r employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, national origin, mental or physical disability, or any other basis prohibited by applicable law.

c. Contractor shall cause the foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b) to be inserted in all subcontracts for any Work covered by this Contract, provided that the foregoing provisions shall not apply to subcontracts for standard commercial supplies or raw materials.

ARTICLE 10
Conflicts of Interest

Contractor agrees that it shall not make, participate in the making, or in any way attempt to use its position as a contractor to influence any decision of City in which Contractor knows or has reason to know that Contractor, its officers, partners, or employees have a financial interest as defined in Section 87103 of the Government Code. Contractor further agrees that it shall not be eligible to work as the builder for any project for which the design work is part of this Contract.

ARTICLE 11
Indemnity

Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City and its officers, officials, agents, and employees from and against:

a. Any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs) which City may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer arising from or as a result of the death of any person or any accident, injury, loss or damage whatsoever caused to any person or the property of any person which shall occur on or adjacent t o the real property which is the subject of this Contract, or in connection with performance of this Contract which may be directly or indirectly caused by the acts or omissions of Contractor or its officers, employees, contractors or agents, or as a conse quence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance. Contractor shall not be responsible for (and such indemnity shall not apply to) any willful misconduct, negligence or breach of this Contract by City or its officers, officials, agents, and employees. The foregoing indemnity shall survive termination of this Contract.

b. Any and all claims under workers’ compensation acts and other employee benefit acts with respect to Contractor’s employees or Contractor’s subcontractor’s employees arising out of Contractor’s Work under this Contract, including any and all claims under any law pertaining to Contractor’s status as an independent contractor.

ARTICLE 12
Insurance

a. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of this Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection 106
8 with the performance of the Work hereunder and the results of that Work by Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Any umbrella liability insurance that is provided as part of the general or automobile liability minimums set forth below shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract.

b. Contractor shall maintain the following minimum amount of insurance: the greater of either the limits set forth in (1) through (4), below; or all of the insurance coverage and/or limits carried by or available to Contractor.

(1) General Liability $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If
Commercial General Liability insurance
or other form with a general aggregate
limit is used, either the general aggregate
limit shall apply separately to this
project/location or the general aggregate
limit shall be twice the required
occurrence limit.

(2) Automobile Liability $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

(3) Workers’ Compensation as required by the State of California.

(4) Employer’s Liability $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.

c. Any insurance proceeds in excess of or broader than the minimum required coverage and/or minimum required limits which are applicable to a given loss shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Contract are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Contract.

d. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions must be declared to and approve d by City. At the option of City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self - insured retentions with respect to City, its officers, officials, agents and employees; or Contractor shall provide a financial guarantee satisfactory to City guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses.

e. Each policy of general liability and automotive liability insurance shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

(1) City, its officers, officials, agents, and employees are declared to be additional insureds under the terms of the policy, with respect to liability arising out of automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by or on behalf of Contractor (any auto), and with respect to liability arising out of Work or operations performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such Work or operations. A policy endorsement to that effect shall be provided to City along with the certificate of insurance. In lieu 107
9 of an endorsement, City will accept a copy of the policy(ies) which evidences that City is an additional insured as a contracting party. The minimum coverage required by Subsection 12.b, above, shall apply to City as an additional insured.

(2) For any claims related to this Contract, Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance with respect to City, its officers, officials, agents and employees. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City, its officers, officials, agents and employees shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

(3) Coverage shall not be canceled, except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice has been provided to City.

f. Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and endorsements effecting coverage required by this Article 12. The endorsements shall be on forms acceptable to City. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by City before the Work commences. However, failure to do so shall not operate as a waiver of these insurance requirements. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements effecting the coverage required by these specifications at any time.

g. All insurance procured and maintained by Contractor shall be issued by insurers admitted to conduct the pertinent line of insurance business in California and having a r ating of Grade A or better and Class VII or better by the latest edition of Best Key Rating Guide.

h. Contractor shall immediately notify City if any required insurance lapses or is otherwise modified and cease performance of this Contract unless otherwis e directed by City. In such a case, City may procure insurance or self-insure the risk and charge Contractor for such costs and any and all damages resulting therefrom by way of set-off from any sums owed Contractor.

i. Contractor agrees that in the event of loss due to any of the perils for which it has agreed to provide insurance, Contractor shall look solely to its insurance for recovery. Contractor hereby grants to City, on behalf of any insurer providing insurance to either Contractor or City with respect to the services of Contractor herein, a waiver of any right to subrogation which any such insurer may acquire against City by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance.

The Workers’ Compensation policy shall be endorsed with a waiver o f subrogation in favor of City for all Work performed by Contractor, its employees, agents and subcontractors. Contractor shall obtain any other endorsement that may be necessary to effect this waiver of subrogation.

j. Contractor shall require and verify that all subcontractors maintain insurance meeting all of the requirements stated herein.

ARTICLE 13
Termination

City, acting through its City Manager or designee, reserves the right to terminate this Contract for any reason by giving five (5) days’ written notice of intent to terminate to Contractor. 108
10 Upon receipt of notice, Contractor shall immediately cease work, unless the notice provides otherwise. Should City terminate this Contract, City shall pay Contractor for services satisfactorily provided and all allowable reimbursements incurred to the date of termination in compliance with this Contract, unless such te rmination shall be for cause, in which event City may withhold any disputed compensation. City shall not be liable for any claim of lost profits.

ARTICLE 14
Maintenance and Inspection of Records

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principle s, Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain reasonably full and complete books, documents, papers, accounting records and other information (collectively, the “records”) pertaining to the costs of and completion of services performed under this Contract. During the term of this Contract and for a period of three (3) years after termination or completion of this Contract, City shall have the right to inspect and/or audit Contractor's records pertaining to the performance of this Contract at Contractor's office. Contractor shall make available all such records for inspection or audit at its offices during normal business hours and upon three (3) days’ notice from City, and copies thereof shall be furnished if requested.

ARTICLE 15
Compliance with Laws

a. Contractor shall be knowledgeable of and comply with all local, state and federal laws pertaining to the subject matter hereof or in any way regulating the activities undertaken by Contractor or any subcontractor hereunder.

b. Contractor represents and warrants that it:

(1) Has complied and shall at all times during the term of this Contract comply, in all respects, with all immigration laws, regulations, statutes, rules, codes, and orders, including, without limitation, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA); and

(2) Has not and will not knowingly employ any individual to perform services under this Contract who is ineligible to work in the United States or under the terms of this Contract; and

(3) Has properly mainta ined, and shall at all times during the term of this Contract properly maintain, all related employment documentation records including, without limitation, the completion and maintenance of the Form I -9 for each of Contractor’s employees; and

(4) Has res ponded, and shall at all times during the term of this Contract respond, in a timely fashion to any government inspection requests relating to immigration law compliance and/or Form I -9 compliance and/or worksite enforcement by the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Labor, or the Social Security Administration.

109
11 c. Contractor shall require all subcontractors and/or subconsultants to make the same representations and warranties required by this Article 15 when hired to perform services unde r this Contract.

d. Contractor shall, upon request of City, provide a list of all employees working under this Contract and shall provide, to the reasonable satisfaction of City, verification that all such employees are eligible to work in the United Stat es. All costs associated with such verification shall be borne by Contractor. Once such request has been made, Contractor may not change employees working under this Contract without written notice to City, accompanied by the verification required herein for such employees. Contractor shall require all subcontractors and/or sub-consultants to make the same verification when hired to perform services under this Contract.

e. If Contractor, or a subcontractor or subconsultant, knowingly employs an employee providing Work under this Contract who is not authorized to work in the United States, and/or fails to follow federal laws to determine the status of such employee , such shall constitute a material breach of this Contract and may be cause for immediate termination of this Contract by City.

f. Contractor shall indemnify and hold City, its officials and employees harmless for, of and from any loss, including but not limi ted to fines, penalties and corrective measures, City may sustain by reason of Contractor’s failure to comply with said laws, rules and regulations in connection with the performance of this Contract.

ARTICLE 16
Governing Law and Venue

This Contract shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California and Contractor shall submit to the juri sdiction of California courts. Venue for any dispute arising under this Contract shall be in Orange County, California.

ARTICLE 17
Integration and Amendment

a. This Contract constitutes the entire agreement of the parties. No other agreement, oral or written, pertaining to the Work to be performed under this Contract shall be of any force or effect unless it is in writing and signed by both parties. Any Work performed which is inconsistent with or in violation of the provisions of this Contract shall not be compensated.

b. Amendments to this Contract must be in writing and signed by both parties. The City Manager is authorized to execute amendments to this Contract up to the amounts specified in Chapter 3.08 of the Orange Municipal Code.

ARTICLE 18
Notice

Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices required under this Contract shall be in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail, or by first class m ail, postage prepaid, to each party at the address listed below. Either party may change the notice address by notifying the other party 110
12 in writing. Notices shall be deemed received upon receipt of same or within three (3) days of deposit in the U.S. Mail, whichever is earlier. Notices sent by e-mail shall be deemed received on the date of the e-mail transmission.

“CONTRACTOR” “CITY”

Palp, Inc., dba Excel Paving Company City of Orange
2230 Lemon Ave 300 E. Chapman Avenue
Long Beach, CA 90806 Orange, CA 92866-1591

Attn: Curtis P. Brown III Attn: Youichi Nakagawa

Telephone: (562) 599-5841 Telephone: (714) 744-5572 E-Mail: [email protected] E-Mail: [email protected]

ARTICLE 19
Claim Resolution

City and Contractor agree that the claim resolution process applicable to any claim by Contractor in connection with the Work provided herein shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Califo rnia Public Contract Code Section 9204, attached hereto as Attachment No. 2, and incorporated herein by this reference.

ARTICLE 20
Counterparts

This Contract may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted via facsimile and electronic mail shall have the same effect as original signatures.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures on next page] 111
13 “CITY”

CONTRACT, BONDS AND INSURANCE
APPROVED BY:

Nathalie Adourian
Senior Assistant City Attorney

CITY OF ORANGE, a municipal corporation

By:

Daniel R. Slater
Mayor of the City of Orange

ATTEST:

Pamela Coleman, City Clerk

“CONTRACTOR”

PALP, INC. DBA EXCEL PAVING COMPANY,
a California corporation

[Note: Signature of Chairman of the By:

Board, President or Vice President is Printed Name:
required] Title:

[Note: Signature of Secretary, Assistant By:

Secretary, Chief Financial Officer or Printed Name:

Assistant Treasurer is also required] Title:

√

112

Attachment No. 1

Page 1 of 13 ends

ATTACHMENT NO. 1

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE
SECTIONS 1725.5, 1771, 1771.1, 1771.4, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813 and 1815

Section 1725.5. Registration of contractors; mandatory registration; qualifications and application; fees; exempt contractors
A contractor shall be registered pursuant to this section to be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any public work contract that is subject to the requirements of this chapter. For the purposes of this section, “contractor” includes a subcontractor as defined by Section 1722.1. (a) To qualify for registration under this section, a contractor shall do all of the following:
(1)(A) Register with the Department of Industrial Relations in the manner prescribed by the department and pay an initial nonrefundable application fee of four hundred dollars ($400) to qualify for registration under this section and an annual renewal fee on or before July 1 of each year thereafter. The annual renewal fee shall be in a uniform amount set by the Director of Industrial Relations, and the initial registration and renewal fees may be adjusted no more than annually by the director to support the costs specified in Section 1771.3. (B) Beginning June 1, 2019, a contractor may register or renew according to this subdivision in annual increments up to three years from the date of registration. Contractors who wish to do so will be required to prepay the applicable nonrefundable application or renewal fees to qualify for the number of years for which they wish to preregister.
(2) Provide evidence, disclosures, or releases as are necessary to establish all of the following:
(A) Workers' compensation coverage that meets the requirement s of Division 4 (commencing with Section 3200) and includes sufficient coverage for any worker whom the contractor employs to perform work that is subject to prevailing wage requirements other than a contractor who is separately registered under this section.

Coverage may be evidenced by a current and valid certificate of workers' compensation insurance or certification of self-insurance required under Section 7125 of the Business and Professions Code. (B) If applicable, the contractor is licensed in accordance with Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of the Business and Professions Code.
(C) The contractor does not have any delinquent liabi lity to an employee or the state for any assessment of back wages or related damages, interest, fines, or penalties pursuant to any final judgment, order, or determination by a court or any federal, state, or local administrative agency, including a confirmed arbitration award. However, for purposes of this paragraph, the contractor shall not be disqualified for any judgment, order, or determination that is under appeal, provided that the contractor has secured the payment of any amount eventually found due through a bond or other appropriate means. (D) The contractor is not currently debarred under Section 1777.1 or under any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. (E) The contractor has not bid on a public works contract, been listed in a bid proposal, or engaged in the performance of a contract for public works without being lawfully registered in accordance with this section, within the preceding 12 months or since th e effective date of the requirements set forth in subdivision (e), whichever is earlier. If a contractor is found to be in violation of the requirements of this paragraph, the period of disqualification shall be waived if both of the following are true:
113

Attachment No. 1

Page 2 of 13 ends

(i) The contractor has not previously been found to be in violation of the requirements of this paragraph within the preceding 12 months.
(ii) The contractor pays an additional nonrefundable penalty registration fee of two thousand dollars ($2,000). (b) Fees received pursuant to this section shall be deposited in the State Public Works Enforcement Fund established by Section 1771.3 and shall be used only for the purposes specified in that section. (c) A contractor who fails to pay the renewal fee required under paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) on or before the expiration of any prio r period of registration shall be prohibited from bidding on or engaging in the performance of any contract for public work until once again registered pursuant to this section. If the failure to pay the renewal fee was inadvertent, the contractor may ren ew its registration retroactively by paying an additional nonrefundable penalty renewal fee equal to the amount of the renewal fee within 90 days of the due date of the renewal fee.
(d) If, after a body awarding a contract accepts the contractor's bid or a wards the contract, the work covered by the bid or contract is determined to be a public work to which Section 1771 applies, either as the result of a determination by the director pursuant to Section 1773.5 or a court decision, the requirements of this section shall not apply, subject to the following requirements:
(1) The body that awarded the contract failed, in the bid specification or in the contract documents, to identify as a public work that portion of the work that the determination or decision subsequently classifies as a public work.
(2) Within 20 days following service of notice on the awarding body of a determination by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to Section 1773.5 or a decision by a court that the contract was for public work as defined in this chapter, the contractor and any subcontractors are registered under this section or are replaced by a contractor or subcontractors who are registered under this section. (3) The requirements of this section shall apply prospectively only to any subsequent bid, bid proposal, contract, or work performed after the awarding body is served with notice of the determination or dec ision referred to in paragraph (2).
(e) The requirements of this section shall apply to any bid proposal submitted on or after March 1, 2015, to any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, executed on or after April 1, 2015, and to any work performed under a contract for public work on or after January 1, 2018, regardless of when the contract for public work was executed.
(f) This section does not apply to work performed on a public works project of twenty -five thousand dollars ($25,000) or less when the project is for construction, alteration, demolition, installation, or repair work or to work performed on a public works project of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) or less when the project is for maintenance work.

Section 1771. Payment of general prevailing rate

Except for public works projects of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or less, not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the public work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work fixed as provided in this chapter, shall be paid to all workers employed on public works.

This section is applicable only to work performed under contract, and is not applicable to work carried out by a public agency with its own forces. This section is applicable to contracts let for maintenance work. 114

Attachment No. 1

Page 3 of 13 ends

Section 1771.1 . Registration as a contractor or subcontractor required prior to bid submission; exceptions; violations; penalties
(a) A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code , or engage in the performanc e of any contract for public work, as defined in this chapter, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. It is not a violation of this section for an unregistered contractor t o submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code , provided the contractor is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 at the time the contract is awarded.
(b) Notice of the requirement described in subdivision (a) shall be included in all bid invitations and public works contracts, and a bid shall not be accepted nor any contract or subcontract entered into without proof of the contractor or subcontractor's current registration to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. (c) An inadvertent error in listing a subcontractor who is not registered pursuant to Section 1725.5 in a bid proposal sh all not be grounds for filing a bid protest or grounds for considering the bid nonresponsive, provided that any of the following apply:
(1) The subcontractor is registered prior to the bid opening. (2) Within 24 hours after the bid opening, the subcontractor is registered and has paid the penalty registration fee specified in subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 1725.5. (3) The subcontractor is replaced by another registered sub contractor pursuant to Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code.
(d) Failure by a subcontractor to be registered to perform public work as required by subdivision (a) shall be grounds under Section 4107 of the Public Contract Code for the contractor, with the consent of the awarding authority, to substitute a subcontractor who is registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 in place of the unregistered subcontractor.
(e) The department shall maintain on its Internet Web site a list of contractors who are currently registered to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5.
(f) A contract entered into with any contractor or subcontractor in violation of subdivision (a) shall be subject to cancellation, provided that a contract for public work shall not be unlawful, void, or voidable solely due to the failure of the awarding body, contractor, or any subcontractor to comply with the requirements of Section 1725.5 or this section.
(g) If the Labor Commissioner or his or her designee determines that a contractor or subcontractor engaged in the performance of any public work contract without having been registered in accordance with this section, the contractor or subcontractor shall forfeit, as a civil penalty to the state, one hundred dollars ($100) for each day of work performed in violation of the registration requirement, not to exceed an aggregate penalty of eight thousand dollars ($8,000) in addition to any penalty registration fee assessed pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 1725.5. (h)(1) In addition to, or in lieu of, any other penalty or sanction authorized pursuant to this chapter, a higher tiered public works contractor or subcontractor who is found to have entered into a subcontract with an unregistered lower tier subcontractor to perform any public work in violation of the requirements of Section 1725.5 or this section shall be subject to forfeiture, as a civil penalty to the state, of one hundred dollars ($100) 115

Attachment No. 1

Page 4 of 13 ends

for each day the unregistered lower tier subcontractor performs work in violation of the registration requirement, not to exceed an aggregate penalty of ten thousand dollars ($10,000). (2) The Labor Commissioner shall use the same standards specified in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 1775 when determining the severity of the violation and what penalty to assess, and may waive the penalty for a first time violation that was u nintentional and did not hinder the Labor Commissioner's ability to monitor and enforce compliance with the requirements of this chapter. (3) A higher tiered public works contractor or subcontractor shall not be liable for penalties assessed pursuant to paragraph (1) if the lower tier subcontractor's performance is in violation of the requirements of Section 1725.5 due to the revocation of a previously approved registration. (4) A subcontractor shall not be liable for any penalti es assessed against a higher tiered public works contractor or subcontractor pursuant to paragraph (1). A higher tiered public works contractor or subcontractor may not require a lower tiered subcontractor to indemnify or otherwise be liable for any penalties pursuant to paragraph (1).
(i) The Labor Commissioner or his or her designee shall issue a civil wage and penalty assessment, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1741, upon determination of penalties pursuant to sub division (g) and subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (h). Review of a civil wage and penalty assessment issued under this subdivision may be requested in accordance with the provisions of Section 1742 . The regulations of the Director of Industrial Relations, which govern proceedings for review of civil wage and penalty assessments and the withholding of contract payments under Article 1 (commencing with Section 1720) and Article 2 (commencing with Section 1770), shall apply. (j)(1) Where a contractor or subcontractor engages in the performance of any public work contract without having been registered in violation of the requirements of Section 1725.5 or this section, the Labor Commissioner shall issue and serve a stop order prohibiting the use of the unregistered contractor or the unregistered subcontractor on all public works until the unregistered contractor or unregistered subcontractor is registered. The stop order shall not apply to work by registered contractors or subcontractors on the public work.
(2) A stop order may be personally served upon the contractor or subcontractor by either of the following methods:
(A) Manual delivery of the order to the contractor or subcontractor personally. (B) Leaving signed copies of the order with the person who is apparently in charge at the site of the public work and by thereafter mailing copies of the order by first class mail, postage prepaid to the contractor or subcontractor at one of the following:
(i) The address of the contractor or subcontractor on file with either the Secretary of State or the Contractors' State License Board.
(ii) If the contractor or subcontractor has no address on file with the Secretary of State or the Contractors' State License Board, the address of the site of the public work. (3) The stop order shall be effective immediately upon service and shall be subject to appeal by the party contracting with the unregistered contractor or subcontractor, by the unregistered contractor or subcontractor, or both. The appeal, hearing, and any further review of the hearing decision shall be governed by the procedures, time limits, and other requirements specified in subdivision (a) of Section 238.1. 116

Attachment No. 1

Page 5 of 13 ends

(4) Any employee of an unregistered contractor or subcontractor who is affected by a work stoppage ordered by the commissioner pursuant to this subdivision shall be paid at his or her regul ar hourly prevailing wage rate by that employer for any hours the employee would have worked but for the work stoppage, not to exceed 10 days.
(k) Failure of a contractor or subcontractor, owner, director, officer, or managing agent of the contractor or subcontractor to observe a stop order issued and served upon him or her pursuant to subdivision (j) is guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by imprisonment in county jail not exceeding 60 days or by a fine not exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000), or both.
(l) This section shall apply to any bid proposal submitted on or after March 1, 2015, and any contract for public work entered into on or after April 1, 2015. This section shall also apply to the performance of any public work, as defined in this chapter, on or after January 1, 2018, regardless of when the contract for public work was entered.
(m) Penalties received pursuant to this section shall be deposited in the State Public Works Enforcement Fund established by Section 1771.3 and shall be used only for the purposes specified in that section. (n) This section shall not apply to work performed on a public works project of twenty -five thousand dollars ($25,000) or less when the project is for construction, alteration, demolition, installation, or repair work or to work performed on a public works project of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) or less when the project is for maintenance work.

Section 1771.4. Additional requirements when bidding and awarding public works contracts

(a) All of the following are applicable to all public works projects that are otherwise subject to the requirements of this chapter:
(1) The call for bids and contract documents shall specify that the project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. (2) The awarding body shall post or require the prime contractor to post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation.
(3) Each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the records specified in Section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner, in the following manner:
(A) At least monthly or more frequently if specified in the contract with the awarding body. (B) In a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner.
(4) If the contractor or subcontractor is not registered pursuant to Section 1725.5 and is performing work on a project for which registration is not required because of subdivision (f) of Section 1725.5, the unregistered contractor or subcontractor is not required to furnish the records specified in Section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner but shall retain the records specified in Section 1776 for at least three years after completion of the work.
(5) The department shall undertake those activities it deems necessary to monitor and enforce compliance with prevailing wage requirements.
117

Attachment No. 1

Page 6 of 13 ends

(b) The Labor Commissioner may exempt a public works project from compliance with all or part of the requirements of subdivision (a) if either of the following occurs:
(1) The awarding body has enforced an approved labor compliance program, as defined in Section 1771.5, on all public works projects under its authority, except those deemed exempt pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 1771.5, continuously since December 31, 2011.
(2) The awarding body has entered into a collective bargaining agreement that binds all contractors performing work on the project and that includes a mechanism for resolving disputes about the payment of wages. (c) The requirements of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) shall only apply to contracts for public works projects awarded on or after January 1, 2015.
(d) The requirements of paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) shall apply to all contracts for public work, whether new or ongoing, on or after January 1, 2016.

Section 1775. Penalties for violations

(a)(1) The contractor and any subcontractor under the contractor shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit not more than two hundred dollars ($200) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the director for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done under the contract by the contractor or, except as provided in subdivision (b), by any subcontractor under the contractor.
(2)(A) The amount of the penalty shall be determined by the Labor Commissioner based on consideration of both of the following:
(i) Whether the failure of the contractor or subcontractor to pay the correct rate of per diem wages was a good faith mistake and, if so, the error was promptly and voluntarily corrected when brought to the attention of the contractor or subcontractor.
(ii) Whether the contractor or subcontractor has a pr ior record of failing to meet its prevailing wage obligations.
(B)(i) The penalty may not be less than forty dollars ($40) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, unless the failure of the contractor or subcontractor to pay the correct rate of per diem wages was a good faith mistake and, if so, the error was promptly and voluntarily corrected when brought to the attention of the contractor or subcontractor. (ii) The penalty may not be less than eighty dollars ($80) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, if the contractor or subcontractor has been assessed penalties within the previous three years for failing to meet its prevailing wage obligations on a separate contract, unless those penalties were subsequently withdrawn or overturned. (iii) The penalty may not be less than one hundred twenty dollars ($120) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevai ling wage rate, if the Labor Commissioner determines that the violation was willful, as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 1777.1. (C) If the amount due under this section is collected from the contra ctor or subcontractor, any outstanding wage claim under Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of Part 7 of Division 2 against that contractor 118

Attachment No. 1

Page 7 of 13 ends

or subcontractor shall be satisfied before applying that amount to the penalty imposed on that contractor or subcontractor pursuant to this section.
(D) The determination of the Labor Commissioner as to the amount of the penalty shall be reviewable only for abuse of discretion.
(E) The difference between the prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker for each calendar day or portion thereof for which each worker was paid less than the prevailing wage rate shall be paid to each worker by the contractor or subcontractor, and the body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation that this section will be complied with. (b) If a worker employed by a subcontractor on a public works project is not paid the general prevailing rate of per diem wages by the subcontractor, the prime contractor of the project is not liable for any penalties under subdivision (a) unless the prime contract or had knowledge of that failure of the subcontractor to pay the specified prevailing rate of wages to those workers or unless the prime contractor fails to comply with all of the following requirements:
(1) The contract executed between the contractor and the subcontractor for the performance of work on the public works project shall include a copy of the provisions of this section and Sections 1771, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815.
(2) The contractor shall monitor the payment of the specified general prevailing rate of per diem wages by the subcontractor to the employees, by periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor. (3) Upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages, the contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify the failure, including, but not limited to, retaining sufficient funds due the subcontractor for work performed on the public works project. (4) Prior to making final payment to the subcontractor for work performed on the public works project, the contractor shall obtain an affidavit signed under penalty of perjury from the subcontractor that the subcontractor has paid the specified general prevailing rate of per diem wages to his or her employees on the public works project and any amounts due pursuant to Section 1813. (c) The Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall notify the contractor on a public works project within 15 days of the receipt by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement of a complaint of the failure of a subcontractor on that public works project to pay workers the general prevailing rate of per diem wages.

Section 1776. Payroll records; retention; inspection; redacted information; agencies entitled to receive nonredacted copies of certified records; noncompliance penalties; rules

(a) Each contractor and subcontractor shall keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, s ocial security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed by him or her in connection with the public work. Each payroll record shall contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under penalty of perjury, stating both of the following:
(1) The information contained in the payroll record is true and correct. (2) The employer has complied with t he requirements of Sections 1771 , 1811, and 1815 for any work performed by his or her employees on the public works project. 119

Attachment No. 1

Page 8 of 13 ends

(b) The payroll records enumerated under subdivision (a) shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at all reasonable hours at the principal office of the contractor on the following basis:
(1) A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available for inspection or furnished to the employee or his or her authorized representative on request. (2) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made available for inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the body awarding the contract and the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement of the Department of Industrial Relations. (3) A certified copy of all payroll records enumerated in subdivision (a) shall be made available upon request by the public for inspection or for copies thereof. However, a request by the public shall be made through either the body awarding the contract or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If the requested payroll records have not been provided pursuant to paragraph (2), the requesting party shall, prior to being provided the records, reimburse the costs of preparation by the contractor, subcontractors, and the entity through which the request was made. The public may not be given access to the records at the principal office of the contractor.
(c) Unless required to be furnished directly to the Labor Commis sioner in accordance with paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 1771.4, the certified payroll records shall be on forms provided by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement or shall contain the same information as the forms provided by the division.

The payroll records may consist of printouts of payroll data that are maintained as computer records, if the printouts contain the same information as the forms provided by the division and the printouts are verified in the manner specified in subdivision (a).
(d) A contractor or subcontractor shall file a certified copy of the records enumerated in subdivision (a) with the entity that requested the records within 10 days after receipt of a written request. (e) Except as provided in subdivision (f), any copy of records made available for inspection as copies and furnished upon request to the public or any public agency by the awarding body or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated to prevent disclosure of an individual's name, address, and social security number. The name and address of the contractor awarded the contract or the subcontractor performing the contract shall not be marked or obliterated. Any copy of records made available for inspection by, or furnished to, a multiemployer Taft -Hartley trust fund ( 29 U.S.C. Sec. 186(c)(5) ) that requests the records for the purposes of allocating contributions to parti cipants shall be marked or obliterated only to prevent disclosure of an individual's full social security number, but shall provide the last four digits of the social security number. Any copy of records made available for inspection by, or furnished to, a joint labor- management committee established pursuant to the federal Labor Management Cooperation Act of 1978 (29 U.S.C. Sec. 175a) shall be marked or obliterated only to prevent disclosure of an individual's social security number.
(f)(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, agencies that are included in the Joint Enforcement Strike Force on the Underground Economy established pursuant to Section 329 of the Unemployment Insurance Code and other law enforcement agencies investigating violations of law shall, upon request, be provided nonredacted copies of certified payroll records. Any copies of records or certified payroll made available for inspection and furnished upon request to the public by an agency included in the Joint Enforcement Strike Force on the Underground Economy or to a law enforcement agency investigating a violation of law shall be marked or redacted to prevent disclosure of an individual's name, address, and social security number. 120

Attachment No. 1

Page 9 of 13 ends

(2) An employer shall not be liable for damages in a civil action for any reasonable act or omission taken in good faith in compliance with this subdivision.
(g) The contractor shall inform the body awarding the contract of the location of the records enumerated under subdivision (a), including the street address, city, and county, and shall, within five working days, provide a notice of a change of location and address.
(h) The contractor or subcontractor has 10 days in which to comply subse quent to receipt of a written notice requesting the records enumerated in subdivision (a). In the event that the contractor or subcontractor fails to comply within the 10-day period, he or she shall, as a penalty to the state or political subdivision on w hose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit one hundred dollars ($100) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. A contractor is not subject to a penalty assessment pursuant to this section due to the failure of a subcontractor to comply with this section.
(i) The body awarding the contract shall cause to be i nserted in the contract stipulations to effectuate this section.
(j) The director shall adopt rules consistent with the California Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code ) and the Information Practices Act of 1977 (Title 1.8 (commencing with Section 1798) of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code) governing the release of these records, including the establishment of reasonable fees to be charged for reproducing copies of records required by this section.

Section 1777.5. Employment of registered apprentices; wages; standards; number; apprenticeable craft or trade; exemptions; contributions; compliance program

(a)(1) This chapter does not prevent the employment upon public works of properly registered apprentices who are active participants in an approved apprenticeship program. (2) For purposes of this chapter, “ apprenticeship program” means a program under the jurisdiction of the California Apprenticeship Council established pursuant to Section 3070. (b)(1) Every apprentice employed upon public works shall be paid the prevailing rate of per diem wages for apprentices in the trade to which he or she is registered and shall be employed only at the work of the craft or trade to which he or she is registered.
(2) Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, when a contractor requests the dispatch of an apprentice pursuant to this section to perform work on a public works project and requires the apprentice to fill out an application or undergo testing, training, an examination, or other preemployment proce ss as a condition of employment, the apprentice shall be paid for the time spent on the required preemployment activity, including travel time to and from the required activity, if any, at the prevailing rate of per diem wages for apprentices in the trade to which he or she is registered. Unless otherwise provided by a collective bargaining agreement, a contractor is not required to compensate an apprentice for the time spent on preemployment activities if the apprentice is required to take a preemployment drug or alcohol test and he or she fails to pass that test.
(c) Only apprentices, as defined in Section 3077, who are in training under apprenticeship standards that have been approved by the Chief of the Division of Apprenticesh ip Standards and who are parties to written 121

Attachment No. 1

Page 10 of 13 ends

apprentice agreements under Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 3070) of Division 3 are eligible to be employed at the apprentice wage rate on public works. The employment and training of each apprentice shall be in accordance with either of the following:
(1) The apprenticeship standards and apprentice agreements under which he or she is training. (2) The rules and regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council. (d) If the contractor to whom the contract is awarded by the state or any political subdivision, in performing any of the work under the contract, employs workers in any apprenticeable craft or trade, the contractor shall employ apprentices in at least the ratio set forth in this section and may apply to any apprenticeship program in the craft or trade that can provide apprentices to the site of the public work for a certificate approving the contractor under the apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of app rentices in the area or industry affected. However, the decision of the apprenticeship program to approve or deny a certificate shall be subject to review by the Administrator of Apprenticeship. The apprenticeship program or programs, upon approving the contractor, shall arrange for the dispatch of apprentices to the contractor. A contractor covered by an apprenticeship program's standards shall not be required to submit any additional application in order to include additional public works contracts und er that program. “Apprenticeable craft or trade,” as used in this section, means a craft or trade determined as an apprenticeable occupation in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the California Apprenticeship Council. As used in this sec tion, “contractor” includes any subcontractor under a contractor who performs any public works not excluded by subdivision (o).
(e) Before commencing work on a contract for public works, every contractor shall submit contract award information to an applicable apprenticeship program that can supply apprentices to the site of the public work.

The information submitted shall include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the contract, the number of apprentices proposed to be employed, and the approximate dates the apprentices would be employed. A copy of this information shall also be submitted to the awarding body, if requested by the awarding body. Within 60 days after concluding work on the contract, each contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the awarding body, if requested, and to the apprenticeship program a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed on the contract. The information under this subdivision shall be public. The apprenticeship programs shall retain this information for 12 months. (f) The apprenticeship program supplying apprentices to the area of the site of the public work shall ensure equal employment and affirmative action in apprenticeship for women and minorities. (g) The ratio of work performed by apprentices to journeymen employed in a particular craft or trade on the public work may be no higher than the ratio stipulated in the apprenticeship standards under which the apprenticeship program operates if the contractor agrees to be bound by those standards. However, except as otherwise provided in this section, in no case shall the ratio be less than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of journeyman work.
(h) This ratio of apprentice work to journeyman work shall apply durin g any day or portion of a day when any journeyman is employed at the jobsite and shall be computed on the basis of the hours worked during the day by journeymen so employed. Any work performed by a journeyman in excess of eight hours per day or 40 hours per week shall not be used to calculate the ratio. The contractor shall employ apprentices for the number of hours computed as above before the end of the contract or, in the case of a subcontractor, before the end of the subcontract. However, the contractor shall endeavor, to the greatest extent possible, to employ apprentices during the same time period that the journeymen in the same craft or trade are employed at the jobsite. When an hourly apprenticeship ratio is not feasible for a particular craft o r trade, the Administrator 122

Attachment No. 1

Page 11 of 13 ends

of Apprenticeship, upon application of an apprenticeship program, may order a minimum ratio of not less than one apprentice for each five journeymen in a craft or trade classification. (i) A contractor covered by this section who has agreed to be covered by an apprenticeship program's standards upon the issuance of the approval certificate, or who has been previously approved for an apprenticeship program in the craft or trade, shall employ the number of apprentices or the ratio of apprentices to journeymen stipulated in the applicable apprenticeship standards, but in no event less than the 1 -to-5 ratio required by subdivision (g).
(j) Upon proper showing by a contractor that he or she employs apprentices in a particular craft or trade in the state on all of his or her contracts on an annual average of not less than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of labor performed by journeymen, the Administrator of Apprenticeship may grant a certificate exempting the contractor from the 1-to-5 hourly ratio, as set forth in this section for that craft or trade. (k) An apprenticeship program has the discretion to grant to a participating contractor or contractor association a certificate, which shall be subject to the approval of th e Administrator of Apprenticeship, exempting the contractor from the 1-to-5 ratio set forth in this section when it finds that any one of the following conditions is met:
(1) Unemployment for the previous three-month period in the area exceeds an average of 15 percent. (2) The number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of 1 to 5. (3) There is a showing that the apprenticeable craft or trade is replacing at least one-thirtieth of its journeymen annually through apprenticeship training, either on a statewide basis or on a local basis. (4) Assignment of an apprentice to any work performed under a public works contract would create a condition that would jeopardize his or her life or the life, safety, or property of fellow employees or the public at large, or the specific task to which the apprentice is to be assigned is of a nature that training cannot be provided by a journeyman.
(l) If an exemption is granted pursuant to subdivision (k) to an organization that represents contractors in a specific trade from the 1-to-5 ratio on a local or statewide basis, the member contractors shall not be required to submit individual applications for approval to local joint apprenticeship committees, if they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards.
(m)(1) A contractor to whom a contract is awarded, who, in performing any of the work under the contract, employs journeymen or apprentices in any apprenticeable craft or trade shall contribute to the California Apprenticeship Council the same amount that the director determines is the prevailing amount of apprenticeship training contributions in the area of the public works site. A contractor may take as a credit for payments to the council any amounts paid by the contractor to an approved apprenticeship program that can supply apprentices to the site of the public works project. The contractor may add the amount of the contributions in computing his or her bid for the contract. (2)(A) At the conclusion of the 2002 -03 fiscal year and each fiscal year ther eafter, the California Apprenticeship Council shall distribute training contributions received by the council under this subdivision, less the expenses of the Department of Industrial Relations for administering this subdivision, by making grants to approved apprenticeship programs for the purpose of training apprentices. The grant funds shall be distributed as follows:
123

Attachment No. 1

Page 12 of 13 ends

(i) If there is an approved multiemployer apprenticeship program serving the same craft or trade and geographic area for which the trainin g contributions were made to the council, a grant to that program shall be made.
(ii) If there are two or more approved multiemployer apprenticeship programs serving the same craft or trade and county for which the training contributions were made to the c ouncil, the grant shall be divided among those programs based on the number of apprentices from that county registered in each program. (iii) All training contributions not distributed under clauses (i) and (ii) shall be used to defray the future expenses of the Department of Industrial Relations for the administration and enforcement of apprenticeship and preapprenticeship standards and requirements under this code. (B) An apprenticeship program shall only be eligible to receive grant funds pursuant to this subdivision if the apprenticeship program agrees, prior to the receipt of any grant funds, to keep adequate records that document the expenditure of grant funds and to make all records available to the Department of Industrial Relations so that the Depar tment of Industrial Relations is able to verify that grant funds were used s olely for training apprentices. For purposes of this subparagraph, adequate records include, but are not limited to, invoices, receipts, and canceled checks that account for the expenditure of grant funds. This subparagraph shall not be deemed to require an apprenticeship program to provide the Department of Industrial Relations with more documentation than is necessary to verify the appropriate expenditure of grant funds made pursuant to this subdivision.
(C) The Department of Industrial Relations shall verify that grants made pursuant to this subdivision are used solely to fund training apprentices. If an apprenticeship program is unable to demonstrate how grant funds are expended or if an apprenticeship program is found to be using grant funds for purposes other than training apprentices, then the apprenticeship program shall not be eligible to receive any future grant pursuant to this subdivision and the Department of Industrial Relations may initiate the process to rescind the registration of the apprenticeship program.
(3) All training contributions received pursuant to this subdivision shall be deposited in the Apprenticeship Training Contribution Fund, which is hereby cre ated in the State Treasury. Upon appropriation by the Legislature, all moneys in the Apprenticeship Training Contribution Fund shall be used for the purpose of carrying out this subdivision and to pay the expenses of the Department of Industrial Relations. (n) The body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract stipulations to effectuate this section. The stipulations shall fix the responsibility of compliance with this section for all apprenticeable occupations with the prime contractor.
(o) This section does not apply to contracts of general contractors or to contracts of specialty contractors not bidding for work through a general or prime contractor when the contracts of general contractors or those specialty contractors involve less than thirty thousand dollars ($30,000). (p) An awarding body that implements an approved labor compliance program in accordance with subdivision (b) of Section 1771.5 may, with the approval of the di rector, assist in the enforcement of this section under the terms and conditions prescribed by the director.

Section 1813. Forfeiture for violations; contract stipulation; report of violations

The contractor or subcontractor shall, as a penalty to the s tate or political subdivision on whose behalf the contract is made or awarded, forfeit twenty- five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of 124

Attachment No. 1

Page 13 of 13 ends

the contract by the respective contractor or subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of this article. In awarding any contract for public work, the awarding body shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to this effect. The awarding body shall take cognizance of all violations of this article committed in the course of the execution of the contract, and shall report them to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement.

Section 1815. Overtime

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 1810 to 1814, inclusive, of this code, and notwithstanding any stipulation inserted in any contract pursuant to the requirements of said sections, work performed by employees of contractors in excess of 8 hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of 8 h ours per day at not less than 1 ½ times the basic rate of pay.
125

Attachment No. 2

Page 1 of 3 ends

ATTACHMENT NO. 2

CALIFORNIA PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 9204

Section 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely and complete payment of contractors for public works projects; claims process (Eff: January 1, 2017)

(a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project.
(c) For purposes of this section:
(1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
(A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project.
(3)(A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State University, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, political subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency.
(B) “Public entity” shall not include the following:
(i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iv) The Department o f Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its jurisdiction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. 126

Attachment No. 2

Page 2 of 3 ends

(v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority.
(4) “Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor.
(d)(1)(A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision.
(B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governin g body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply.
(2)(A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and c onfer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediatio n, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respect ive mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. 127

Attachment No. 2

Page 3 of 3 ends

(C) For purposes of this section, mediation inc ludes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section.
(D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.
(E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute.
(3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any p ublic works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2027, deletes or extends that date. 128
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.8. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0317
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Dan Adams, Chief of Police

1. SUBJECT
Authorize increase to Fiscal Year 2022-2023 blanket purchase order for uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC.

2. SUMMARY
The cost to purchase uniforms and duty gear has exceeded the original budgeted amount and requires an increase to the existing purchase order in the amount of $50,000 for an overall purchase order total of $120,000.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve the increase to blanket purchase order for uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC in the amount of $50,000 for an overall purchase order total of $120,000.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for the increase to the blanket purchase order is $50,000, an overall purchase order total of $120,000, and will be funded through General Fund (100).

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
In June 2022, the City Council authorized the purchase of uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC (Galls) in the amount of $70,000 for Fiscal Year 2022-2023 (FY 22-23). The cost to purchase uniforms has exceeded the original budgeted amount and requires a change order.

The Police Department’sincreased requirements for uniforms over the last year is largely the result of increased recruiting efforts of uniformed personnel including Police Academy Trainees (PAT), lateral officers, and civilian positions. The department is now averaging 20 PATs in the academy per fiscal year. The cost to outfit a PAT with uniforms is estimated at $1,250 per trainee which equates to $25,000 per fiscal year. This does not include annual uniform requirements to outfit current uniformed personnel, lateral officers, and non-sworn uniformed personnel.

Due to increased costs and recruiting efforts, remaining uniform expenses exceed the annual budget amount of $70,000 and requires approval of a change order. The original purchase order (115568) amount was $70,000. This change order represents an increase of 71% or $50,000 bringing the final City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
129
Item #: 3.8. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0317
amount was $70,000. This change order represents an increase of 71% or $50,000 bringing the final purchase order amount to $120,000. Funds available in FY 22-23 budget are sufficient and do not require additional funding.

Galls is headquartered in Lexington, Kentucky and currently maintains a retail location in Orange.

The procurement of uniforms is being obtained through a Cooperative Purchasing Agreement; Master Agreement No. 106-495220 entered into by the City of Anaheim.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· None
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
130
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.8. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0317
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Dan Adams, Chief of Police

1. SUBJECT
Authorize increase to Fiscal Year 2022-2023 blanket purchase order for uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Approve the increase to blanket purchase order for uniforms and duty gear from Galls, LLC in the amount of $50,000 for an overall purchase order total of $120,000.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for the increase to the blanket purchase order is $50,000, an overall purchase order total of $120,000, and will be funded through General Fund (100).

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety.

Due to increased costs and recruiting efforts, remaining uniform expenses exceed the annual budget amount of $70,000 and requires approval of a change order. The original purchase order (115568) amount was $70,000. This change order represents an increase of 71% or $50,000 bringing the final City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
131
Item #: 3.8. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0317
amount was $70,000. This change order represents an increase of 71% or $50,000 bringing the final purchase order amount to $120,000. Funds available in FY 22-23 budget are sufficient and do not require additional funding.

Galls is headquartered in Lexington, Kentucky and currently maintains a retail location in Orange.

The procurement of uniforms is being obtained through a Cooperative Purchasing Agreement; Master Agreement No. 106-495220 entered into by the City of Anaheim.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· None
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
132
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.9. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0327
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Authorize purchase of one (1) Braun Chief XL Type I ambulance from RedSky Emergency Vehicles and Vehicle Service Group, Inc. as a single source vendor.

2. SUMMARY
Purchase an ambulance for the Fire Department from RedSky Emergency Vehicles and Vehicle Service Group, Inc.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION

1. Approve the purchase of one Ambulance from Red Sky Emergency Vehicle for $448,401.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this purchase is $448,401 and will be funded through Vehicle Replacement Fund (720).

With this appropriation, the estimated unreserved fund balance in Equipment Replacement is $6,300,000

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety Goal 2: Be a fiscally healthy community
a: Expend fiscal resources responsibly

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
The Fire Service faces increasing demands and challenges in today's rapidly evolving world. One crucial aspect of the field is the efficient and reliable transportation of patients needing emergency medical care. Ambulances play a vital role in ensuring timely and safe transport, making it essential for the Fire Department to stay updated with the latest trends in the automobile market when purchasing new emergency vehicles.

As of July 2018, RedSky has become an official dealer partner of Braun Industries. This partnership acknowledges RedSky as the Authorized Sales and Service Center for Braun ambulances in City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
133
Item #: 3.9. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0327
acknowledges RedSky as the Authorized Sales and Service Center for Braun ambulances in California. The highly customizable Type I and Type III ambulances from Braun Industries allow RedSky to be a one-stop shop for new ambulance sales.

Building an ambulance takes approximately 28-31 months under current market conditions.

Originally, it was planned that a new ambulance would be purchased as part of the FY24 budget; however, an ambulance that had already been manufactured and which met Fire Department's requirements became available for immediate purchase with delivery in June 2023. The availability of this ambulance presented an excellent opportunity to procure needed equipment quickly. The City has purchased fleet vehicles from RedSky for the last five years with the most recent ambulance purchase in October 2022 in the amount of $445,082. Given the situation’surgency and the need for timely procurement, this purchase is a single source.

The estimated cost to outfit an ambulance with entirely new equipment is $270,000; however, due to budget constraints, outfitting will be completed using equipment from an ambulance to be taken out of service as well as from existing operating funds.

This ambulance adds to the fleet and will enhance the services of the new Ambulance Operator program. In addition, technological advancements, safety enhancements, fuel efficiency, customization options, and improved maintenance and reliability are key factors to consider. By investing in a new ambulance that aligns with these trends, the City can enhance patient care, improve safety standards, and ensure the efficient delivery of emergency medical services.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· The proposal is available for review in the Purchasing Division City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
134
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.9. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0327
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Authorize purchase of one (1) Braun Chief XL Type I ambulance from RedSky Emergency Vehicles and Vehicle Service Group, Inc. as a single source vendor.

2. SUMMARY
Purchase an ambulance for the Fire Department from RedSky Emergency Vehicles and Vehicle Service Group, Inc.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION

1. Approve the purchase of one Ambulance from Red Sky Emergency Vehicle for $448,401.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
The total expenditure for this purchase is $448,401 and will be funded through Vehicle Replacement Fund (720).

With this appropriation, the estimated unreserved fund balance in Equipment Replacement is $6,300,000

As of July 2018, RedSky has become an official dealer partner of Braun Industries. This partnership acknowledges RedSky as the Authorized Sales and Service Center for Braun ambulances in City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
135
Item #: 3.9. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0327
acknowledges RedSky as the Authorized Sales and Service Center for Braun ambulances in California. The highly customizable Type I and Type III ambulances from Braun Industries allow RedSky to be a one-stop shop for new ambulance sales.

Building an ambulance takes approximately 28-31 months under current market conditions.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· The proposal is available for review in the Purchasing Division City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
136
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.10. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0228
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Dan Adams, Chief of Police

1. SUBJECT
Accept the annual Assembly Bill No. 481 Military Equipment Report, review and affirm Ordinance No. 03-22, and adopt the newly revised Military Equipment policy for the acquisition and use of military equipment by the Orange Police Department.

2. SUMMARY
Assembly Bill No. 481 requires all law enforcement agencies to prepare an annual Military Equipment report “annual report” following the adoption of a policy for the acquisition and use of military equipment. The annual report, Ordinance No. 03-22, and policy revisions are being submitted for consideration and acceptance.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Consider and accept the annual report, review and affirm Ordinance No. 03-22, implement policy revision recommendations, and adopt the newly revised policy in accordance with Government Code § 7071.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
In June 2022, the City Council approved Ordinance No. 03-22, adopting a policy for the acquisition and use of military equipment by the Orange Police Department. Pursuant to Assembly Bill No. 481 (AB 481), codified as Government Code sections § 7070 through § 7075, the bill also requires submittal of an annual military equipment report detailing the following:

1. A summary of how the military equipment was used and the purpose of its use.

2. A summary of any complaints or concerns received concerning the military equipment.

3. The results of any internal audits, any information about violations of the military equipment City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
137
Item #: 3.10. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0228
use policy, and any actions taken in response.

4. The total annual cost for each type of military equipment, including acquisition, personnel, training, transportation, maintenance, storage, upgrade, and other ongoing costs, and from what source funds will be provided for the military equipment in the calendar year following submission of the annual military equipment report.

5. The quantity possessed for each type of military equipment.

6. If the law enforcement agency intends to acquire additional military equipment in the next year, the quantity sought for each type of military equipment.

Staff has reviewed and revised its military equipment use policy and created an annual report pursuant to the requirements of AB 481.

Staff recommends accepting the annual report and determine each type of equipment in the annual report has complied with the standards for approval set forth in Government Code section 7071(d).

Additionally, staff recommends Council review and affirm Ordinance 03-22. Finally, staff recommends Council implement the policy revision recommendations and adopt the newly revised policy. Once documents are reviewed and renewed, they will be made available on the Orange Police Department’s public website and followed by a community engagement meeting.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Ordinance No. 03-22
· Orange Police Department Policy 706, Updated 4-2023
· 2023 Annual Military Equipment Report
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
138
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.10. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0228
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Dan Adams, Chief of Police

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
a: Provide staffing and resources to deliver services that ensure public safety.

1. A summary of how the military equipment was used and the purpose of its use.

2. A summary of any complaints or concerns received concerning the military equipment.

3. The results of any internal audits, any information about violations of the military equipment City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
139
Item #: 3.10. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0228
use policy, and any actions taken in response.

5. The quantity possessed for each type of military equipment.

6. If the law enforcement agency intends to acquire additional military equipment in the next year, the quantity sought for each type of military equipment.

Staff has reviewed and revised its military equipment use policy and created an annual report pursuant to the requirements of AB 481.

Staff recommends accepting the annual report and determine each type of equipment in the annual report has complied with the standards for approval set forth in Government Code section 7071(d).

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE

CITY OF ORANGE ADOPTING A POLICY FOR

THE USE OF MILITARY EQUIPMENT BY THE

CITY OF ORANGE POLICE DEPARTMENT
WHEREAS, on September 30, 2021, Governor Gavin Newsom signed into law Assembly Bill No. 481 ( AB 481), relating to the use of military equipment by law enforcement agencies; and
WHEREAS, AB 481, codified as Government Code sections 7070 through 7075, requires law enforcementagenciesto obtain approval of the applicable governing body, by an ordinance adopting a "military equipment" usepolicy, at a regular meeting held pursuant to open meeting laws, prior to taking certain actions relating to the funding, acquisition, or use of military equipment. The term " military equipment" is defined in California Government Code section 7070; and
WHEREAS, AB 481 allows the governing body of a city to approve the funding, acquisition, or use of military equipment within its jurisdiction only if it makes specified determinations; and
WHEREAS,theproposedmilitaryequipmentusepolicyisattachedheretoasExhibit A" and incorporated herein by this reference( the" Military Equipment Policy"); and WHEREAS, the Military Equipment Policy was published on the City of Orange Police Department's internet website on April 4, 2022, more than 30 daysbefore the Military Equipment Policy was first consideredat a public meeting before the City Council on May 10, 2022; and
WHEREAS, the Military Equipment Policy meets the requirements of California Government Code section 7070, subdivision( d).

NOW THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ORANGE
DOES HEREBY ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION I
The recitals stated above are true and correct, incorporated herein, and form the basis for the adoption of this Ordinance.

SECTION II
1) TheproposedOrdinanceis exemptfromtheprovisionsof theCaliforniaEnvironmental Quality Act ( CEQA) per State CEQA Guidelines Section 15060(c)(2) and 15060(c)(3), because the Ordinance simply provides procedural noticing and posting requirements. The 141
proposedOrdinancedoesnot causechangesto the residentialdensityestablishedin the GeneralPlan. It doesnot involve a specific site or developmentproject, anddoesnot otherwise result in a physical change that could causean impact to the environment.

Adoption of the Ordinance is therefore not a "project" as defined in CEQA Guideline 15378.
2) The proposedOrdinanceis exempt from CEQA per CEQA Guideline 15061(b)(3) becauseit canbe seenwith certainty, afterreview andevaluationof thefactsregarding the Ordinance and its application, that there is substantial evidence that adoption of the Ordinance would not have a significant effect on the environment and the common sense exemption applies.
3) In the unlikely event adoption of the Ordinance would constitute a project under CEQA, it is categorically exempt from the provisions of CEQA per CEQA Guideline 15321(a) Class 21, Enforcement Actions by Regulatory Agencies) because said adoption is an action taken by the City as a regulatory agency and involves " enforcement of a law, generalrule, standard, or objective, administered or adoptedby the regulatory agency."

SECTION III
Based on the above facts, in addition to information provided to the City Council at the public meeting, the City Council approves and adopts the Military Equipment Policy, basedon the following findings:

1. The military equipment identified in the Military Equipment Policy is necessarybecausethere are no reasonablealternatives that can achieve the sameobjectives of officer and civilian safety.

2. The Military Equipment Policy will safeguardthe public' s welfare, safety, civil rights, and civil liberties.

3. The military equipment identified in the Military Equipment Policy is reasonably cost effective compared to available alternatives that can achieve the same objective of officer and civilian safety.

4. All prior military equipment usecomplied with the City' spolicies that were in effect at the time.

SECTION IV
If anysection, subdivision, paragraph, sentence, clauseor phraseof this Ordinanceis foranyreasonheldtobeinvalidorunconstitutional, suchdecisionshallnotaffectthevalidity of the remaining portions of this Ordinance. The City Council hereby declaresthat it would havepassedthis Ordinance, andeachsection, subdivision, paragraph, sentence, clauseand phrasethereof,irrespectiveof thefactthatanyone(ormore) section, subdivision,paragraph, sentence, clauseor phrasehadbeendeclared invalid or unconstitutional. 2 142

SECTION V
TheCity Clerkis herebydirectedto certify theadoptionof this Ordinanceandcause thesameto bepublishedasrequiredby law. This Ordinanceshalltakeeffectthirty( 30) days from and after the date of its final passage.

ADOPTED this 14th day of June, 2022.
4111 4
Mark A. Murphy, Mayor, C. y of Orange
ATTEST:

Weinee
PamelaColeman, City Clerk, City of Orange

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF ORANGE )

CITY OF ORANGE
I, PAMELA COLEMAN, City Clerk of the City of Orange, California, do hereby certify thatthe foregoingOrdinancewasintroducedat theregularmeetingof the City Councilheldon the 10th day of May, 2022, and thereafter at the regular meeting of said City Council duly held on the 14th day of June, 2022 was duly passedand adoptedby the following vote, to wit:

AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS: Murphy, Nichols, Monaco, Barrios, Dumitru, Gutierrez NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS: Tavoularis
ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS: None
ABSTAIN: COUNCILMEMBERS: None
aLf-t- e_e_A/ M_4(
Pamela Coleman, City Clerk, City of Orange
Attachment: Exhibit A
3 143
Policy Orange Police Department
706
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
706. 1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the approval, acquisition, and reporting requirements of military equipment ( Government Code § 7070; Government Code§ 7071; Government Code § 7072).
706. 1. 1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include ( Government Code § 7070):

Governing body— The elected or appointed body that oversees the Department.

Military equipment— Includes but is not limited to the following:
1) Unmanned, remotely piloted, powered aerial or ground vehicles. 2) Mine-resistant ambush-protected (MRAP) vehicles or armored personnel carriers. 3) High mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicles (HMMWV), two-and-one-half-ton trucks, five-ton trucks, or wheeled vehicles that have a breaching or entry apparatus attached. 4) Tracked armored vehicles that provide ballistic protection to.their occupants. 5) Command and control vehicles that are either built or modified to facilitate the operational control and direction of public safety units.
6) Weaponized aircraft, vessels, or vehicles of any kind. 7) Battering rams, slugs, and breaching apparatuses that are explosive in nature. This does not include a handheld, one- person ram.
8) Firearms of . 50 caliber or greater. However, standard issue shotguns are specifically excluded..
9) Ammunition of.50 caliber or greater. However, standard issued shotgun ammunition is specifically excluded.
10) Specialized firearms and ammunition of less than .50 caliber, including firearms and accessories identified as assault weapons in Penal Code§ 30510 and Penal Code§ 30515,• with the exception of standard- issue firearms.
11) Any firearm or firearm accessory that is designed to launch explosive projectiles. 12) Noise-flash diversionary devices and explosive breaching tools; Munitions containing tear gas or OC, excluding standard, service- issued handheld pepper spray. 13) TASER® Shockwave, microwaveweapons, water cannons, and long-range acoustic devices LRADs).
14) Kinetic energy weapons and munitions.

Copyright Lexipoi, LLC 2022/ 04/ 04, All Rights Reserved. Military Equipment- 1 Published with permission by Orange Police Department 144 Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
15) Any other equipmentas determinedby a governingbody or a state agencyto require additional oversight.

Equipment and/or accessories that do not launch explosives, such as lighting, handles, scopes and slings, are not-applicable to this policy
706. 2 POLICY
It is the policy of the Orange Police Department that members of this department comply with the provisions of Government Code § 7071 with respect to military equipment. 706. 3 MILITARY EQUIPMENT COORDINATOR
The Chief of Police should designate an employee of this department to act as the military equipment coordinator. The responsibilities of the military equipment coordinator include but are not limited to:
a) • Acting as liaison to the governing body for matters related to the requirements of this policy.
b) Identifying department equipment that qualifies as military equipment in the current possession of the Department, or the equipment the Department intends to acquire • that requires approval by the governing body.
c) Conducting an inventory of all military equipment at least annually. d) Collaborating with any allied agency that may use military equipment within the jurisdiction of Orange Police Department( Government Code § 7071). e) Preparing for, scheduling, and coordinating the annual community engagement meeting to include:

1. Publicizing the details of the meeting.

2. Preparing for public questions regarding the department's funding, acquisition, and use of equipment.
f) Preparing the annual military equipment report for submission to the Chief of Police and ensuring that the report is made available on the department website( Government Code§ 7072).
g) Establishing the procedure for a person to register a complaint or concern, or how that person may submit a question about the use of a type of military equipment, and how the Department will respond in a timely manner.
706. 4 MILITARY EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
The following constitutes a list of qualifying equipment for the Department:

Seeattachment: MilitaryEquipmentInventoryList3-2020.pdf Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/ 04/ 04, All Rights Reserved. Military Equipment- 2Published with permission by Orange Police Department 145 Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
706. 5 APPROVAL
The Chief of Police or the authorized designee shall obtain approval from the governing body by way of an ordinance adopting the military equipment policy. As part of the approval process, the Chief of Police or the authorized designee shall ensure the proposed military equipment policy is submitted to the governing body and is available on the department website at least 30 days prior to any public hearing concerning the military equipment at issue( Government Code§ 7071). The militaryequipment policy must be approved by the governing body prior to engaging in any of the following (Government Code § 7071):
a) Requesting military equipment made available pursuant to 10 USC § 2576a. b) Seeking funds for military equipment, including but not limited to applying for a grant, soliciting or accepting private, local, state, or federal funds, in-kind donations, or other donations or transfers.
c) Acquiring military equipment either permanently or temporarily, including by borrowing or leasing.
d) Collaborating with another law enforcement agency in the deployment or other use of military equipment within the jurisdiction of this department. e) Using any new or existing militaryequipmentfor a purpose, in a manner, or by a person not previously approved by the governing body.
f) Soliciting or respondingto a proposalfor, or entering into an agreement with, any other person or entity to seek funds for, apply to receive, acquire, use, or collaborate in the use of military equipment.
g) Acquiring military equipment through any means not provided above. 706. 6 EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES
In exigent circumstances and with the approval of the Chief of Police or their designee, the department may acquire, borrow and/or use.military equipment that is not included in the Military Equipment Use Policy. If the department acquires, borrows, and/or used military equipment in exigent circumstances, in accordance with this section, it must take all of the following actions:

Provide written notice of that acquisition nor use to the City Council within 30 days following the commencement of the exigent circumstances, unless such information is confidential or privileged under local, state or federal law.

If it is anticipated that the use will continue beyond the exigent circumstances, the department will submit a proposed amendment to the Military Equipment Use Policy to the City Council within 90 days following the borrowing, acquisition, and/or use, and receive approval, as applicable, from the City Council.

Includethe militaryequipment:in the department's next annual MilitaryEquipment Report.
706. 6. 1 COORDINATION WITH OTHER JURISDICTIONS
Militaryequipmentusedby any employee:of this departmentshall be approvedfor.use and in accordancewith this departmentpolicy. Militaryequipmentused by otherjurisdictionsthat are Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/ 04/ 04, All Rights Reserved.

Military Equipment- 3Published with permission by Orange Police Department 146 Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
providing mutual aid to this department shall comply with their respective military equipment use policies in rendering mutual aid should not be used by any other law enforcement agency or personnel in this jurisdiction unless the military equipment is approved for use in accordance with this policy.
706. 7 ANNUAL REPORT
Upon.approval of a military equipment policy, the Chiefof Policeor the authorized designee should • submit a military equipment report to the governing body for.each type of military equipment approvedwithinoneyearofapproval,andannuallythereafterforaslongasthemilitaryequipment is available for use ( Government Code § 7072).

The Chief of Police or the authorized designee should also make each annual military equipment report publicly available on the department website for as long as the military equipment is available for use. The report shall include all information required by Government Code § 7072 for the precedingcalendaryearfor eachtypeof militaryequipmentin departmentinventory. 706. 8 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
Within 30 days of submitting and publicly releasing the annual report, the Department shall hold at least one well-publicized and conveniently located community engagement meeting, at which the Department should discuss the report and respond to public questions regarding the funding, acquisition, or use of military equipment. The procedures by which members of the public may registercomplaintsor concernsor submitquestionsaboutthe useof eachspecifictypeof military equipment are governed by department policy: Personnel Complaints.

Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/ 04/ 04, All Rights Reserved. Military Equipment- 4 Published with permission by Orange Police Department
147
Orange PD Policy Manual
Attachments
Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/ 04/ 04, All Rights Reserved. Attachments- 5 Published with permission by Orange Police Department
148
Attachment
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment Inventory List 3-2020.pdf
Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2022/ 04/ 04, All Rights Reserved. Military EquipmentInventoryList 3-2020.pdf- Published with permission by Orange Police Department 6 149
Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System ( UAS); CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 1) Description: DJI Mavic 2 Enterprise Dual; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 3- 5 years
Capabilities: 24mm camera with 1/2.3" 12MP sensor and FLIRthermal imaging sensor. Together they can capture up to UHD 4k resolution video at 30 fps, or thermal imaging images and temperature data. Speeds of up to 44. 7mph and up to 31 minutes of flight time Manufacturer' s Description: Flagship consumer drone with built in FLIRcapabilities Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department' s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $ 4, 622. 00 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Unmanned Aerial Systems ( UAV) Operations Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System ( UAS); CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 1) Description: DJI Mavik 2 Pro; Quad propeller; FAA Flight number Quantity: 2 Lifespan: 3- 5 years
Capabilities: 970 grams; Flight time up to 30 minutes
Manufacturer' s Description: To make a drone that exists where engineering, technology, and the needs of the aerial photographer converge. A drone that embodies all of DJI's advanced, signature technologies,and is able to redefine what is possiblefor the world of aerial photography Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department' s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts:$ 2, 392 each; $ 4,784 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search& Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Unmanned Aerial Systems( UAV) Operations Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System ( UAS); CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 1) Description: DJI Phantom 4 Pro; Quad propeller; FAA Flight number Quantity: 2 Lifespan: 3- 5 years
Capabilities: 30 minute flight time; 4k video; 5 direction obstaclesensing; up to 42 miles per hour; 1338 grams
150
Manufacturer' s Description: An updated camera is equipped with a 1- inch 20- megapixel sensor capable of shooting 4K/ 60fps video and Burst Mode stills at 14 fps. The adoption of titanium alloy and magnesium alloy construction increases the rigidity of the airframe and reduces weight, making the Phantom 4 Pro similar in weight to the Phantom 4. The Flight Autonomy system adds dual rear vision sensors and infrared sensing systems for a total of 5-direction of obstacle sensing and 4- direction of obstacle avoidance
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department' s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts:$ 2, 807. 00 each; $ 5,614 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search& Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Unmanned Aerial Systems( UAV) Operations Equipment Type: Wheeled Vehicle that has a breaching or entry apparatus attached; CA Gov't Code 7070( c)( 3)
Description: Lenco BearCat G2 ( Armored Rescue Vehicle); Black armored, wheel vehicle; White reflective agency name; red/ blue lights; siren/ PA system; Removable hydraulic boom/ ram Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 25 years
Capabilities: The Lenco BearCat is an armored tactical response& rescue vehicle produced on the Ford F-550 commercial truck chassis platform
Specifications:

Cruising speed: 75 MPH/ Max speed 90 MPH
Stop distance with full load: 50 MPH - 128'
Engine 6. 7L V8 Turbo Diesel
450 horsepower& 935 lb- ft torque
Operating range approx. 200 miles( 4- 6 mpg).

Weight: approx. 17, 550 lbs
40 gallon fuel tank
Operating range approximately 200 miles
Fuel tank protected by 1.4" steel
Tires equipped with run flats
98% inches wide( 8. 2 feet)
106 inches tall ( 8. 8 feet)
Ballistic Capabilities:

All 6 sides armored with Mil- Spec steel armor
Testinghasdefeated (10) roundsfrom .50 CALball ammo at 0 degrees Armor provides multi- hit protection from . 30 cal rounds including windows
Manufacturer' s Description: Enhances the safety of Police, EMS,Tactical Response Teams, EOD units and Firefighters.The vehicle is capableof providing enhancedpersonalprotection and survivability in threatening environments including but not limited to Natural Disasters, Riot Control, Barricaded Suspects, Search and Rescue and Hostage Situations. The Lenco BearCat is four- wheel drive and will operate in most weather and terrain conditions. The vehicle features Ballistic Armor, weapon ports, a 151
top mounted rotating turret with adjustable height stand, and an array of specific electrical and mechanical options to meet the user' s specific needs
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: ARV may be used for the following types of incidents; high risk search warrants, armed barricaded suspects in a structure or vehicle, armed suspects in an open area ( large field, parking lot, etc.), SWAT call-outs, assisting an outside jurisdiction, downed person( s) rescues where a person( s) have been shot and is in need of rescue to get medical attention when the suspect( s) still poses a threat, evacuations from an active area where a threat of gun fire still exist, terrorist incident, mobile field force deployments for riot situations, for any event where the ARV would be deemed necessary to assist police officers and the public at risk, or SWAT and Mobile Field Force training
Fiscal Impacts:$ 266, 069 initial cost;$ 1, 750 annual maintenance Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Authorized by the Watch Commander Training Required: Initial training by Lenco provided to training cadre; Initial training provided by LASDSpecial Enforcement Bureau; Agency authorized orientation and annual training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Vehicle Use
Equipment Type: Command and Control Vehicle; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 5) Description: 2002 Mattman Specialty Vehicle; Freightliner MT55 Command Coach; Black and white box truck clearly marked with reflective Agency name; red/ blue lights; siren/ PA system Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 25 years
Capabilities: Incident Command vehicle; Dispatch center; conference room; transportation of equipment to be used at on scene of mobile command
Manufacturer' s Description: The Freightliner MT-55 is a true heavy-duty delivery or emergency responsevehicle.The MT-55's heavy-duty chassisoffers a grossvehicle weight rating between 20,000 and 30,000 pounds and can accept freight up to 1,500 cubic feet.

Purpose/ Authorized Uses: To provide a means of transportation for equipment and to be used on scene as the Incident Commander/ Swat Commander command and control vehicle Fiscal Impacts:$ 362, 538. 00 initial cost; $ 3, 000 annual maintenance Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:Authorized by the Incident Commander/ Watch Commander Training Required: Agencyauthorized orientation; yearly agencytraining Compliance Mechanisms: Operational use under the review of the Incident Commander or Watch Commander
Equipment Type: Command and Control Vehicle; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 5) Description: 2003 Mattman Specialty Vehicle; Workhorse P30042 SWAT Equipment Truck; Black and white box truck clearly marked with reflective Agency name; red/ blue lights; siren/ PA system Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 25 years
Capabilities: Providesa tactical command post location that can assistwith the responseto critical incidents; contains designated areas for equipment storage and crisis negotiation operations Manufacturer' s Description: Step- van used for a variety of purposes 152
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Designated as tactical command post during S.W.A.T. activations Fiscal Impacts:$ 150, 000 Initial cost;$ 1, 300 annual maintenance Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Training Required: Agency authorized orientation; yearly agency training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Tools; CA Gov't Code§ 7070(c)(7) Description: Remington 870 Wingmaster breaching shotgun; a specially converted shotgun designed to fire a specialty round to defeat or destroy deadbolts, hinges and locks Quantity: 2 Lifespan: round and use dependent
Capabilities: Range is 6 inches or less
Manufacturer' s Description: A speciallyconverted 12gaugeshotgunthat fires a specialty breaching round
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, doorknobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; Shotgun is used to rapidly destroy a deadbolt, hinge or lock while reducing the danger to people behind or around the targeted door; S. W. A. T. equipment subject to Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit
Fiscal Impacts: $ 765. 77 each; $ 1,531. 54 inventory
Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police Search & Seizure; S. W. A. T. equipment subject to Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Training Required: POSTapprovedTactical Breachingfor trainers; 16 hours" BreachingCourse"; Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Ammunition; CA Gov't Code§ 7070(c)(7) Description: Royal Arms, TESAR-1, Orange CAP 275 Grain Copper Frangible Breaching Round Quantity: 0; Ideal inventory- 25 Lifespan: N/ A
Capabilities: When deployed, can defeat door lock mechanisms, door knobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chainsand pad lockson both wooden or hallow core doors Manufacturer' s Description: Orange Cap 2-3/ 4" 275 Grain Compressed Copper Frangible 12 Gauge Shotgun Slug
Slug Material: Copper Powder
Velocity: 1,750 Ft p/ sec- 18" Barrel
Use: For Wood Doors, Solid & Hollow
Defeats: Solid Wood Doors, Locks& Hinges
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms,doorknobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chainsand pad lockson both wooden or hollow core doors; used to rapidly destroy a deadbolt, hinge or lock while reducing the danger to people 153
behind or around the targeted door; S. W. A. T. equipment subject to Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit
Fiscal Impacts:$ 4. 50 per round;$ 118. 13 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure; S. W. A. T. equipment subject to Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Training Required: POST approved Tactical Breaching for trainers; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Ammunition; CA Gov't Code§ 7070( c)(7) Description: Royal Arms FTR-P1Training Ammunition ( Poly Shot) Quantity: 0; Ideal inventory- 50 Lifespan: N/ A
Capabilities: Ideal for training on breaching locking mechanisms on solid and hollow core doors Manufacturer' s Description: Royal Arms Frangible Training Breaching Ammunition offers a low- cost round for Tactical Teams to practice with, without the heavy recoil of Breaching Rounds so you can shoot these all day long. This load is designed for pump shotguns and will not function Semi Auto. It hasenough power to effectively breachtraining doors,yet has1/3 the recoil and payload.The round is non- toxic and has no metal projectiles and is loaded with# 4 polyethylene shot Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used to train on how to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, doorknobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; Used to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, door knobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Fiscal Impacts:$ 2. 00 per round; $ 105.00 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police Search & Seizure; S. W. A. T. equipment subject to Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Training Required: POSTapprovedTacticalBreachingfor trainers; Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Firearms of less than . 50 caliber; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 10) Description: Colt LE M4 AR 15 16. 1 556 30 RD
Quantity: 72 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Operational range 1 mile
Manufacturer' s Description: To be usedasprecisionweapon to addressa threat with more precision and/ or at greater distance than a handgun, if present and feasible Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Officers may deploy the patrol rifle in any circumstance where the officer can articulate a reasonable expectation that the rifle may be needed. Examples of some general guidelines for deploying the patrol rifle may include, but are not limited to:

Situations where the officer reasonably anticipates an armed encounter 154
When an officer is faced with a situation that may require accurate and effective fire at long range
Situations where an officer reasonably expects the need to meet or exceed a suspect' s firepower
When an officer reasonably believes that there may be a need to fire on a barricaded person or a person with a hostage
When an officer reasonably believes that a suspect may be wearing body armor When authorized or requested by a supervisor
When needed to euthanize an animal
Fiscal Impacts:$ 1, 055. 14 each;$ 75, 970. 08 inventory Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force
Training Required: P.O.S.T. approved 16-hour class; Quarterly qualifications Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Firearms
Equipment Type: Firearms of less than . 50 caliber; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 10) Description: Stiller TAC 30, Grayboe Ridgeback, Timney Model 510 Trigger, . 308 Caliber Quantity: 3 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: The Stiller Tac 30 Rifle is a custom built rifle made by Jim Gruning with Gruning Precision.

The rifles fire with extreme precision at different distances. They have custom heavy barrels which are shorter than any other common hunting/ long distance rifle which allows for tactical applications.

Gruning precisionsupplies multiple law enforcement agenciesacrossthe United Stateswith custom rifles. Jim Gruning also completesthorough inspectionsof eachrifle on a yearly basisfor free Manufacturer' s Description: Specialties include customizing the bolt action rifle, M1A, AR15, and AR10style rifles. Gruning manufacturesa complete line of durable products, including scoperings, bases, and mounts
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Usedasa long-rageprecisionweapon systemcapableof delivering accurately placedshots on target through a greater magnification at longer ranges Fiscal Impacts:$ 5, 715. 00 each;$ 17, 145. 00 inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force
Training Required: BasicS.W.A.T. School; BasicSniperSchool Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Firearms; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Firearms of less than . 50 caliber; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 10) Description: Remington 700 Police LTR. 308 bolt Action
Quantity: 2 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: The Remington 700 Police LTRis one of the most popular police sniper rifles used. It is known for its accuracy, durability and reliability. The department' s Remington 700 has been modified 155
with a Gruning precision heavy barrel and Timney trigger system. The custom heavy barrels is shorter than any other common hunting/ long distance rifle which allows for tactical applications.

Manufacturer' s Description: Specialties include customizing the bolt action rifle, M1A, AR15, and AR10 style rifles. Remington manufactures a complete line of durable products, including scope rings, bases, and mounts
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used as a long- rage precision weapon system capable of delivering accurately placed shots on target through a greater magnification at longer ranges.

Fiscal Impacts:$ 814. 14 each; $ 1, 628. 28 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force
Training Required: Basic S.W. A.T. School; Basic Sniper School Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Firearms; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than . 50 caliber; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 10) Description: Winchester Q3131, Full Metal Jacket 5.56MM, 55 Grain Training Ammunition; 1000 rounds/ case
Quantity: 30, 000 rounds; ideal inventory- 96, 000 Lifespan: N/ A rounds
Capabilities: 3240 fps; 1282 ft- lbs
Manufacturer' s Description: Winchester USA Centerfire Rifle Ammunition is the ideal choice for training or extended sessions at the range providing great performance at a value price. Winchester Q3131Afeatures a 55grain full metal jacket bullet in a fully reloadableboxer primed brasscase. This is some of the most sought after and hard to find ammo going. It is Winchester' s version of the legendary XM- 193 load
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used for training environments as ammunition for rifles Fiscal Impacts:$ 0. 38 per round; $ 37,900.80 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force
Training Required: P.O.S.T. approved 16-hour class; Quarterly qualifications Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Firearms; Use of Force Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than . 50 caliber; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 10) Description: Winchester RA223R, Ranger, Pointed Soft Point. 223 REM, 55 grain Duty Ammunition; 1000 rounds/ case
Quantity: 6, 000; ideal inventory— 6, 000 Lifespan: N/ A Capabilities: 3240 fps; 1282 ft- lbs
Manufacturer' s Description: This Winchester Ranger 223 Remington ammo features a 55 Grain Pointed Soft Point bullet. Winchester Rangeris the highestquality hollow point ammunition money can buy. This Winchester Ranger. 223 55 grain Power Point Soft Point is intended for Law 156
Enforcement use, Ranger is Winchesters Highest Quality. This Winchester Ranger 223 Remington is new ammo not Police Department surplus. This Winchester Ranger 223 Remington has a muzzle velocity of 3240 feet per second and a muzzle energy of 1262 foot pounds. Winchester Ranger ammo is reloadable, features brass cases and Boxer primers. This ammunition is non- corrosive Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used as duty round for rifle
Fiscal Impacts:$ 0. 51 per round;$ 3,231. 90 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force
Training Required: P.O.S.T. approved 16-hour class; Quarterly qualifications Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Firearms; Use of Force Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than . 50 caliber; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 10) Description: Hornady 80725, . 308 WIN Tactical Application Police (TAP), 168 Grain, ELDMatch TAP Precision; 200 rounds per case
Quantity: 2, 000; ideal inventory— 3, 000 Lifespan: N/ A Capabilities: This ammunition is used by a wide range of police agencies in the US. It is known for its accuracy, stopping power and rarely over penetrates. It can be used in multiple SWAT applications including but not limited to, short rangeengagements, long rangeengagements, barricadedsubjects, barrier shooting and hostage rescue shots; 2700 fps
Manufacturer' s Description: Hornady® 308 WIN TAP 168 gr. ELD® MATCH TAP PRECISION® ammunition was designed as an improvement on the 168 gr. A-MAX TAP PRECISION® load by incorporating the new ELD® Match bullet. The 168 gr. ELD® Match bullet with Heat Shield® tip delivers the excellent terminal performance TAP Precision® is known for, but features a resilient, heat resistant polymer tip that improves the ballistic coefficient, resulting in higher impact velocities, less drop, less wind drift, and more energy on target.

Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used as duty round for rifle.

Fiscal Impacts:$ 1. 25 each; $ 3,937. 50 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force
Training Required: BasicSniperSchool; monthly training and qualification Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Firearms; Use of Force, Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: " Flashbang" grenade; CA Gov't Code§ 7070(c)(12) Description: Defense Technology 8922 Low Roll II Non- Reloadable Distraction Device Quantity: Discontinued; 7 in inventory Lifespan: 5 years Capabilities: Diversionary devices are categorized as a low order explosive that deflagrate rather than detonate. Their burn rate is measured in feet per second vs. miles per second ( high order explosive).

Initiation of the device is through a thermal process, which generates a sudden and rapid escape of 157
gases from the device resulting in a brilliant light and loud noise. This deflagration may disorient and confuse a person by causing" sensory overload" for a few seconds and provide a tactical advantage for SWAT teams
Manufacturer' s Description: The Low Roll II' Non- Reloadable Distraction Device® utilizes an M201A1 type fuze with Hex design steel body. This compact version of the 8933 Low Roll body is the newest version of the original reusable non- bursting canister that limits movement and rolling once deployed.

The compact Distraction Device unit fits safely in your hand and packs all the power of the full size 12- Gram Distraction Device unit. This steel body is designed to reduce rolling, fit in tactical pouches easily and deliver the safest and most effective stimuli in the industry. The compact Distraction Device unit should only be deployed in areas that have been visually observed to be clear of potential hazards
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used as distraction light and sound device during tactical operation Fiscal Impacts: Discontinued; $ 349. 16 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 16-hour Diversionary Device Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Flashbang" grenade; CA Gov't Code§ 7070( c)(12) Description: Defense Technology 8922NRSC, Low Roll II Non- Reloadable Distraction Device with Safety Clip
Quantity: 5; ideal inventory- 20 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Diversionary devices are categorized as a low order explosive that deflagrate rather than detonate. Their burn rate is measured in feet per second vs. miles per second ( high order explosive).

Manufacturer' s Description: The Low Roll II"' Non- Reloadable Distraction Device® utilizes an M201A1 type fuze with Hexdesignsteel body. Thiscompactversion of the 8933 Low Rollbody isthe newest version of the original reusablenon-bursting canisterthat limits movement and rolling oncedeployed.

Purpose/Authorized Uses: Usedasdistraction light andsound deviceduring tactical operation Fiscal Impacts: $ 52. 63 each; $ 1,105.23 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 16-hour POSTapproved DiversionaryDeviceInstructor School;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
158
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 12) Description: Defense Technology 1072; Spede Heat CSContinuous Discharge Chemical Grenade Quantity: 0; ideal inventory 5 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Ideal use is for crowd control or other outdoor uses Manufacturer' s Description: The Spede- HeatTM Grenade is a high volume, continuous discharge grenade available in OC,CNor CS. In the OC,CNand CSconfigurations, pelletized chemicalagent is dischargedthrough four( 4) gasports locatedon top of the canister,three( 3) on the side,and one( 1) on the bottom. Designed specifically for outdoor use in crowd control situations, the SpedeHeatTM Grenade is built on the old style larger canister. It is a high volume continuous burn device that expels its payload in approximately 20- 40 secondsfrom a singlesource.The longer burn time may allow for throwback by individuals wearing burn protection suchasa welder's mitt. The canistersmay be protectedfromadvancingindividualswith the useof lesslethalimpactmunitions.Thedeviceshould be deployed utilizing wind advantage. It should NOTbe deployed onto rooftops, in crawl spaces,or indoors due to its fire- producing capability. Handthrow or launch. Launchingof grenadeswill provide deploying officers additional stand-off distances.Affords very goodcoveragefor largeoutdoor areas.

Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used in tactical situations to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 29. 50 each; $ 154.88 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit TrainingRequired:40-hourPOSTApprovedChemicalAgentInstructorSchool;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 12) Description: Defense Technology 1016 Pocket Tactical CSGrenade Quantity: 0; ideal inventory 5 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Due to its smaller size, the operator can carry it on their person. It can be used to contain smoke or other chemical agents
Manufacturer' s Description: The Pocket Tactical Grenade is a quick burning, reduced volume, continuous dischargegrenadeavailablein OC,CN, CS,and Saf-SmokeTM. Pelletizedchemicalagent or smoke is dischargedthrough one (1) gasport located on the bottom of the canister.The Pocket TacticalGrenadeis a small, lightweight, easilycarried devicethat providesa medium volume of chemical agent or smoke for certain situations. It was designed with the tactical team in mind for distraction, concealment, rescue,or signaling.The pocket grenadeis not specificallyintended asa crowd management device; however, it can be usedin chemicalconfigurations in conjunction with larger smokecanistersto" piggyback" chemicalagent into a predominately smoke environment. This device should be deployed utilizing wind advantage
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used in tactical situations to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 20 each;$ 105 to maintain ideal inventory 159
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 40- hour POSTApproved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov' t Code § 7070( c)( 12) Description: Defense Technology Flameless Tri- Chamber CS, Model 1032 Quantity: 10; ideal inventory- 10 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Capable of being used for crowd control and barricaded subjects Manufacturer' s Description: The Tri- Chamber Flameless Grenade is designed for indoor use. This grenade' s pyrotechnic contents are burned within an internal can that is one of three in this design.

The internal combustion allowsthe chemical-laden smoketo be releasedthrough three( 3) ports on the outer canister side while safely containing any of the fire- producing properties within the two internal canisters.Thefuse isshrouded to further protect surrounding materials from the possibility of fire. The Tri- Chamber Flameless Grenade can be used in crowd control as well as tactical deployment situations by Law Enforcement and Corrections but was designed with the barricade situation in mind. Its applications in tactical situations are primarily to detect and/ or dislodge barricaded subjects. The purpose of the Tri-Chamber Flameless Grenade is to minimize the risks to all parties through pain compliance, temporary discomfort, and/ or incapacitation of potentially violent or dangeroussubjects.TheTri-ChamberFlamelessGrenadeprovidesthe option of delivering a pyrotechnic chemical device indoors, maximizing the chemicals' effectiveness via heat and vaporization, while minimizing or negating the chance of fire to the structure. The actual smoke and chemicalcontent is minimal enoughthat oxygendisplacementconcernsand LCTis rarely reached. It is a viable option when chemical- laden powders or liquids are ineffective or inappropriate for the situation. As with all pyrotechnic carriers, contamination will be greater than that experienced with powders or liquids
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used in tactical situations to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 31. 23 each; $ 312. 30 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 40-hour POSTApproved ChemicalAgent Instructor School;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
111
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov' t Code § 7070( c)( 14) Description: Defense Technology Ferret 40mm CS Powder, Model# 2292 Quantity: 0; ideal inventory- 25 Lifespan: 5 years
160
Capabilities: Designed to disperse non- flammable chemical agent creating temporary discomfort through pain compliance; used at a distance and launched from 40mm device Manufacturer' s Description: The Ferret® 40mm Round is a frangible projectile filled with chemical agent. It is designed to deliver chemical agents in barricade situations from a 40mm launcher. Spin stabilization from barrel rifling affords maximum stand- off distance and accuracy for safety. The Ferret® 40mm Round is non- burning and suitable for indoor use. Used primarily by tactical teams, it is designed to penetrate barriers, such as windows, hollow core doors, wallboard and thin plywood.

Upon impacting the barrier, the nosecone ruptures and instantaneouslydeliversa small chemical payload inside of a structure or vehicle. In a tactical deployment situation, the Ferret® 40mm is primarily used to dislodge barricaded subjects from very small, confined areas. Its purpose is to minimize the risks to all parties through pain compliance, temporary discomfort and/ or incapacitation of potentially violent or dangeroussubjects.The Ferret®40mm Roundis availablewith either liquid or powder carriersfor the agent. Oncedelivered, powder carrierstend to keepthe agent airborne longer than liquid carriers and may have more effect. Liquid carriers contain red dye to aid in shot placement. Shot placement and trajectory considerationsshould be basedon hardnessof the barrier.

However, accuracy is dependent on the operator and the condition of the launcher. Velocity and barricade penetration results will vary between launchers, temperature conditioning and impact angle
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used in tactical situations to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $ 24. 28 each; $ 639.98 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 40-hour POSTApproved ChemicalAgent Instructor School;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: Lewis Machine& Tool, Model 40 MTS; 40 MM Launcher Quantity: 10 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Usedto gain compliance; able to fire spongeroundsand chemicalagent ferret rounds Manufacturer' s Description: The 40LMTS is a tactical 40mm single shot launcher that features an expandable stock and an adjustable Integrated Front Grip ( IFG)with a light rail. The Ambidextrous LateralSlingMount( LSM)and QD mounting systemsallow both a singleand two point sling attachment. The 40LMTS will fire standard 40mm Less Lethal ammunition, up to 4.8 inches in cartridge length. This weapon is NOT designed to fire 40mm High Velocity HEammunition. The Picatinny RailMounting Systemwill accepta wide array of enhancedoptics/sighting systems Purpose/Authorized Uses: Usedto gain complianceaslesslethal control deviceand deliver chemical agents when necessary
Fiscal Impacts:$ 855. 55 each;$ 8055. 55 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques 161
Training Required: 40- hour POSTApproved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: Defense Technology Model 1425 40 MM Launcher Quantity: 14 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Used to gain compliance; able to fire sponge rounds and chemical agent ferret rounds Manufacturer' s Description: The 40LMTS is a tactical 40mm single shot launcher that features an expandable stock and an adjustable Integrated Front Grip( IFG)with a light rail. The Ambidextrous Lateral Sling Mount( LSM) and QD mounting systems allow both a single and two point sling attachment. The 40LMTS will fire standard 40mm LessLethal ammunition, up to 4.8 inches in cartridge length. Thisweapon is NOTdesignedto fire 40mm HighVelocity HEammunition. The Picatinny Rail Mounting System will accept a wide array of enhanced optics/ sighting systems Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance as less lethal control device and deliver chemical agents when necessary
Fiscal Impacts:$ 855. 55 each; $ 11,977.70 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 40-hour POSTApproved ChemicalAgent Instructor School;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: Penn Arms PGL65- 40 Multi- Launcher
Quantity: 1 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Used to gain compliance; able to fire sponge rounds and chemical agent ferret rounds Manufacturer' s Description: PENN ARMS has set the standard for less- lethal launchers world wide for over 20years. Our patented designsare small, lightweight, and operationally versatile. Constructed out of the highest grade of materials to a high standard of quality, PENNARMS is Dedicated To Your Mission®
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance as less lethal control device and deliver chemical agents when necessary
Fiscal Impacts:$ 3,300 inventory
Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 40-hour POSTApproved ChemicalAgent Instructor School;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
162
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov' t Code § 7070( c)( 14) Description: Defense Technology 6325 40mm Smokeless Exact Impact Sponge Quantity: 460; ideal inventory- 450 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: launched from a 40mm launcher to gain compliance as less lethal control device Manufacturer' s Description: The 40mm eXact iMpact1" Sponge Round has evolved from the design of the 40mm XM1006 projectile, developed by the USArmy Research Laboratory. This lightweight, high- speed projectile incorporates a plastic body and a foam ( sponge) nose which is spin stabilized via the incorporated rifling collar and the 40mm launcher' s rifled barrel. The round utilizes smokeless powder as the propellant and has velocities that are extremely consistent. The 40mm eXact iMpact1MSponge Roundis a "point-of-aim, point-of-impact" direct fire round that is most commonly usedby tactical teams in situations where maximum deliverable energy is desired for the incapacitation of an aggressive, non- compliant subject. In many municipalities, these are being selected for both tactical call outs and as an available option for patrol. The 40mm eXact iMpact1MSponge Round is intended for direct fire deployment. The operator should be adequately trained in the use of Less Lethal Impact Munitions and have a thorough understanding of the round and considerations for selecting shot placement suchas level of threat, target distance,sizeand clothing. The40mm eXactiMpact1M Sponge Round will prove most successful for incapacitation when used within its optimal energy range of approximately 5— 40 meters, although it may used in situations from 1. 5— 50 meters. The optimal zone offers the necessary energy and accuracy to target the large muscle groups of the buttocks, thigh, and even the knees of the subject. These areas provide sufficient pain stimulus, while greatly reducingserious or life-threateninginjuries. The 40mm eXactiMpact1MSpongeRoundcan also be deployed in crowd control situations to protect the riot line, coveror enhancechemicalmunitions, or targeting specific agitators and organizersof the crowd. When usedin this fashion, it is primarily both a psychologicaldeterrent and physiologicaldistraction servingasa pain compliancedeviceto either get the crowd or subject moving or keepingthem at a designateddistance Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance and break windows on vehicle and structures Fiscal Impacts:$ 19. 16 per round;/$ 9,053. 10 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: PepperBall, Full Tactical Carbine( FTC) Launcher Quantity: 2 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Launches small less lethal inert or chemical agent rounds to gain compliance 163
Manufacturer' s Description: FTCis a high-capacity,semi-automatic launcherthat is perfect for crowd management and mobile field force operations. Reliable and accurate, it features a hopper that can hold up to 180 rounds and a flexible air source configuration Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Less lethal control device used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 360 each;$ 720 inventory
Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor/ Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: Tippman, Model 68 Carbine projectile launcher Quantity: 4 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Launches small less lethal inert or chemical agent rounds to gain compliance Manufacturer' s Description: Original maker bought by PepperBall Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Less lethal control device used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 499. 50 each;$ 1,998 inventory
Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBallInstructor/ Armorer Certification Course;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: Mission Less Lethal, M2100, MLR Full Auto Carbine Launcher Quantity: 2 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Launchessmall lesslethal inert or chemicalagent roundsto gain compliance Manufacturer' s Description: Technical Specs
Item: PepperBall Launcher; Type: Full Auto Launcher; Approx. No. of Shots: 200; Overall Height: ( In.) 21 in; Container Size: 135.2 oz.; Spray Line Length ( Ft.) 60 to 160; Color: Black/ Orange Purpose/Authorized Uses: Lesslethal control deviceusedto gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 599. 20 each;$ 1, 198. 40 inventory
164
Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy- Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBallInstructor/ Armorer Certification Course;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov' t Code § 7070( c)( 14) Description: Mission Less Lethal M1120500 Pepper Projectiles( 0C2 ( 1% OC and 4% PAVA) Quantity: Discontinued; 3, 500 inventory Lifespan: 3 years Capabilities: able to be launched and used to gain compliance through chemical agent irritation Manufacturer' s Description: Mission Less Lethal is a supplier of less-lethal pepper round launchers for nearly20years. our productsarewidelyusedbythousandsof Federal,State, Local, International police, military, and private security agencies.

Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 1. 33 per round; $ 4, 655 inventory
Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy- Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBallInstructor/ Armorer Certification Course;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov' t Code § 7070( c)( 14) Description: PepperBall LiveX Projectiles ( 5% PAVA)
Quantity: 0; 2, 200 ideal inventory Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: able to be launched and used to gain compliance through chemical agent irritation Manufacturer' s Description: Our most potent and powerful concentration of PAVApepper powder.

At 5% PAVA, a LIVE-X- round contains double, the amount of PAVA chemical agent of a regular PepperBall® LIVESD- round. PAVA is based on one of the hottest of the six capsaicinoids found in pepperplants. PepperBallproductscontainonlysafe, pure, non-oil basedPAVAandarenon- flammable. Ingredient consistencyensureseachprojectile operateswith quality and effectiveness
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 2. 14 per round; $ 4, 934 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy- Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques 165
Training Required: 16-hour PepperBallInstructor/ Armorer Certification Course;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov' t Code § 7070( c)( 14) Description: PepperBall Live Projectiles( 2% PAVA)
Quantity: Discontinued; 1, 875 inventory Lifespan: 3 years Capabilities: Able to be launched and used to gain compliance through chemical agent irritation Manufacturer' s Description: The live PepperBall® round contains 2. 0% PAVA. It is effective for direct impact and area saturation when there is no line of sight. PAVA is based on one of the hottest of the six capsaicinoids found in pepper plants. PepperBall products contain only safe, pure, non- oil based PAVA and are non-flammable. Ingredient consistency ensures each projectile operates with quality and effectiveness
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 1. 63 per round;$ 3,048. 75 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBallInstructor/ Armorer Certification Course;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: PepperBall Inert Projectiles( No irritant) Quantity: 0; ideal inventory- 1, 000 Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: Able to be launched and used to gain compliance through pain of impact Manufacturer' s Description: Containing a harmless, scented powder, this projectile is best suited for practice or direct impact when chemical exposure is not desired Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Lesslethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts:$ 0. 57 per round;$ 602. 70 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural RulesGoverning Use:All applicableState, Federaland Locallawsgoverning police use of force; Department Policy— Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBallInstructor/ Armorer Certification Course;Agencyauthorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy— Control Devices and Techniques 166
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition ( SIM) Weapon; CA Gov't Code§ 7070( c)(14) Description: Smith & Wesson Model 5906— 9mm— SIMUNTION PISTOL Quantity: 9 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Providesrealistictraining with actual weight and look of real pistol usingnon-lethal munitions
Manufacturer' s Description: N/ A
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts:$ 0; converted old pistol
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy- Training Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FXScenarioInstructor and SafetyCertification Coursefor Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Training
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition ( SIM) Weapon; CA Gov't Code§ 7070( c)(14) Description: Glock 17— 9mm— SIMUNTION PISTOL
Quantity: 7 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Provides realistic training with actual weight and look of real pistol using non- lethal munitions
Manufacturer' s Description: N/ A
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts:$ 0; converted old pistol
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy- Training Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FXScenarioInstructor and SafetyCertification Coursefor Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Training
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition ( SIM) Weapon; CA Gov't Code §7070(c)( 14) Description: Glock 22; . 40 Caliber SIMUNTION PISTOL
Quantity: 3 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Providesrealistic training with actual weight and look of real pistol usingnon-lethal munitions
Manufacturer' s Description: N/ A
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts:$ 0; converted old pistol
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy- Training TrainingRequired: 24-hourSimunitionFXScenarioInstructorandSafetyCertificationCoursefor Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher 167
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Training
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition ( SIM) Weapon; CA Gov' t Code§ 7070( c)( 14) Description: Force on Force M4/ M16 Conversion Bolt Kit Quantity: 20 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Provides realistic training by allowing operator to use their actual rifle with a bolt that is used for non- lethal munitions.

Manufacturer' s Description:

Designed to fire Force on Force 5. 56mm marker rounds
Doesn' t interfere with on-gun accessories
Prevents firing of lethal ammunition
Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts:$ 329. 99 each;$ 6,599.80 inventory
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy— Training; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FXScenario Instructor and Safety Certification Course for Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Training
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition ( SIM) Weapon; CAGov't Code§ 7070( c)(14) Description: Simunition FX Original Marking Cartridge— 9mm Quantity: 300 Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: Used in SIM weapons to provide realistic training Manufacturer' s Description: The FX® marking cartridges, which come in six colors, are at the core of the FX®Training System known as" the world' s most realistic close- range combat training system".

The patented, reduced- energy, non- lethal cartridges leave a detergent- based, water- soluble color- marking compound. The visible impacts allow accurate assessment of simulated lethality. The cartridges are available in .38 cal. and 9mm and feature tactical accuracy up to 25 feet( 7.6 meters).

The 5.56mm is tactically accurate with ball cartridges to 100 feet( 30 meters). No special ballistic facilities are required. They meet the needfor a force-on-force and man-to-man training systemthat is realistic, effective, inexpensive, adaptable and fully portable Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts:$ 0. 51 each; $ 253/ case of 500
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy— Training; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FXScenarioInstructor and SafetyCertification Coursefor Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Training
168
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition ( SIM) Weapon; CAGov't Code§ 7070(c)( 14) Description: Simunition FX Original Marking Cartridge—. 223 Quantity: 300 Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: Used in SIM weapons to provide realistic training Manufacturer' s Description: The FX® marking cartridges, which come in six colors, are at the core of the FX®Training System known as" the world' s most realistic close-range combat training system".

The patented, reduced-energy, non-lethal cartridges leavea detergent-based,water-soluble color- marking compound. The visible impacts allow accurate assessment of simulated lethality. The cartridges are available in .38 cal. and 9mm and feature tactical accuracy up to 25 feet( 7.6 meters).

The 5.56mm istactically accuratewith ball cartridgesto 100feet( 30 meters). Nospecialballistic facilities are required. They meet the need for a force- on-force and man- to- man training system that is realistic, effective, inexpensive, adaptable and fully portable Purpose/ Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts:$ 0. 51 each;$ 253/ case of 500
Legal/ Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy— Training; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FXScenarioInstructor and SafetyCertification Coursefor Instructors and Facilitators;Agencyauthorized orientation course;annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy- Training
169
Policy
706
Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
706.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the approval, acquisition, and reporting requirements of military equipment (Government Code § 7070; Government Code § 7071; Government Code § 7072).
706.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Definitions related to this policy include (Government Code § 7070):

Governing body – The elected or appointed body that oversees the Department.

Military equipment – Includes but is not limited to the following:
(1) Unmanned, remotely piloted, powered aerial or ground vehicles. (2) Mine-resistant ambush-protected (MRAP) vehicles or armored personnel carriers. (3) High mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicles (HMMWV), two-and-one-half-ton trucks, five-ton trucks, or wheeled vehicles that have a breaching or entry apparatus attached. (4) Tracked armored vehicles that provide ballistic protection to their occupants. (5) Command and control vehicles that are either built or modified to facilitate the operational control and direction of public safety units.
(6) Weaponized aircraft, vessels, or vehicles of any kind. (7) Battering rams, slugs, and breaching apparatuses that are explosive in nature. This does not include a handheld, one-person ram.
(8) Firearms of _.50 caliber or greater. However, standard issue shotguns are specifically excluded..
(9) Ammunition of.50 caliber or greater. However, standard issued shotgun ammunition is specifically excluded.
(10) Specialized firearms and ammunition of less than _.50 caliber, including firearms and accessories identified as assault weapons in Penal Code § 30510 and Penal Code § 30515, with the exception of standard-issue firearms.
(11) Any firearm or firearm accessory that is designed to launch explosive projectiles. (12) Noise-flash diversionary devices and explosive breaching tools; Munitions containing tear gas or OC, excluding standard, service-issued handheld pepper spray. (13) TASER® Shockwave, microwave weapons, water cannons, and long-range acoustic devices (LRADs).
(14) Kinetic energy weapons and munitions.

Published with permission by Orange Police Department
Military Equipment - 595
170
Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
(15) Any other equipment as determined by a governing body or a state agency to require additional oversight.
*Equipment and/or accessories that do not launch explosives, such as lighting, handles, scopes and slings, are not applicable to this policy
706.2 POLICY
It is the policy of the Orange Police Department that members of this department comply with the provisions of Government Code § 7071 with respect to military equipment. 706.3 MILITARY EQUIPMENT COORDINATOR
The Chief of Police should designate an employee of this department to act as the military equipment coordinator. The responsibilities of the military equipment coordinator include but are not limited to:
(a) Acting as liaison to the governing body for matters related to the requirements of this policy.
(b) Identifying department equipment that qualifies as military equipment in the current possession of the Department, or the equipment the Department intends to acquire that requires approval by the governing body.
(c) Conducting an inventory of all military equipment at least annually. (d) Collaborating with any allied agency that may use military equipment within the jurisdiction of Orange Police Department (Government Code § 7071). (e) Preparing for, scheduling, and coordinating the annual community engagement meeting to include:

1. Publicizing the details of the meeting.

2. Preparing for public questions regarding the department's funding, acquisition, and use of equipment.
(f) Preparing the annual military equipment report for submission to the Chief of Police and ensuring that the report is made available on the department website (Government Code § 7072).
(g) Establishing the procedure for a person to register a complaint or concern, or how that person may submit a question about the use of a type of military equipment, and how the Department will respond in a timely manner.706
.4 MILITARY EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
The following constitutes a list of qualifying equipment for the Department:

See attachment: Military Equipment Inventory List 4-2023.pdf 706.5 APPROVAL
The Chief of Police or the authorized designee shall obtain approval from the governing body by way of an ordinance adopting the military equipment policy. As part of the approval process, the Chief of Police or the authorized designee shall ensure the proposed military equipment policy is Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2023/04/06, All Rights Reserved.

Published with permission by Orange Police Department
Military Equipment - 596
171
Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
submitted to the governing body and is available on the department website at least 30 days prior to any public hearing concerning the military equipment at issue (Government Code § 7071). The military equipment policy must be approved by the governing body prior to engaging in any of the following (Government Code § 7071):
(a) Requesting military equipment made available pursuant to 10 USC § 2576a. (b) Seeking funds for military equipment, including but not limited to applying for a grant, soliciting or accepting private, local, state, or federal funds, in-kind donations, or other donations or transfers.
(c) Acquiring military equipment either permanently or temporarily, including by borrowing or leasing.
(d) Collaborating with another law enforcement agency in the deployment or other use of military equipment within the jurisdiction of this department. (e) Using any new or existing military equipment for a purpose, in a manner, or by a person not previously approved by the governing body.
(f) Soliciting or responding to a proposal for, or entering into an agreement with, any other person or entity to seek funds for, apply to receive, acquire, use, or collaborate in the use of military equipment.
(g) Acquiring military equipment through any means not provided above. 706.6 EXIGENT CIRCUMSTANCES
In exigent circumstances and with the approval of the Chief of Police or their designee, the department may acquire, borrow and/or use military equipment that is not included in the Military Equipment Use Policy. If the department acquires, borrows, and/or used military equipment in exigent circumstances, in accordance with this section, it must take all of the following actions:
• Provide written notice of that acquisition nor use to the City Council within 30 days following the commencement of the exigent circumstances, unless such information is confidential or privileged under local, state or federal law. • If it is anticipated that the use will continue beyond the exigent circumstances, the department will submit a proposed amendment to the Military Equipment Use Policy to the City Council within 90 days following the borrowing, acquisition, and/or use, and receive approval, as applicable, from the City Council. • Include the military equipment in the department's next annual Military Equipment Report.
706.6.1 COORDINATION WITH OTHER JURISDICTIONS
Military equipment used by any employee of this department shall be approved for use and in accordance with this department policy. Military equipment used by other jurisdictions that are providing mutual aid to this department shall comply with their respective military equipment use policies in rendering mutual aidshould not be used by any other law enforcement agency or personnel in this jurisdiction unless the military equipment is approved for use in accordance with this policy.

Published with permission by Orange Police Department
Military Equipment - 597
172
Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy Manual
Orange PD Policy Manual
Military Equipment
706.7 ANNUAL REPORT
Upon approval of a military equipment policy, the Chief of Police or the authorized designee should submit a military equipment report to the governing body for each type of military equipment approved within one year of approval, and annually thereafter for as long as the military equipment is available for use (Government Code § 7072).

The Chief of Police or the authorized designee should also make each annual military equipment report publicly available on the department website for as long as the military equipment is available for use. The report shall include all information required by Government Code § 7072 for the preceding calendar year for each type of military equipment in department inventory. 706.8 COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
Within 30 days of submitting and publicly releasing the annual report, the Department shall hold at least one well-publicized and conveniently located community engagement meeting, at which the Department should discuss the report and respond to public questions regarding the funding, acquisition, or use of military equipment. The procedures by which members of the public may register complaints or concerns or submit questions about the use of each specific type of military equipment are governed by department policy: Personnel Complaints.

Published with permission by Orange Police Department
Military Equipment - 598
173
Attachment Orange Police Department
Orange PD Policy ManualMi
litary Equipment Inventory List 4-2023.pdf
Copyright Lexipol, LLC 2023/04/06, All Rights Reserved.

Published with permission by Orange Police Department
Military Equipment Inventory List 3-2020.pdf -
836 174
2023 AB 481 – Military Equipment
Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: DJI Mavic 2 Enterprise Dual; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 3-5 years
Capabilities: 24mm camera with ½.3” 12MP sensor and FLIR thermal imaging sensor. Together they can capture up to UHD 4k resolution video at 30 fps, or thermal imaging images and temperature data. Speeds of up to 44.7mph and up to 31 minutes of flight time Manufacturer’s Description: Flagship consumer drone with built in FLIR capabilities Purpose/Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $4,622.00 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAV) Operations

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: DJI Mavic 2 Pro; Quad propeller; FAA Flight number Quantity: 2 Lifespan: 3-5 years
Capabilities: 970 grams; Flight time up to 30 minutes
Manufacturer’s Description: To make a drone that exists where engineering, technology, and the needs of the aerial photographer converge. A drone that embodies all of DJI's advanced, signature technologies, and is able to redefine what is possible for the world of aerial photography Purpose/Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $2,392 each; $4,784 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAV) Operations

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS) ;CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: DJI Phantom 4 Pro; Quad propeller; FAA Flight number Quantity: 2 Lifespan: 3-5 years
Capabilities: 30 minute flight time; 4k video; 5 direction obstacle sensing; up to 42 miles per hour; 1338 grams
Manufacturer’s Description: An updated camera is equipped with a 1-inch 20-megapixel sensor capable of shooting 4K/60fps video and Burst Mode stills at 14 fps. The adoption of titanium alloy and magnesium alloy construction increases the rigidity of the airframe and reduces weight, making the Phantom 4 Pro similar in weight to the Phantom 4. The Flight Autonomy system adds dual rear vision sensors and infrared sensing systems for a total of 5-direction of obstacle sensing and 4- direction of obstacle avoidance
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $2,807.00 each; $5,614 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAV) Operations

175
Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: Mini 2; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 3-5 years
Capabilities: 249 grams; Flight time 31 minute; 4k video resolution; Speeds of up to 36mph Manufacturer’s Description: Small, lightweight consumer drone Purpose/Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $499.00 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAV) Operations

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: Mini 3; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 3-5 years
Capabilities: 248 grams; Flight time 38 minute; 4k video resolution; Speeds of up to 36mph Manufacturer’s Description: Small, lightweight consumer drone Purpose/Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $699.00 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAV) Operations

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: Matrice 30T; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 3-5 years
Capabilities: The Matrice 30T has a 48-megapixel camera; 5x-16x optical zoom; 5k/30 fps video resolution; 41 minute max flight time; Speeds of up to 45 mph; 3770 grams.

Manufacturer’s Description: The DJI Matrice 30t is designed for first responder use in harsh conditions. It is a powerful yet portable drone made for public safety. With over 41 minutes of flight time with an integrated camera, the 30T is small and mobile while still providing the image resolution needed for public safety tasks.

Purpose/Authorized Uses: Utilized to enhance the department’s mission of protecting lives and property when other means and resources are not available or are less effective Fiscal Impacts: $13,999.00 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Governed by FAA; All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure
Training Required: Part 107 FAA Certificate; Authorized department quarterly training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAV) Operations

Specifications:
• Cruising speed: 75 MPH/ Max speed 90 MPH
• Stop distance with full load: 50 MPH -128’
• Engine 6.7L V8 Turbo Diesel
• 450 horsepower & 935 Ib-ft torque
• Operating range approx. 200 miles (4-6 mpg).
• Weight: approx. 17,550 lbs
• 40 gallon fuel tank
• Operating range approximately 200 miles
• Fuel tank protected by 1.4” steel
• Tires equipped with run flats
• 98 ½ inches wide (8.2 feet)
• 106 inches tall (8.8 feet)
Ballistic Capabilities:
• All 6 sides armored with Mil-Spec steel armor
• Testing has defeated (10) rounds from .50 CAL ball ammo at 0 degrees • Armor provides multi-hit protection from .30 cal rounds including windows
Manufacturer’s Description: Enhances the safety of Police, EMS, Tactical Response Teams, EOD units and Firefighters. The vehicle is capable of providing enhanced personal protection and survivability in threatening environments including but not limited to Natural Disasters, Riot Control, Barricaded Suspects, Search and Rescue and Hostage Situations. The Lenco BearCat is four-wheel drive and will operate in most weather and terrain conditions. The vehicle features Ballistic Armor, weapon ports, a top mounted rotating turret with adjustable height stand, and an array of specific electrical and mechanical options to meet the user’s specific needs
Purpose/Authorized Uses: ARV may be used for the following types of incidents; high risk search warrants, armed barricaded suspects in a structure or vehicle, armed suspects in an open area (large field, parking lot, etc.), SWAT call-outs, assisting an outside jurisdiction, downed person(s) rescues where a person(s) have been shot and is in need of rescue to get medical attention when the suspect(s) still poses a threat, evacuations from an active area where a threat of gun fire still exist, terrorist incident, mobile field force deployments for riot situations, for any event where the ARV would be deemed necessary to assist police officers and the public at risk, or SWAT and Mobile Field Force training
Fiscal Impacts: $266,069 initial cost; $1,750 annual maintenance Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Authorized by the Watch Commander Training Required: Initial training by Lenco provided to training cadre; Initial training provided by LASD Special Enforcement Bureau; Agency authorized orientation and annual training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Vehicle Use

Equipment Type: Command and Control Vehicle; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(5) Description: 2002 Mattman Specialty Vehicle; Freightliner MT55 Command Coach; Black and white box truck clearly marked with reflective Agency name; red/blue lights; siren / PA system Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 25 years
Capabilities: Incident Command vehicle; Dispatch center; conference room; transportation of equipment to be used at on scene of mobile command
Manufacturer’s Description: The Freightliner MT-55 is a true heavy-duty delivery or emergency response vehicle. The MT-55's heavy-duty chassis offers a gross vehicle weight rating between 20,000 and 30,000 pounds and can accept freight up to 1,500 cubic feet. 177
Purpose/Authorized Uses: To provide a means of transportation for equipment and to be used on scene as the Incident Commander/Swat Commander command and control vehicle Fiscal Impacts: $362,538.00 initial cost; $3,000 annual maintenance Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Authorized by the Incident Commander / Watch Commander Training Required: Agency authorized orientation; yearly agency training Compliance Mechanisms: Operational use under the review of the Incident Commander or Watch Commander

Equipment Type: Command and Control Vehicle; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(5) Description: 2003 Mattman Specialty Vehicle; Workhorse P30042 SWAT Equipment Truck; Black and white box truck clearly marked with reflective Agency name; red/blue lights; siren / PA system Quantity: 1 Lifespan: 25 years
Capabilities: Provides a tactical command post location that can assist with the response to critical incidents; contains designated areas for equipment storage and crisis negotiation operations Manufacturer’s Description: Step-van used for a variety of purposes Purpose/Authorized Uses: Designated as tactical command post during S.W.A.T. activations Fiscal Impacts: $150,000 Initial cost; $1,300 annual maintenance Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit Training Required: Agency authorized orientation; yearly agency training Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Tools; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(7) Description: Remington 870 Wingmaster breaching shotgun; a specially converted shotgun designed to fire a specialty round to defeat or destroy deadbolts, hinges and locks Quantity: 2 Lifespan: round and use dependent
Capabilities: Range is 6 inches or less
Manufacturer’s Description: A specially converted 12 gauge shotgun that fires a specialty breaching round
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, doorknobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; Shotgun is used to rapidly destroy a deadbolt, hinge or lock while reducing the danger to people behind or around the targeted door; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit
Fiscal Impacts: $765.77 each; $1,531.54 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit Training Required: POST approved Tactical Breaching for trainers; 16 hours “Breaching Course”; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Ammunition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(7) Description: Royal Arms, TESAR-1, Orange CAP 275 Grain Copper Frangible Breaching Round Quantity: 45; Ideal inventory - 25 Lifespan: N/A
Capabilities: When deployed, can defeat door lock mechanisms, door knobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hallow core doors Manufacturer’s Description: Orange Cap 2-3/4” 275 Grain Compressed Copper Frangible 12 Gauge Shotgun Slug
Slug Material: Copper Powder
Velocity: 1,750 Ft p/sec -18” Barrel
178
Use: For Wood Doors, Solid & Hollow
Defeats: Solid Wood Doors, Locks & Hinges
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, doorknobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; used to rapidly destroy a deadbolt, hinge or lock while reducing the danger to people behind or around the targeted door; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit
Fiscal Impacts: $4.50 per round; $112.50 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit Training Required: POST approved Tactical Breaching for trainers; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Ammunition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(7) Description: Royal Arms FTR-P1 Training Ammunition (Poly Shot) Quantity: 45; Ideal inventory - 50 Lifespan: N/A
Capabilities: Ideal for training on breaching locking mechanisms on solid and hollow core doors Manufacturer’s Description: Royal Arms Frangible Training Breaching Ammunition offers a low-cost round for Tactical Teams to practice with, without the heavy recoil of Breaching Rounds so you can shoot these all day long. This load is designed for pump shotguns and will not function Semi Auto. It has enough power to effectively breach training doors, yet has 1/3 the recoil and payload. The round is non-toxic and has no metal projectiles and is loaded with #4 polyethylene shot Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to train on how to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, doorknobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; Used to force entry into a structure by disabling the door lock mechanisms, door knobs, hinges, dead bolts, safety chains and pad locks on both wooden or hollow core doors; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit Fiscal Impacts: $2.00 per round; $100.00 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police Search & Seizure; S.W.A.T. equipment subject to Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit Training Required: POST approved Tactical Breaching for trainers; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Firearms of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Colt LE M4 AR 15 16.1 556 30 RD
Quantity: 167 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Operational range 1 mile
Manufacturer’s Description: To be used as precision weapon to address a threat with more precision and/or at greater distance than a handgun, if present and feasible Purpose/Authorized Uses: Officers may deploy the patrol rifle in any circumstance where the officer can articulate a reasonable expectation that the rifle may be needed. Examples of some general guidelines for deploying the patrol rifle may include, but are not limited to:
• Situations where the officer reasonably anticipates an armed encounter • When an officer is faced with a situation that may require accurate and effective fire at long range
• Situations where an officer reasonably expects the need to meet or exceed a suspect's firepower
• When an officer reasonably believes that there may be a need to fire on a barricaded person or a person with a hostage
179
• When an officer reasonably believes that a suspect may be wearing body armor • When authorized or requested by a supervisor
• When needed to euthanize an animal
Fiscal Impacts: $1,088.10 each; $181,714.33 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force
Training Required: P.O.S.T. approved 16-hour class; Quarterly qualifications Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy - Firearms

Equipment Type: Firearms of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Stiller TAC 30, Grayboe Ridgeback, Timney Model 510 Trigger, .308 Caliber Quantity: 3 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: The Stiller Tac 30 Rifle is a custom built rifle made by Jim Gruning with Gruning Precision.

Equipment Type: Firearms of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Remington 700 Police LTR .308 bolt Action
Quantity: 2 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: The Remington 700 Police LTR is one of the most popular police sniper rifles used. It is known for its accuracy, durability and reliability. The department’s Remington 700 has been modified with a Gruning precision heavy barrel and Timney trigger system. The custom heavy barrels is shorter than any other common hunting/ long distance rifle which allows for tactical applications.

Manufacturer’s Description: Specialties include customizing the bolt action rifle, M1A, AR15, and AR10 style rifles. Remington manufactures a complete line of durable products, including scope rings, bases, and mounts
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used as a long-rage precision weapon system capable of delivering accurately placed shots on target through a greater magnification at longer ranges.

Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Winchester Q3131, Full Metal Jacket 5.56MM, 55 Grain Training Ammunition; 1000 rounds/case
180
Quantity: 25,000 rounds; ideal inventory – 96,000
rounds
Lifespan: N/A
Capabilities: 3240 fps; 1282 ft-lbs
Manufacturer’s Description: Winchester USA Centerfire Rifle Ammunition is the ideal choice for training or extended sessions at the range providing great performance at a value price. Winchester Q3131A features a 55 grain full metal jacket bullet in a fully reloadable boxer primed brass case. This is some of the most sought after and hard to find ammo going. It is Winchester's version of the legendary XM-193 load
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used for training environments as ammunition for rifles Fiscal Impacts: $0.38 per round; $37,900.80 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force
Training Required: P.O.S.T. approved 16-hour class; Quarterly qualifications Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Firearms; Use of Force

Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Winchester RA223R, Ranger, Pointed Soft Point .223 REM, 55 grain Duty Ammunition; 1000 rounds/case
Quantity: 3,000; ideal inventory – 6,000 Lifespan: N/A
Capabilities: 3240 fps; 1282 ft-lbs
Manufacturer’s Description: This Winchester Ranger 223 Remington ammo features a 55 Grain Pointed Soft Point bullet. Winchester Ranger is the highest quality hollow point ammunition money can buy. This Winchester Ranger .223 55 grain Power Point Soft Point is intended for Law Enforcement use, Ranger is Winchesters Highest Quality. This Winchester Ranger 223 Remington is new ammo not Police Department surplus. This Winchester Ranger 223 Remington has a muzzle velocity of 3240 feet per second and a muzzle energy of 1262 foot pounds. Winchester Ranger ammo is reloadable, features brass cases and Boxer primers. This ammunition is non-corrosive Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used as duty round for rifle
Fiscal Impacts: $0.51 per round; $3,231.90 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force
Training Required: P.O.S.T. approved 16-hour class; Quarterly qualifications Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Firearms; Use of Force

Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Hornady 80725, .308 WIN Tactical Application Police (TAP), 168 Grain, ELD Match TAP Precision; 200 rounds per case
Quantity: 1,400; ideal inventory – 3,000 Lifespan: N/A
Capabilities: This ammunition is used by a wide range of police agencies in the US. It is known for its accuracy, stopping power and rarely over penetrates. It can be used in multiple SWAT applications including but not limited to, short range engagements, long range engagements, barricaded subjects, barrier shooting and hostage rescue shots; 2700 fps
Manufacturer’s Description: Hornady® 308 WIN TAP 168 gr. ELD® MATCH TAP PRECISION® ammunition was designed as an improvement on the 168 gr. A-MAX TAP PRECISION® load by incorporating the new ELD® Match bullet. The 168 gr. ELD® Match bullet with Heat Shield® tip delivers the excellent terminal performance TAP Precision® is known for, but features a resilient, heat resistant polymer tip that improves the ballistic coefficient, resulting in higher impact velocities, less drop, less wind drift, and more energy on target.

Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used as duty round for rifle.
181
Fiscal Impacts: $1.25 each; $3,937.50 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force
Training Required: Basic Sniper School; monthly training and qualification Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Firearms; Use of Force, Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: “Flashbang” grenade; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12) Description: Defense Technology 8922 Low Roll II Non-Reloadable Distraction Device Quantity: Discontinued; 0 in inventory Lifespan: 5 years Capabilities: Diversionary devices are categorized as a low order explosive that deflagrate rather than detonate. Their burn rate is measured in feet per second vs. miles per second (high order explosive).

Initiation of the device is through a thermal process, which generates a sudden and rapid escape of gases from the device resulting in a brilliant light and loud noise. This deflagration may disorient and confuse a person by causing “sensory overload” for a few seconds and provide a tactical advantage for SWAT teams
Manufacturer’s Description: The Low Roll II™ Non-Reloadable Distraction Device® utilizes an M201A1 type fuze with Hex design steel body. This compact version of the 8933 Low Roll body is the newest version of the original reusable non-bursting canister that limits movement and rolling once deployed.

Equipment Type: “Flashbang” grenade; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12) Description: Defense Technology 8922NRSC, Low Roll II Non-Reloadable Distraction Device with Safety Clip
Quantity: 15; ideal inventory - 20 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Diversionary devices are categorized as a low order explosive that deflagrate rather than detonate. Their burn rate is measured in feet per second vs. miles per second (high order explosive).

Manufacturer’s Description: The Low Roll II™ Non-Reloadable Distraction Device® utilizes an M201A1 type fuze with Hex design steel body. This compact version of the 8933 Low Roll body is the newest version of the original reusable non-bursting canister that limits movement and rolling once deployed.

Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used as distraction light and sound device during tactical operation Fiscal Impacts: $52.63 each; $1,052.60 to maintain ideal inventory 182
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 16-hour POST approved Diversionary Device Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12)
Description: Defense Technology 1072; Spede Heat CS Continuous Discharge Chemical Grenade Quantity: 5; ideal inventory 5 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Ideal use is for crowd control or other outdoor uses Manufacturer’s Description: The Spede-Heat™ Grenade is a high volume, continuous discharge grenade available in OC, CN or CS. In the OC, CN and CS configurations, pelletized chemical agent is discharged through four (4) gas ports located on top of the canister, three (3) on the side, and one (1) on the bottom. Designed specifically for outdoor use in crowd control situations, the SpedeHeat™ Grenade is built on the old style larger canister. It is a high volume continuous burn device that expels its payload in approximately 20 - 40 seconds from a single source. The longer burn time may allow for throwback by individuals wearing burn protection such as a welder’s mitt. The canisters may be protected from advancing individuals with the use of less lethal impact munitions. The device should be deployed utilizing wind advantage. It should NOT be deployed onto rooftops, in crawl spaces, or indoors due to its fire-producing capability. Hand throw or launch. Launching of grenades will provide deploying officers additional stand-off distances. Affords very good coverage for large outdoor areas.

Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used in tactical situations to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $29.50 each; $147.50 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 40-hour POST Approved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12)
Description: Defense Technology 1016 Pocket Tactical CS Grenade Quantity: 5; ideal inventory 5 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Due to its smaller size, the operator can carry it on their person. It can be used to contain smoke or other chemical agents
Manufacturer’s Description: The Pocket Tactical Grenade is a quick burning, reduced volume, continuous discharge grenade available in OC, CN, CS, and Saf-Smoke™. Pelletized chemical agent or smoke is discharged through one (1) gas port located on the bottom of the canister. The Pocket Tactical Grenade is a small, lightweight, easily carried device that provides a medium volume of chemical agent or smoke for certain situations. It was designed with the tactical team in mind for distraction, concealment, rescue, or signaling. The pocket grenade is not specifically intended as a crowd management device; however, it can be used in chemical configurations in conjunction with larger smoke canisters to “piggy back” chemical agent into a predominately smoke environment. This device should be deployed utilizing wind advantage
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used in tactical situations to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $20 each; $100 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 40-hour POST Approved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit

183
Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12)
Description: Defense Technology Flameless Tri-Chamber CS, Model 1032 Quantity: 10; ideal inventory - 10 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Capable of being used for crowd control and barricaded subjects Manufacturer’s Description: The Tri-Chamber Flameless Grenade is designed for indoor use. This grenade’s pyrotechnic contents are burned within an internal can that is one of three in this design.

Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14)
Description: Defense Technology Ferret 40mm CS Powder, Model # 2292 Quantity: 0; ideal inventory -25 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: Designed to disperse non-flammable chemical agent creating temporary discomfort through pain compliance; used at a distance and launched from 40mm device Manufacturer’s Description: The Ferret® 40mm Round is a frangible projectile filled with chemical agent. It is designed to deliver chemical agents in barricade situations from a 40mm launcher. Spin stabilization from barrel rifling affords maximum stand-off distance and accuracy for safety. The Ferret® 40mm Round is non-burning and suitable for indoor use. Used primarily by tactical teams, it is designed to penetrate barriers, such as windows, hollow core doors, wallboard and thin plywood.

Upon impacting the barrier, the nose cone ruptures and instantaneously delivers a small chemical payload inside of a structure or vehicle. In a tactical deployment situation, the Ferret® 40mm is primarily used to dislodge barricaded subjects from very small, confined areas. Its purpose is to minimize the risks to all parties through pain compliance, temporary discomfort and/or incapacitation of potentially violent or dangerous subjects. The Ferret® 40mm Round is available with either liquid or powder carriers for the agent. Once delivered, powder carriers tend to keep the agent airborne longer than liquid carriers and may have more effect. Liquid carriers contain red dye to aid in shot placement. Shot placement and trajectory considerations should be based on hardness of the barrier.

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform ; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Lewis Machine & Tool, Model 40 MTS; 40 MM Launcher Quantity: 12 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Used to gain compliance; able to fire sponge rounds and chemical agent ferret rounds Manufacturer’s Description: The 40LMTS is a tactical 40mm single shot launcher that features an expandable stock and an adjustable Integrated Front Grip (IFG) with a light rail. The Ambidextrous Lateral Sling Mount (LSM) and QD mounting systems allow both a single and two point sling attachment. The 40LMTS will fire standard 40mm Less Lethal ammunition, up to 4.8 inches in cartridge length. This weapon is NOT designed to fire 40mm High Velocity HE ammunition. The Picatinny Rail Mounting System will accept a wide array of enhanced optics/sighting systems Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance as less lethal control device and deliver chemical agents when necessary
Fiscal Impacts: $855.55 each; $8555.50 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 40-hour POST Approved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform ; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Defense Technology Model 1425 40 MM Launcher Quantity: 14 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Used to gain compliance; able to fire sponge rounds and chemical agent ferret rounds Manufacturer’s Description: The 40LMTS is a tactical 40mm single shot launcher that features an expandable stock and an adjustable Integrated Front Grip (IFG) with a light rail. The Ambidextrous Lateral Sling Mount (LSM) and QD mounting systems allow both a single and two point sling attachment. The 40LMTS will fire standard 40mm Less Lethal ammunition, up to 4.8 inches in cartridge length. This weapon is NOT designed to fire 40mm High Velocity HE ammunition. The Picatinny Rail Mounting System will accept a wide array of enhanced optics/sighting systems Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance as less lethal control device and deliver chemical agents when necessary
Fiscal Impacts: $855.55 each; $11,977.70 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 40-hour POST Approved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform ; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Penn Arms PGL65-40 Multi-Launcher
Quantity: 1 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Used to gain compliance; able to fire sponge rounds and chemical agent ferret rounds Manufacturer’s Description: PENN ARMS has set the standard for less-lethal launchers world wide for over 20 years. Our patented designs are small, lightweight, and operationally versatile. Constructed 185
out of the highest grade of materials to a high standard of quality, PENN ARMS is Dedicated To Your Mission®
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance as less lethal control device and deliver chemical agents when necessary
Fiscal Impacts: $3,300 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 40-hour POST Approved Chemical Agent Instructor School; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques; Crisis Response Unit

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Defense Technology 6325 40mm Smokeless Exact Impact Sponge Quantity: 145; ideal inventory - 450 Lifespan: 5 years
Capabilities: launched from a 40mm launcher to gain compliance as less lethal control device Manufacturer’s Description: The 40mm eXact iMpact™ Sponge Round has evolved from the design of the 40mm XM1006 projectile, developed by the US Army Research Laboratory. This lightweight, high- speed projectile incorporates a plastic body and a foam (sponge) nose which is spin stabilized via the incorporated rifling collar and the 40mm launcher’s rifled barrel. The round utilizes smokeless powder as the propellant and has velocities that are extremely consistent. The 40mm eXact iMpact™ Sponge Round is a “point-of-aim, point-of-impact” direct fire round that is most commonly used by tactical teams in situations where maximum deliverable energy is desired for the incapacitation of an aggressive, non-compliant subject. In many municipalities, these are being selected for both tactical call outs and as an available option for patrol. The 40mm eXact iMpact™ Sponge Round is intended for direct fire deployment. The operator should be adequately trained in the use of Less Lethal Impact Munitions and have a thorough understanding of the round and considerations for selecting shot placement such as level of threat, target distance, size and clothing. The 40mm eXact iMpact™ Sponge Round will prove most successful for incapacitation when used within its optimal energy range of approximately 5 – 40 meters, although it may used in situations from 1.5 – 50 meters. The optimal zone offers the necessary energy and accuracy to target the large muscle groups of the buttocks, thigh, and even the knees of the subject. These areas provide sufficient pain stimulus, while greatly reducing serious or life-threateninginjuries. The 40mm eXact iMpact™ Sponge Round can also be deployed in crowd control situations to protect the riot line, cover or enhance chemical munitions, or targeting specific agitators and organizers of the crowd. When used in this fashion, it is primarily both a psychological deterrent and physiological distraction serving as a pain compliance device to either get the crowd or subject moving or keeping them at a designated distance Purpose/Authorized Uses: Used to gain compliance and break windows on vehicle and structures Fiscal Impacts: $19.16 per round;/ $8622.00 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall, Full Tactical Carbine (FTC) Launcher Quantity: 2 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Launches small less lethal inert or chemical agent rounds to gain compliance Manufacturer’s Description: FTC is a high-capacity, semi-automatic launcher that is perfect for crowd management and mobile field force operations. Reliable and accurate, it features a hopper that can hold up to 180 rounds and a flexible air source configuration Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control device used to gain compliance 186
Fiscal Impacts: $360 each; $720 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Tippman, Model 68 Carbine projectile launcher Quantity: 4 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Launches small less lethal inert or chemical agent rounds to gain compliance Manufacturer’s Description: Original maker bought by PepperBall Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control device used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $499.50 each; $1,998 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Mission Less Lethal, M2100, MLR Full Auto Carbine Launcher Quantity: 2 Lifespan: Round and use dependent
Capabilities: Launches small less lethal inert or chemical agent rounds to gain compliance Manufacturer’s Description: Technical Specs
Item: PepperBall Launcher; Type: Full Auto Launcher; Approx. No. of Shots: 200; Overall Height: (In.) 21 in; Container Size: 135.2 oz.; Spray Line Length (Ft.) 60 to 160; Color: Black/Orange Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control device used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $599.20 each; $1,198.40 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Mission Less Lethal M1120500 Pepper Projectiles (OC2 (1% OC and 4% PAVA) Quantity: Discontinued; 4,250 inventory Lifespan: 3 years Capabilities: able to be launched and used to gain compliance through chemical agent irritation Manufacturer’s Description: Mission Less Lethal is a supplier of less-lethal pepper round launchers for nearly 20 years. our products are widely used by thousands of Federal, State, Local, International police, military, and private security agencies.

Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $1.33 per round; $5,652.50 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

187
Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall LiveX Projectiles (5% PAVA)
Quantity: 600; 2,200 ideal inventory Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: able to be launched and used to gain compliance through chemical agent irritation Manufacturer’s Description: Our most potent and powerful concentration of PAVA pepper powder.

At 5% PAVA, a LIVE-X™ round contains double the amount of PAVA chemical agent of a regular PepperBall® LIVE SD™ round. PAVA is based on one of the hottest of the six capsaicinoids found in pepper plants. PepperBall products contain only safe, pure, non-oil based PAVA and are non- flammable. Ingredient consistency ensures each projectile operates with quality and effectiveness
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $2.14 per round; $4,708.00 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall Live Projectiles (2% PAVA)
Quantity: Discontinued; 1,875 inventory Lifespan: 3 years Capabilities: Able to be launched and used to gain compliance through chemical agent irritation Manufacturer’s Description: The live PepperBall® round contains 2.0% PAVA. It is effective for direct impact and area saturation when there is no line of sight. PAVA is based on one of the hottest of the six capsaicinoids found in pepper plants. PepperBall products contain only safe, pure, non-oil based PAVA and are non-flammable. Ingredient consistency ensures each projectile operates with quality and effectiveness
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $1.63 per round; $3,048.75 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall Inert Projectiles (No irritant) Quantity: 1000; ideal inventory - 1,000 Lifespan: 3 years Capabilities: Able to be launched and used to gain compliance through pain of impact Manufacturer’s Description: Containing a harmless, scented powder, this projectile is best suited for practice or direct impact when chemical exposure is not desired Purpose/Authorized Uses: Less lethal control munition used to gain compliance Fiscal Impacts: $0.57 per round; $570.00 to maintain ideal inventory Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: All applicable State, Federal and Local laws governing police use of force; Department Policy – Use of Force; Crisis Response Unit; Control Devices and Techniques Training Required: 16-hour PepperBall Instructor / Armorer Certification Course; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher
Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy – Control Devices and Techniques

188
Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Smith & Wesson Model 5906 – 9mm – SIMUNTION PISTOL Quantity: 9 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Provides realistic training with actual weight and look of real pistol using non-lethal munitions
Manufacturer’s Description: N/A
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts: $0; converted old pistol
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy - Training Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FX Scenario Instructor and Safety Certification Course for Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy - Training

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Glock 17 – 9mm – SIMUNTION PISTOL
Quantity: 7 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Provides realistic training with actual weight and look of real pistol using non-lethal munitions
Manufacturer’s Description: N/A
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts: $0; converted old pistol
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy - Training Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FX Scenario Instructor and Safety Certification Course for Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy - Training

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Glock 22; .40 Caliber SIMUNTION PISTOL
Quantity: 3 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Provides realistic training with actual weight and look of real pistol using non-lethal munitions
Manufacturer’s Description: N/A
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
Fiscal Impacts: $0; converted old pistol
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy - Training Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FX Scenario Instructor and Safety Certification Course for Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy - Training

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Force on Force M4/M16 Conversion Bolt Kit
Quantity: 20 Lifespan: Use and round dependent
Capabilities: Provides realistic training by allowing operator to use their actual rifle with a bolt that is used for non-lethal munitions.

Manufacturer’s Description:
• Designed to fire Force on Force 5.56mm marker rounds
• Doesn’t interfere with on-gun accessories
• Prevents firing of lethal ammunition
Purpose/Authorized Uses: Training scenarios
189
Fiscal Impacts: $329.99 each; $6,599.80 inventory
Legal/Procedural Rules Governing Use: Department Policy – Training; Crisis Response Unit Training Required: 24-hour Simunition FX Scenario Instructor and Safety Certification Course for Instructors and Facilitators; Agency authorized orientation course; annual refresher Compliance Mechanisms: Department Policy - Training

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Simunition FX Original Marking Cartridge – 9mm Quantity: 1000 Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: Used in SIM weapons to provide realistic training Manufacturer’s Description: The FX® marking cartridges, which come in six colors, are at the core of the FX® Training System known as "the world's most realistic close-range combat training system".

The patented, reduced-energy, non-lethal cartridges leave a detergent-based, water-soluble color- marking compound. The visible impacts allow accurate assessment of simulated lethality. The cartridges are available in .38 cal. and 9mm and feature tactical accuracy up to 25 feet (7.6 meters).

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Simunition FX Original Marking Cartridge – .223 Quantity: 300 Lifespan: 3 years
Capabilities: Used in SIM weapons to provide realistic training Manufacturer’s Description: The FX® marking cartridges, which come in six colors, are at the core of the FX® Training System known as "the world's most realistic close-range combat training system".

The patented, reduced-energy, non-lethal cartridges leave a detergent-based, water-soluble color- marking compound. The visible impacts allow accurate assessment of simulated lethality. The cartridges are available in .38 cal. and 9mm and feature tactical accuracy up to 25 feet (7.6 meters).

190

1 SUPPORT SERVICES DIVISION
2023 ANNUAL MILITARY EQUIPMENT REPORT
The Orange Police Department’s Military Equipment Policy No. 706, requires the Police Department to present an annual report to the City Council. The annual report, as mandated by Government Code section 7071 & 7072, requires the Police Department to present the following:

1. Summary of Use
A summary of how the military equipment was used and the purpose of its use. • The Annual Report (Attachment A) lists a summary of the purpose and use of military equipment by the Orange Police Department.

2. Complaints and Concerns
A summary of any complaints or concerns received concerning the military equipment. • None

3. Internal Audits
The results of any internal audits, any information about violations of the military equipment use policy, and any actions taken in response.
• The results of the internal audits are documented in the Military Equipment Policy, which includes updated quantities for the military equipment. • There have been no violations of the military equipment use policy.

4. Annual Costs
The total annual cost for each type of military equipment, including acquisition, personnel, training, transportation, maintenance, storage, upgrade, and other ongoing costs, and from what source funds will be provided for the military equipment in the calendar year following submission of the annual military equipment report.
• The Military Equipment Policy includes costs for equipment with applicable expenses.

5. Quantity and Type of Equipment
The quantity possessed for each type of military equipment. • The quantity and description of each item is documented in the Military Equipment Policy.

6. Future Acquisitions
If the law enforcement agency intends to acquire additional military equipment in the next year, the quantity sought for each type of military equipment.
• The Orange Police Department does not have any immediate plans to acquire new military equipment. However, replenishment of military equipment may become necessary if current inventories are used or become expired throughout the next year. Current purchasing protocols will be followed if these purchases become necessary. • If circumstances arise that require or necessitate the Orange Police Department to acquire new military equipment, the appropriate purchasing protocols will be followed, depending on the price and/or type of equipment.
191
2 Attachment A - Annual Report
Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: DJI Mavic 2 Enterprise Dual; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year at large public events to provide real-time aerial images and situational awareness. It is also used to take high resolution photographs of large crime scenes and traffic collision scenes for documentation.

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: DJI Mavic 2 Pro; Quad propeller; FAA Flight number Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year at large public events to provide real-time aerial images and situational awareness. It is also used to take high resolution photographs of large crime scenes and traffic collision scenes for documentation.

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: DJI Phantom 4 Pro; Quad propeller; FAA Flight number Uses: No uses.

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: Mini 2; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Uses: Deployed daily in the field with motor officers. This equipment is used to assist patrol officers by providing real-time aerial images of areas not safely accessed by officers. It is also used to take high resolution photographs of large crime scenes and traffic collision scenes for documentation.

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: Mini 3; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Uses: Deployed daily in the field with motor officers. This equipment is used to assist patrol officers by providing real-time aerial images of areas not safely accessed by officers. It is also used to take high resolution photographs of large crime scenes and traffic collision scenes for documentation.

Equipment Type: Unmanned Aerial System (UAS); CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(1) Description: Matrice 30T; Quad propellers; FAA Flight number Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year at large public events to provide real-time aerial images and situational awareness. It is also used to take high resolution photographs of large crime scenes and traffic collision scenes for documentation. Additio nally, this equipment was used to attempt communication with a dangerous assault suspect barricaded in a residence. The loudspeaker was used to speak to the suspect while the camera(s) were able to provide real -time images of the residence through open windows.

Equipment Type: Wheeled Vehicle that has a breaching or entry apparatus attached; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(3)
Description: Lenco BearCat G2 (Armored Rescue Vehicle); Black armored, wheel vehicle; White reflective agency name; red/blue lights; siren / PA system; Removable hydraulic boom/ram Uses: This equipment is used for several public service events including new applicant testing and National Night Out. The equipment is used intermittently throughout the year for training all offic ers about the safety capabilities of vehicle. The SWAT Team also uses the equipment at monthly trainings intermittently throughout the year to enhance familiarity and efficacy of the vehicle.

192
3 This equipment was also used during the apprehension of a dang erous assault suspect who was barricaded inside a vehicle. It was used to prevent further danger to the community and officers by immobilizing the suspect’s vehicle. It also provided a ballistic safety barrier for officers while they were positioned in a close proximity to the suspect’s vehicle, which ultimately resulted in the suspect safely surrendering.

Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Tools; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(7) Description: Remington 870 Wingmaster breaching shotgun; a specially converted shotgun designed to fire a specialty round to defeat or destroy deadbolts, hinges, and locks Uses: This eq uipment was used at one SWAT Team monthly training to verify functionality and capability for breaching doors.

Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Ammunition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(7) Description: Royal Arms, TESAR-1, Orange CAP 275 Grain Copper Frangible Breaching Round Uses: This equipment was used at one SWAT Team monthly training to verify functionality and capability for breaching doors.

Equipment Type: Explosive Breaching Ammunition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(7) Description: Royal Arms FTR-P1 Training Ammunition (Poly Shot) Uses: This equipment was used at one SWAT Team monthly training to verify functionality and capability for breaching doors.

Equipment Type: Firearms of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Colt LE M4 AR 15 16.1 556 30 RD
Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions, but no uses other than intermittent training throughout the year.

193
4 Equipment Type: Firearms of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Stiller TAC 30, Grayboe Ridgeback, Timney Model 510 Trigger, .308 Caliber Uses: Deployed during overwatch duties at the Orange International Street Fair to increase public safety, but no uses other than intermittent training throughout the year.

Equipment Type: Firearms of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Remington 700 Police LTR .308 bolt Action
Uses: Deployed during overwatch duties at the Orange International Street Fair to increase public safety, but no uses other than intermittent training throughout the year.

Equipment Type: Ammunition of less than .50 caliber; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(10) Description: Winchester RA223R, Ranger, Pointed Soft Point .223 REM, 55 grain Duty Ammunition; 1000 rounds/case
Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions as duty ammunition, but no uses other than intermittent training throughout the year.

Equipment Type: “Flashbang” grenade; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12) Description: Defense Technology 8922 Low Roll II Non-Reloadable Distraction Device Uses: Used intermittently during SWAT Academy training for new team members

Equipment Type: Flashbang” grenade; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12) Description: Defense Technology 8922NRSC, Low Roll II Non-Reloadable Distraction Device with Safety Clip
Uses: Used intermittently during SWAT Academy training for new team members

Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12)
Description: Defense Technology 1072; Spede Heat CS Continuous Discharge Chemical Grenade Uses: No uses.

Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12)
Description: Defense Technology 1016 Pocket Tactical CS Grenade Uses: No uses.

194
5 Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(12)
Description: Defense Technology Flameless Tri-Chamber CS, Model 1032 Uses: No uses.

Equipment Type: Tear Gas; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14)
Description: Defense Technology Ferret 40mm CS Powder, Model # 2292 Uses: No uses.

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Lewis Machine & Tool, Model 40 MTS; 40 MM Launcher Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions. This equipment was used intermittently throughout the year during advanced officer training for all officers to qualify on firing at least two projectiles.

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Defense Technology Model 1425 40 MM Launcher Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions. This equipment was used during the apprehension of a dangerous assault suspect who was barricaded inside a vehicle. It was used to launch a projectile that broke the window of the suspect’s vehicle wit hout harming the suspect. By breaking the window, officers were able to communicate with the suspect and utilize other force options, which ultimately resulted in the suspect safely surrendering.

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Penn Arms PGL65-40 Multi-Launcher
Uses: No uses.

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Defense Technology 6325 40mm Smokeless Exact Impact Sponge Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions. This equipment was used during the apprehension of a dangerous assault suspect who was barricaded inside a vehicle. It was used to break the window of the suspect’s vehicle without harming the suspect. By breaking the window, officers were able to communicate with the suspect and utilize other force options, which ultimately resulted in the suspect safely surrendering. This equipment was also used intermittently throughout the year during advanced officer training for all officers to qualify on firing at least two projectiles.

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall, Full Tactical Carbine (FTC) Launcher Uses: This equipment is used intermittently at SWAT Team monthly trainings.

Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Tippman, Model 68 Carbine projectile launcher Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions. This equipment was used during the apprehension of a dangerous assault suspect who was barricaded inside a vehicle. One projectile launcher was used to deliver pepper projectiles into the suspect’s vehicle. This resulted in the suspect safely surrendering.

195
6 Equipment Type: Projectile Launch Platform; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Mission Less Lethal, M2100, MLR Full Auto Carbine Launcher Uses: This equipment is used intermittently at SWAT Team monthly trainings.

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Mission Less Lethal M1120500 Pepper Projectiles (OC2 (1% OC and 4% PAVA) Uses: No uses.

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall LiveX Projectiles (5% PAVA)
Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions. This equipment was used during the apprehension of a dangerous assault suspect who was barricaded inside a vehicle. Five projectiles were delivered into the suspect’s vehicle, which resulted in the suspect safely surrendering.

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall Live Projectiles (2% PAVA)
Uses: Deployed daily in the field during patrol functions, but no uses.

Equipment Type: Projectile Munition; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: PepperBall Inert Projectiles (No irritant) Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year for training purposes and to certify officers in the use of the projectile launchers.

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Smith & Wesson Model 5906 – 9mm – SIMUNTION PISTOL Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year during monthly SWAT Team trainings.

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Glock 17 – 9mm – SIMUNTION PISTOL
Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year during monthly SWAT Team trainings.

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Glock 22; .40 Caliber SIMUNTION PISTOL
Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year during monthly SWAT Team trainings.

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Force on Force M4/M16 Conversion Bolt Kit
Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year during monthly SWAT Team trainings.

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Simunition FX Original Marking Cartridge – 9mm Uses: Used intermittently throughout the year during monthly SWAT Team trainings.

Equipment Type: Specialty Impact Munition (SIM) Weapon; CA Gov’t Code §7070(c)(14) Description: Simunition FX Original Marking Cartridge – .223

196
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.11. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0239
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
City Traffic Commission Activity Report for 2022.

2. SUMMARY
This report provides a listing of all matters reviewed and acted upon by the City Traffic Commission in the previous calendar year.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Receive and file.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b. Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
A detailed list of all actions taken by the City Traffic Commission (CTC) is contained in the attached Activity Recap for 2022.

There were a total of six action items reviewed by the CTC, all of which were approved. The CTC also received and filed a seventh item related to changes in the permit parking program policy.

Additionally, three more items that were originally on the December agenda were rescheduled due to lack of quorum. Those items were subsequently approved at the February 2023 regular meeting.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Activity Recap 2022
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
197
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.11. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0239
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
City Traffic Commission Activity Report for 2022.

2. SUMMARY
This report provides a listing of all matters reviewed and acted upon by the City Traffic Commission in the previous calendar year.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Receive and file.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b. Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
A detailed list of all actions taken by the City Traffic Commission (CTC) is contained in the attached Activity Recap for 2022.

There were a total of six action items reviewed by the CTC, all of which were approved. The CTC also received and filed a seventh item related to changes in the permit parking program policy.

Additionally, three more items that were originally on the December agenda were rescheduled due to lack of quorum. Those items were subsequently approved at the February 2023 regular meeting.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Activity Recap 2022
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
198
2022 Activity Recap
2022 ITEM LOCATION ACTION
February 9th

Permit Parking Request South side of Collins Avenue from Hart St reet to 2842 Collins Avenue.

Approved
March 9th
Modification to CTC Schedule N/A Approved
No Overnight Parking Restriction 1) a) Northside Sycamore Avenue, Main street to westerly park boundary and southside Sycamore Aven ue, Main Street to Elm Street. b) Shaffer Street from National Guard Arm ory to Hart Park.
2)Authorize staff to expand overnight parking restriction on Sycamore Avenue, Shaffer Street, and/or Elm Street, if necessary.

Approved
May 11 Permit Parking Request Both sides of Citrus Street between Sycamore and Walnut Avenues.

Approved
October 12
One-way-stop Widdows Way and Palmdale Avenue. Approved City Council updates to NPPP N/A Receive/Filed
Permit Parking Request Lilac Lane; Plum Lane; Orchard Avenue. Approved

199
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.12. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0277
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Approval of the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan. Resolution No. 11452.

2. SUMMARY
A Local Roadway Safety Plan is expected to improve citywide traffic safety and is required to maintain future eligibility for federal highway safety funds. The City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan has been developed with help from state grant funding. Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. provided the traffic engineering services to develop the report and local stakeholders were included to provide input throughout the process.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Adopt Resolution No. 11452. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange approving the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

5. STRATEGIC PLAN GOALS
Goal 1: Provide for a safe community
b: Provide and maintain infrastructure necessary to ensure the safety of the public. d: Assure the development of the City occurs in a fashion that maximizes public safety.

6. DISCUSSION AND BACKGROUND
A Local Roadway Safety Plan (LRSP) defines goals, objectives, and strategies to reduce fatalities and serious injuries on local roads. By utilizing the complementary tools of engineering, education, emergency response, and enforcement, an LRSP will provide a holistic roadmap for improving traffic safety citywide. Moreover, having an LRSP on file ensures that certain federal funding streams remain accessible to the City, including the Highway Safety Improvement Program that has provided Orange with over $6.8M since 2010.

In October 2019, the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) announced a call for applications to encourage local agencies to prepare LRSPs and seek assistance with funding. In response to the call, the Public Works Department submitted an application requesting the maximum allowable $72,000 (with an $8,000 local match), which Caltrans approved in January 2020. Council City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
200
Item #: 3.12. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0277
subsequently accepted and appropriated the project funds in July 2020.

Several months later, Caltrans announced the availability of additional LRSP funding for larger cities, increasing the total amount that Orange was eligible to receive. In response, the Public Works Department submitted a request that Caltrans adjust the City’saward to $99,900 in state funding (with an $11,100 local match), for a project total of $111,000. Caltrans reviewed and approved this request for additional funding in November 2020. Council subsequently accepted and appropriated the additional project funds in January 2021.

After a competitive and qualifications-based procurement, Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. (Kimley- Horn) was selected as the traffic engineering firm to develop Orange’sLRSP. Council approved an award of a professional services agreement with Kimley-Horn in April 2022. Since then, Kimley-Horn has coordinated with City staff throughout the development of the LRSP.

In addition to Public Works staff, stakeholders such as Orange Police Department, Orange Fire Department, Orange Unified School District, Chapman University, Orange County Bicycle Coalition, City of Orange Community Services Department and City of Orange Community Development Department provided input during the LRSP preparation.

The LRSP takes a proactive approach to addressing traffic safety needs. It is viewed as a guidance document that can be a source for information and ideas. It will also serve as a living document, one that can be routinely reviewed and updated by City staff and their stakeholders to reflect evolving collision trends and community needs and priorities. With the LRSP as a guide, the City can apply for grant funding through the Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) and other eligible grants such as Safe Streets and Roads for All (SS4A). Staff recommends adoption of Resolution No. 11452, approving the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Resolution No. 11452
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
201
Agenda Item
City Council
Item #: 3.12. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0277
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
THRU: Tom Kisela, City Manager
FROM: Christopher Cash, Public Works Director

1. SUBJECT
Approval of the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan. Resolution No. 11452.

3. RECOMMENDED ACTION
Adopt Resolution No. 11452. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Orange approving the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan.

4. FISCAL IMPACT
None.

In October 2019, the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) announced a call for applications to encourage local agencies to prepare LRSPs and seek assistance with funding. In response to the call, the Public Works Department submitted an application requesting the maximum allowable $72,000 (with an $8,000 local match), which Caltrans approved in January 2020. Council City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
202
Item #: 3.12. 5/23/2023 File #: 23-0277
subsequently accepted and appropriated the project funds in July 2020.

7. ATTACHMENTS
· Resolution No. 11452
City of Orange Printed on 5/18/2023Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
203
RESOLUTION NO. 11452

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF

THE CITY OF ORANGE APPROVING THE

CITY OF ORANGE LOCAL ROADWAY
SAFETY PLAN.

WHEREAS, a Local Roadway Safety Plan ( “LRSP”) defines goals, objectives, and strategies to accomplish safety enhancements and offers a proactive approach in reducing fatalities and serious injuries on local roads; and

WHEREAS, preparing a LRSP provides an opportunity to address roadway safety needs in the City of Orange (“City”) based on historical collision data analysis; and

WHEREAS, a LRSP is required for the City to be eligible to apply for the Highway Safety Improvement Program and other grant funds such as Safe Streets and Roads for All; and

WHEREAS, the City received a grant from the State of California in the amount of $99,900.00 to develop a LRSP; and

WHEREAS, the City contracted with Kimley -Horn and Associates, Inc. to prepare the City’s LRSP, which is attached as Exhibit “A”; and

WHEREAS, the City’s LRSP includes an implementation plan for roadway safety improvements and strategies.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the City Council of the City of Orange hereby approves the City of Orange Local Roadway Safety Plan as set forth i n Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

ADOPTED this ____ day of ____________________, 2023

Daniel R. Slater, Mayor, City of Orange

ATTEST:

Pamela Coleman, City Clerk, City of Orange

204
2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF ORANGE )

CITY OF ORANGE )

I, PAMELA COLEMAN, City Clerk of the City of Orange, California, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly adopted by the City Council of the City of Orange at a regular meeting thereof held on the day of , 2023 by the following vote:

AYES: COUNCILMEMBERS:

NOES: COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSENT: COUNCILMEMBERS:

ABSTAIN: COUNCILMEMBERS:

Pamela Coleman, City Clerk, City of Orange
205
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
City of Orange

LOCAL ROAD SAFETY PLAN AND PROGRAM
August 2022
206
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
i
Contents
Executive Summary...................................................................................................................................... ES-1

1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................................ 1

2. Vision and Goals ........................................................................................................................................ 2

3. Process ......................................................................................................................................................... 4

3.1 Guiding Manuals ................................................................................................................................ 4

3.1.1 Local Roadway Safety Manual ............................................................................................... 5

3.1.2 Highway Safety Manual ............................................................................................................ 5

3.2 Analysis Techniques ........................................................................................................................... 6

3.2.1 Collision Analysis ......................................................................................................................... 6

3.2.2 Network Screening Analysis ...................................................................................................... 6

3.3 Statistical Performance Measures................................................................................................... 7

3.3.1 Critical Crash Rate (CCR) ......................................................................................................... 7

3.3.2 CCR Methodology ..................................................................................................................... 8

3.3.3 Equivalent Property Damage Only (EPDO) ........................................................................... 9

3.3.4 Probability .................................................................................................................................... 9

3.4 Future Analysis................................................................................................................................... 10

4. Safety Partners .......................................................................................................................................... 11

4.1 Field Visit Meeting ............................................................................................................................ 11

4.2 Stakeholder Meeting ....................................................................................................................... 11

5. Existing Efforts ............................................................................................................................................ 13

6. Data Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 17

6.1 Roadway Network ........................................................................................................................... 17

6.2 Count Data ....................................................................................................................................... 17

6.3 Collision Data .................................................................................................................................... 17

7. Crash Safety Trends ................................................................................................................................. 21

7.1 All Collisions ....................................................................................................................................... 21

7.2 Fatalities ............................................................................................................................................. 22

7.3 Injury Levels ........................................................................................................................................ 22

7.4 Cause of Collision............................................................................................................................. 23

7.5 Vulnerable Users ............................................................................................................................... 24

7.5.1 Pedestrian Collisions ................................................................................................................. 24 207
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
ii

7.5.2 Bicycle Collisions ....................................................................................................................... 24

7.6 Other Significant Trends .................................................................................................................. 27

7.7 Statewide Comparison ................................................................................................................... 28

7.8 Collision Network Screening Analysis Results .............................................................................. 28

8. Best Practices Evaluation and Emphasis Areas ................................................................................. 34

8.1 Best Practices Evaluation................................................................................................................ 34

8.2 Emphasis Areas ................................................................................................................................. 37

8.2.1 Emphasis Area #1: Aggressive Driving.................................................................................. 37

8.2.2 Emphasis Area #2: Vulnerable Road Users (Pedestrians, Bicyclists, & Motorcyclists) .. 38

8.2.3 Emphasis Area #3: Impaired Drivers ................................................................................... 39

9. Countermeasure Toolbox ...................................................................................................................... 40

9.1 Infrastructure Improvements .......................................................................................................... 40

9.1.1 Countermeasure Selection Process ...................................................................................... 40

9.1.2 Safety Project Case Studies .................................................................................................... 41

9.2 Citywide Countermeasure Toolbox .............................................................................................. 42

10. Funding Sources & Next Steps ........................................................................................................... 45

10.1 Funding .............................................................................................................................................. 45

10.1.1 Highway Safety Improvement Program............................................................................... 45

10.1.2 Caltrans Active Transportation Program .............................................................................. 45

10.1.3 California SB 1 ............................................................................................................................ 46

10.1.4 California Office of Traffic Safety Grants ............................................................................. 46

10.1.5 SCAG Sustainable Communities Program ........................................................................... 47

10.1.6 Safe Streets and Roads for All (SS4A) Grant Program ....................................................... 47

10.1.7 Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act ............................................................................... 47

10.2 Next Steps .......................................................................................................................................... 48

10.2.1 Monitoring .................................................................................................................................. 48

10.2.2 Analysis Update ........................................................................................................................ 48 Appendix A – Project Sheets .......................................................................................................................... A Appendix B – Analysis Rankings: Intersections and Segments ................................................................. B Appendix C – Stakeholder Meeting Minutes .............................................................................................. C 208
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
iii

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1 – CALTRANS Roadway Functional Classification ................................................................. 18 Figure 2 – All Collisions (2017-2021) ................................................................................................... 19 Figure 3 – Fatal & Severe Collisions (2017-2021)................................................................................ 20 Figure 4 – Collision Type by Year (2017-2021) ................................................................................... 21 Figure 5 – Collisions by Injury Levels (2017-2021) .............................................................................. 22 Figure 6 – Cause of Collisions (2017-2021)......................................................................................... 23 Figure 7 – Pedestrian Collisions (2017-2021) ...................................................................................... 25 Figure 8 – Bicycle Collisions (2017-2021) .......................................................................................... 26 Figure 9 – Night or Dusk/Dawn Collisions by Year (2017-2021) ........................................................ 27 Figure 10 – Collision Network Screening Analysis ............................................................................. 29

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1 – Review of Existing City Plans ............................................................................................... 13 Table 2 – Review of Existing City Projects ........................................................................................... 14 Table 3 – Summary of 2021-2022 CIP Projects ................................................................................... 15 Table 4 – Fatal Collisions Categorized by Modes Involved (2017-2021) .......................................... 22 Table 5: Comparison of Statewide and Orange Fatal & Severe Injury Crashes (2009-2018) .......... 28 Table 6 – Analysis Rankings: Intersections (Top 10 Per Intersection Type) ....................................... 32 Table 7 – Analysis Rankings: Segments (Top 10 Per Segment Type) ................................................ 33 Table 8 – Summary of Opportunities for Best Practices ..................................................................... 34 Table 9 – Citywide Safety Countermeasure Toolbox ........................................................................ 43 209
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
iv
(Per section 148 of Title 23, United States Code [23 U.S.C. §148(h) (4)]: REPORTS DISCOVERY AND ADMISSION INTO EVIDENCE OF CERTAIN REPORTS, SURVEYS, AND INFORMATION—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, reports, surveys, schedules, lists, or data compiled or collected for any purpose relating to this section, shall not be subject to discovery or admitted into evidence in a Federal or State court proceeding or considered for other purposes in any action for damages arising from any occurrence at a location identified or addressed in the reports, surveys, schedules, lists, or other data.)
_______________________
Signature Line
B y s i g n i n g a n d s t a m p i n g t h i s L o c a l R o a d S a f e t y P l a n , t h e e n g i n e e r i s a t t e s t i n g t o t h i s r e p o r t ' s technical information and engineering data upon which local agency's recommendations, conclusions, and decisions are made.
210
ES-1
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Executive Summary
The C it y of Or a ng e L oc al R oa dw ay Saf e t y P la n ( L RSP) i de nt if ie s e m ph as is are as t o i nf o rm an d guide further safety evaluation of the City’s transportation network. The emphasis areas include type of crash, certain locations, and notable relationships between current efforts and crash hist ory. The L RSP analyzes crash dat a on an agg regate basis as well as at s pecif ic locat ions t o identify high-crash locations, high-risk locations, as well as citywide trends and patterns. The analysis of crash history throughout the City’s transportation network allows for opportunities to:
· Identify factors in the transportation network that inhibit safety for all roadway users, · Improve safety at specific high-crash locations, reduce serious injury and fatal collisions, and
· Develop safety measures using the four E’s of safety: Engineering, Enforcement, Education, and Emergency Response to encourage safer driver behavior and better severity outcomes.

With this LRSP, the City continues its safety efforts by identifying areas of emphasis and systemic
recommendations to enhance safety.

The City’s vision is to enhance the transportation network and reduce traffic fatalities and serious injury related crashes. The goals for the City of Orange include the
following:

Goal #1: Identify areas with a high risk for crashes.

Goal #2: Illustrate the value of a comprehensive safety program and the systemic process.

Goal #3: Plan future safety improvements for near-, mid- and long-term.

Goal #4: Define safety projects for Highway Safety
Improvement Plan (HSIP) and other program funding
consideration.

T h i s L R S P a n a l y z e s c o l l i s i o n d a t a ( J a n u a r y 1 , 2 0 1 7 – December 31, 2021) and roadway improvements to assess
historic trends, patterns, and areas of increasing concern.

Further, the collision history was analyzed to identify locations with elevated risk of collisions either through their collision histories or their similarities to other locations with more active collision patterns. Using a network screening process, locations were identified within the City that will Source: Orange Collision Database (2017-2021) 3,583 5-year
collisions
17Fatalities
104 Serious Injuries
42%
Occurred at
Signalized
Intersections
16%
Occurred
within a
Roadway
Segment
22%
Due to
Agressive
Driving
18% Auto R/W
Violation
16%Impaired
Driving
211
ES-2
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
most likely benefit from safety enhancements. Using historic collision data, collision risk factors for the entire network were derived. The outcomes informed the identification and prioritization of engineering and non-infrastructure safety measures to address certain roadway characteristics and related behaviors that contribute to motor vehicle collisions with active transportation users.

Emphasis areas were developed by revisiting the vision and goals developed at the onset of the planning process and comparing them with the trends and patterns identified in the crash analysis.

Emphasis Area #1: Aggressive Driving
Emphasis Area #2: Vulnerable Road Users (Pedestrians, Bicyclists, & Motorcyclists) Emphasis Area #3: Impaired Driving
The following 15 case study locations were chosen to be representative of the corridor and intersection configurations throughout the City.

1. Signalized Intersection: Tustin Street and Chapman Avenue

2. Signalized Intersection: The City Drive and Chapman Avenue

3. Signalized Intersection: State College Boulevard and Anaheim Way/I-5 NB Ramps

4. Signalized Intersection: Glassell Street and Katella Avenue

5. Signalized Intersection: Main Street and La Veta Avenue

6. Signalized Intersection: Jamboree Rd & Chapman Ave/Santiago Canyon Rd

7. Unsignalized Intersection: Glassell Street and Plaza Square

8. Unsignalized Intersection: State College Boulevard and I-5 NB On-Ramp

9. Unsignalized Intersection: Tower Road and Chapman Avenue

10. Unsignalized Intersection: Main Street and Maple Avenue

11. Segment: Chapman Avenue from Prospect Street to Swidler Place

12. Segment: Tustin Steet from SR-55 On-Ramp to Meats Avenue

13. Segment: Town and Country Road from Main Street to Lawson Way

14. Segment: Batavia Street from Industrial Driveway to Grove Street

15. Segment: California Street from Wilson Avenue to Adams Avenue These locations were identified through the analysis process based on their crash histories, stakeholder engagement, the observed crash patterns, and their different characteristics to provide the most insight into potential systemic safety countermeasures that the City can employ to achieve the most cost-effective safety benefits. Countermeasures were subjected to a benefit/cost assessment and scored according to their potential return on investment. These case studies can be used to select the most appropriate countermeasure, and to potentially phase 212
ES-3
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
improvements over the longer-term. The potential benefit of these countermeasures at locations with similar design characteristics can then be extrapolated regardless of crash history, allowing for proactive safety enhancements that can prevent future safety challenges from developing.

Additionally, this information can be used to help the City apply for grants and other funding opportunities to implement these safety improvements. These opportunities were assembled into the “countermeasure toolbox” shown on the following pages.

Citywide Countermeasure Toolbox
ID Potential
Countermeasures Where to apply?
Crash
Reduction
Factor
Per Unit
Cost Unit
NS01 Add intersection
lighting
Unsignalized
intersections with
limited visibility
35% $45,000 Per
intersection
NS03 Install signal Unsignalized
intersections with
significant collision
activity where warrants
are met
30% $400,000 per
intersection
NS06 Install/upgrade larger
or additional stop signs
or other intersections
warning/regulatory sign
Areas identified in road
sign safety audit
15% $6,000 per sign
NS07 Upgrade intersection
pavement markings (to
make more visible)
Intersections where
outdated or degraded
striping and pavement
markings exist
25% $40,000 per
intersection
NS15 Create direction
median openings to
restrict left-turns (right-
in/right-out)
Entrances/exits from
driveways with high
numbers of turning
movement collisions
50% $15,000 per
location
S02 Update signal heads to
meet current standards
Signalized intersections
where signals heads do
not meet current
standards
15% $27,000 per
intersection
S03 Improve signal timing
(coordination, phasing,
red, yellow, operation)
Signalized intersections
where there is
insufficient clearance
time with current timing
plans or where signals
placed closely enough
to impact free flowing
operations of the street
15% $8,000 per
intersection
213
ES-4
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
ID Potential
Countermeasures Where to apply?
Crash
Reduction
Factor
Per Unit
Cost Unit
S07 Provide protected left
turn phase (left turn
lane already exists)
Signalized intersections
with a high number of
broadside collisions as
a result of left turns
30% $50,000 per
intersection
S10 Install flashing beacons
as advance warning
(S.I.)
Signalized intersections 30%
$10,200
per
beacon
S21PB Modify signal phasing
to implement a
Leading Pedestrian
Interval (LPI) with new
controller
Signalized Intersections
– especially those with
high pedestrian activity
60% $8,000 per
intersection
R35PB Install/upgrade
pedestrian crossing
(with enhanced safety
features)
Roadway segment with
no controlled crossing
for a significant
distance in high-use
midblock crossing
areas
35%
$30,000
per
crossing
R37PB Install Rectangular
Rapid Flashing Beacon
(RRFB)
Mid-block pedestrian
crossings or
unsignalized
intersections, especially
those with high
pedestrian activity
35% $54,000 per
crossing
-* Evaluate
intersection/roadway
striping and markings
for possible
enhancements
Intersection and
roadway segments
with high collision
activity
5% $30,000 per
location
-* Implement targeted
DUI enforcement
combined with
education programs at
local high schools
Locations citywide,
specifically those with
high DUI collisions
5% varies varies
-* Install ADA ramps Intersections with high
pedestrian activity
5% $10,000 per
location
-* Install curb extensions Intersections with high
pedestrian activity
5% $30,000 per
extension
214
ES-5
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
ID Potential
Countermeasures Where to apply?
Crash
Reduction
Factor
Per Unit
Cost Unit
-* Improve pavement
condition
Roadway segments
that have degraded
pavement conditions
5% $100,000 per
intersection
-* Improve striping along
roadway segment
Roadway segments
that have degraded
roadway striping
5% $30,000 per mile
* T h e r e w e r e n o a p p r o v e d c o u n t e r m e a s u r e s f o r t h e s e i m p r o v e m e n t s i n t h e L o c a l R o a d w a y S a f e t y M a n u a l , s o a conservative Crash Reduction Factor (CRF) was assumed.

Near-term action items were identified to accelerate the City’s achievement of the goals and vision of this LRSP. The City will:
· Actively seek other funding opportunities to improve safety for all modal users, · Collaborate with established safety partners & neighboring municipalities as improvements are made to create a cohesive transportation network, and · Iteratively evaluate existing and proposed transportation safety programs and capital improvements to design a safer transportation network in Orange.

The City will regularly monitor and update the analysis performed in this plan. A full plan update will be due five years from the City’s acceptance of this plan which will maintain eligibility for HSIP funding.
215
1 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

1. Introduction
Located in Santa Ana Valley, the City of Orange provides a variety of residential, business, and recreational friendly environments with a population of nearly 140,000. Orange is a growing community with clean air, attainable housing, and open spaces. Based on University of California Berkeley’s Transportation Injury Mapping System (TIMS) and California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Vehicle Operation Cost Parameters, Orange’s economic losses due to traffic injuries amounted to approximately $600 million from 2016 to 2020. This report identifies factors associated with vehicle crashes most particular to the City and proposes matching countermeasures to reduce or eliminate those crashes.

This Local Road Safety Plan (LRSP) identifies emphasis areas to inform and guide further safety evaluation of the City’s transportation network. The emphasis areas include the type of crash, certain locations, and notable relationships between current efforts and crash history. The LRSP analyzes crash data on an aggregate basis as well as at specific locations to identify high-crash l o c a t i o n s , h i g h - r i s k l o c a t i o n s , a n d c i t y w i d e t r e n d s a n d p a t t e r n s . T h e a n a l y s i s o f c r a s h h i s t o r y throughout the City’s transportation network allows for the following opportunities:

1. Identify factors in the transportation network that inhibit safety for all roadway users,

2. Improve safety at specific high-crash locations, and

3. Develop safety measures using the four E’s of safety (Engineering, Enforcement, Education, and Emergency Response) to encourage safer driver behavior and reduced severity outcomes.

O r a n g e h a s t a k e n s t e p s t o e n h a n c e a l l m o d a l s a f e t y t h r o u g h o u t t h e C i t y a n d w i t h t h i s L R S P , Orange is continuing to prioritize safety in its planning processes. The Office of Traffic Safety (OTS) most recently ranked Orange 24th of 59 peer cities for traffic injuries after normalizing for population and VMT in 2019. With number one (1) in the OTS crash rankings considered the highest, or “worst,” t h i s p o s i t i o n s t h e C i t y a b o v e a v e r a g e f o r r o a d w a y s a f e t y p e r f o r m a n c e . T h i s L R S P a n a l y z e s Crossroads collision data from January 1, 2017 – December 31, 2021 and roadway improvements to assess historic trends, patterns, and areas of increasing concern.

The intent of the LRSP is to:
· Create a greater awareness of road safety and risks
· Reduce the number of fatal and severe-injury crashes
· Develop lasting partnerships
· Support for grant/funding applications, and
· Prioritize investments in traffic safety.
216
2 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

2. Vision and Goals
The Orange LRSP evaluates the transportation network as well as non-infrastructure programs and policies within the City. Mitigation measures are evaluated using criteria to analyze the safety of road users (drivers, bicyclist, and pedestrians), the interaction of modes, the influences on the roadway network from adjacent municipalities, and the potential benefits of safety countermeasures. Through historical data and trends, proactive identification and safety opportunities can be identified and implemented without relying solely on a reaction and response to crashes as they occur.

As cities across the country have implemented LRSPs and systemically addressed the conditions leading to fatal and severe-injury crashes, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) has found that LRSPs effectively improve safety. LRSPs provide a locally developed and customized roadmap to directly address the most common safety challenges in the given jurisdiction. This project’s vision, goals, and objectives have been established to reflect discussions with Orange staff, various stakeholders identified by City staff, and a review of existing plans/policies in the area.

VISION: To enhance the transportation network for all users and to reduce traffic fatalities and serious injuries.

The City is planning to adopt a vision goal to reduce traffic deaths and serious injuries. The implementation of this goal will be led by key City departments. While the identified improvements in this report will be helpful in working toward achieving this vision goal, improvements in driver education and a culture shift towards roadway safety will be necessary.

Goal #1: Identify areas with a high risk for crashes.

Objectives:
· Identify intersections and segments that would most benefit from mitigation. · Identify areas of interest with respect to safety concerns for vulnerable users (pedestrians and bicyclists).

Goal #2: Illustrate the value of a comprehensive safety program and the systemic process.

Objectives:
· Demonstrate the systemic process’ ability to identify locations with higher risk for crashes based on present characteristics closely associated with severe crashes. · Demonstrate, through the systemic process, the gaps and data collection activities that can be improved upon.
217
3 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Goal #3: Plan future safety improvements for near-, mid- and long-term.

Objectives:
· Identify safety countermeasures for specific locations (case studies). · Identify safety countermeasures that can be applied citywide.

Goal #4: Define safety projects for future Highway Safety Improvement Plan (HSIP) and other program funding consideration.

Objectives:
· Create the outline for a prioritization process that can be used in this and forth-coming cycles to apply for funding.
· Use the systemic process to create Project Case Studies. · Use Case Studies to apply for HSIP and other funding consideration. · Demonstrate the correlation between the proposed safety countermeasures with the Vision Zero Initiative and the California State Highway Safety Plan. 218
4 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

3. Process
The primary goal for the City of Orange and their safety partners is to provide safe, sustainable, a n d e f f i c i e n t m o b i l i t y c h o i c e s f o r t h e i r r e s i d e n t s a n d v i s i t o r s . T h r o u g h t h e d e v e l o p m e n t a n d implementation of this LRSP, the City will continue its collaboration with safety partners to identify and discuss safety issues within the community.

Guidance on the LRSP process is provided at both the national (FHWA) and state (Caltrans) level, and both agencies have developed a general framework of data and recommendations for a LRSP.

FHWA encourages the following:
· The establishment of a working group (stakeholders) to participate in developing an LRSP · A review of crash, traffic, and roadway data to identify areas of concern · The identification of goals, priorities, and countermeasures to recommend improvements at spot locations, systemically, and comprehensively
Caltrans guidance follows a similar outline with the following steps:
· Establish leadership
· Analyze the safety data
· Determine emphasis areas
· Identify strategies
· Prioritize and incorporate strategies
· Evaluate and update the LRSP
This LRSP documents the results of data and information obtained, including the preliminary vision and goals for the LRSP, existing safety efforts, initial crash analyses, and developed emphasis areas. The LRSP recommendations consider the four E's of traffic safety defined by the California Strategic Highway Safety Plan (SHSP): Engineering, Enforcement, Education, and Emergency Response.

3.1 Guiding Manuals
This section describes the analysis process undertaken to evaluate safety within Orange at a systemic level. This report identifies specific locations within the City that will benefit from safety enhancements and derives crash risk factors based on historic crash data using a network screening process. The outcome will inform the identification and prioritization of engineering and non-infrastructure safety measures by addressing certain roadway characteristics and related driving behaviors contributing to crashes. This process uses the latest national and state best practices for statistical roadway analysis described.
219
5 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

3.1.1 Local Roadway Safety Manual
The Local Roadway Safety Manual: A Manual for California’s Local Road Owners (Version 1.5, April 2020) encourages local agencies to pursue a proactive approach when identifying and analyzing safety issues and preparing to compete for project funding opportunities. A proactive approach is based on a comprehensive safety analysis of an entire roadway network through either a one- time network wide analysis or a routine analysis of the roadway network.0F 1 According to the Local Roadway Safety Manual (LRSM), “the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) – Division of Local Assistance is responsible for administering California’s HSIP safety funding intended for local safety improvements.” To provide the most beneficial and competitive funding approach, the analysis leading to countermeasure selection should focus on both intersections and roadway segments and maintain consideration of roadway characteristics and traffic volumes. The result should reflect a list of locations that are most likely to benefit from cost-effective countermeasures, preferably prioritized by benefit/cost ratio. The manual suggests using a mixture of quantitative and qualitative measures to identify and rank locations using both crash frequency and crash rates.

These findings should then be screened for crash type and severity patterns to determine the cause of crashes and the potential effective countermeasures. Qualitative analysis should include field visits and a review of existing roadway characteristics and devices. The specific roadway context can then be used to assess conditions that may decrease safety at the site and at systematic levels.

Countermeasure selection should be supported using Crash Modification Factors (CMFs). These factors are a peer reviewed product of research quantifying the expected rate of crash reduction expected from a given countermeasure. If more than one countermeasure is under consideration, the LRSM provides guidance on appropriate application of CMFs.

3.1.2 Highway Safety Manual
The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)Highway Safety Manual (HSM), published in 2010, presents a variety of methods for quantitatively estimating crash frequency or severity at a variety of locations.1F
2 This four-part manual is divided into the following
parts: A) Introduction, Human Factors, and Fundamentals, B) Roadway Safety Management Process, C) Predictive Method, D) Crash Modification Factors.

I n Ch apt e r 4 of Pa rt B i n t he HS M, t he “Ne t w ork Sc re e n ing P roc e s s ” is a t o ol f o r an ag e nc y t o analyze the entire network and identify/rank locations that are most likely or least likely to realize a reduction in the frequency of crashes.
1 Local Roadway Safety Manual (Version 1.5) 2020. Page 5. 2 AASHTO, Highway Safety Manual, 2010, Washington D.C., http://www.highwaysafetymanual.org/Pages/About.aspx
220
6 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
The HSM identifies five steps in this process:2F
3 1. Establish Focus: Identify the purpose or intended outcome of the network screening analysis.

This decision will influence data needs, the selection of performance measures and the screening method that can be applied.

2. Identify Network and Establish Reference Populations: Specify the types of sites or facilities being screened (i.e., segments, intersections, geometrics) and identify groupings of similar sites or facilities.

3. Select Performance Measures: There are a variety of performance measures available to evaluate the potential to reduce crash frequency at a site. In this step, the performance measure is selected as a function of the screening focus and the data and analytical tools available.

4. Select Screening Method: There are three principal screening methods described in this chapter (i.e., ranking, sliding window, peak searching). Each method has advantages and disadvantages; the most appropriate method for a given situation should be selected.

5. Screen and Evaluate Results: The final step in the process is to conduct the screening and analysis and evaluate the results.

The HSM provides several statistical methods for screening roadway networks and identifying high risk locations based on overall crash histories. After identifying the total number of crashes, this study uses a method referred to as “Critical Crash Rate” to analyze the data.

3.2 Analysis Techniques

3.2.1 Collision Analysis
The initial steps of a collision analysis involve establishing sub-populations of roadway segments and intersections that have similar characteristics. For this LRSP, intersections were grouped by their control type (signalized and unsignalized), and segments were grouped by their roadway category (primary arterial, secondary arterial, collector, local). Individual collision rates were then calculated for each sub-population. The population level collision rates were used to assess the number of collisions at a specific location. These sub-populations were also used to determine typical collision patterns to highlight locations where an unusual number of specific collision types occurred.

3.2.2 Network Screening Analysis
The network screening process lists intersections and roadway segments by the number of collisions over the analysis period and identifies areas with a higher number of a given collision type than would be expected for the location.
3 AASHTO. Highway Safety Manual. 2010. Washington, DC. Page 4-2. 221
7 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
The different collisions were organized by the following categories:

1. Collision injury (fatal, serious injury, other visible injury, complaint of pain, property damage only),

2. Collision type (broadside, rear-end, sideswipe, head-on, hit object, overturned, bicycle, pedestrian, other),

3. Environmental factors (lighting, wet roads), and

4. Driver behavior (impaired, aggressive, and distracted driving).

3.3 Statistical Performance Measures

3.3.1 Critical Crash Rate (CCR)
Reviewing the number of collisions at a location is a method used to understand the cost to society incurred at the local level; however, it does not give a complete indication of the level of risk for those who use that intersection or roadway segment daily. The Highway Safety Manual describes the Critical Crash Rate method which provides a statistical review of locations to determine where risk is higher than that experienced by other similar locations. It is also the first step in analyzing for patterns that may suggest systemic issues that can be addressed at that location, and proactively at others to prevent new safety challenges from emerging.

The Critical Crash Rate compares the observed crash rate to the expected crash rate at a location based on facility type and volume using a locally calculated average crash rate for the specific type of intersection or roadway segment being analyzed. Based on traffic volumes and a weighted citywide crash rate for each facility type, a critical crash rate threshold is established at the 95% confidence level to determine locations with higher crash rates that are unlikely to be random. The threshold is calculated for each location individually based on its traffic volume and the crash profile of similar facilities. The critical crash rate formula used in the analysis is calculated based on the following equation:
ܴ௖,௜ = ܴ௔ + ܲ × ܴ௔
ܸܧܯ௜
቏ + ቈ 1
൫2 × (ܸܧܯ௜)൯቉
Where,
ܴ௖,௜ = Critical crash rate for intersection i
ܴ௔ = Weighted average crash rate for reference population ܲP-value for corresponding confidence level
ܸܧܯ௜ = Million entering vehicles for intersection i
Source: Highway Safety Manual
222
8 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

DATA NEEDS
CCR can be calculated using:
· Daily entering volume for intersections, or VMT for roadway segments · Intersection control types to separate them into like populations · Roadway functional classification to separate them into like populations · Collision records in Geographic Information System (GIS) or tabular form including coordinates or linear measures
Strengths
· Reduces low volume exaggeration
· Considers variance
· Establishes comparison threshold

3.3.2 CCR Methodology
The Process of analyzing the CCR and comparing locations (separately by intersections and segments) is a multi-step process. The following is a high-level description of the process undertaken to develop the initial ranking of locations.

The first step in the process was to establish a city-wide crash rate for each facility population.

These populations are broken into two categories with sub-categories:
· Intersection:
o Signalized
o Unsignalized
· Roadway Classification:
o Principal Arterial
o Minor Arterial
o Collector
o Local
The individual crash rate for each location was then calculated based on the associated traffic volume. This volume was either collected through data count resources or calculated based on the roadway classification. The next step was to establish a Significance Threshold. This Threshold was used to determine what level of exceedance (how much the crash rate exceeded the critical crash rate) a location must have based on traffic volume to provide a high level of confidence that the collision occurring at the location is not random. For this study, a confidence level of 95% was used. The local crash rates were then compared to the Significance Threshold to see if each location exceeded the expected CCR and if so, by how much. 223
9 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

3.3.3 Equivalent Property Damage Only (EPDO)
The equivalent property damage only (EPDO) method is described in the Highway Safety Manual.

This method assigns weighting factors to crashes based on injury level (severe, injury, property damage only) to de ve lop a prope rty damage only score. In t his analysis , t he injury c rash costs were calculated for each location (based on the latest Caltrans injury costs) and then normalized by dividing by the value of a property damage only collision. Fatal and severe injury collisions are estimated at $2.19 million, Other Visible Injury collisions at $142,300, Complaint of Pain collision at $80,900, and Property Damage Only collisions at $13,300. This figure is then divided by the injury cost for a property damage only crash. The resulting number is the equivalent number of property damage only crashes at each site. This figure allows all locations to be compared based on injury crash costs. (Highway Safety Manual, Chapter 4).

3.3.4 Probability
The Highway Safety Manual describes the methodology for determining the probability that crash type is greater than an identified threshold proportion. This helps to identify locations where a crash type is more likely to occur.

Data Needs
The probability of a specific crash type can be determined using collisions records with location data, and classifications of the locations (intersections or segments) studied.

Strengths
· Can be used as a diagnostic tool
· Considers variance in data
· Not affected by selection bias
The HSM methodology first determines the frequency of a specific collision type at an individual location, then determines the observed proportion of that collision type relative to all collision types at that location. A threshold proportion is then determined for the specific collision type; HSM suggests utilizing the proportion of the collision type observed in the entire reference population (e.g. throughout the entire City of Orange).

These proportions are then utilized to determine the probability that the proportion of a specific crash type is greater than the long-term expected proportion of that crash type. The probability of specific crash types exceeding threshold proportion is calculated based on the following equation:
ܲ(݌௜ > ݌ ௜
∗ ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜, ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜(்ை்஺௅))=1ݐݏ݅݀ܽݐܾ݁(݌ ௜
∗ , ܽ + ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜, ߚ + ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜(்ை்஺௅) ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜) Where,
݌ ௜
∗ = Threshold proportion
݌௜ = Observed proportion
ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜ = Observed target crashes for a site i
ܰ௢௕௦௘௥௩௘ௗ,௜(்ை்஺௅) = Total number of crashes for a site i Source: Highway Safety Manual
224
10 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

3.4 Future Analysis
The City plans to conduct regular collision monitoring. The City will then refresh the analysis and update the LRSP as nee ded to m aintain e ligibility for HSIP f unding, as describe d inSection 10.2 Next Steps.
225
11 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

4. Safety Partners
Local stakeholders were included in the development of this report to ensure the local perspective was maintained at the forefront of planning efforts. The stakeholder group consisted of the City Orange Public Works Department staff, Orange Police Department, Orange Fire Department, Or ang e U n if ie d Sc ho o l D is t r ic t / Ch a pm a n U n i ve r s it y , Or ang e C o unt y B ic y c le Co a lit i on , C it y of Orange Community Services Department, and City of Orange Community Development Department.

The local stakeholders were called together to offer insight on the safety issues present in the City’s transportation network. After the initial network screening and safety analysis, Kimley-Horn and City of Orange Public Works staff conducted field visits at the 14 identified site visit locations. The group met to discuss potential countermeasures and challenge areas. The summaries of the meeting(s) are outlined below.

4.1 Field Visit Meeting
The field visit was conducted on Tuesday, June 14, 2022 by Kimley-Horn and City of Orange Public W o r k s s t a f f t o i d e n t i f y p o t e n t i a l i s s u e s t h a t a r e c o n t r i b u t i n g t o t h e c o l l i s i o n p a t t e r n s . T h e g r o u p made observations, collected notes of existing conditions, and identified and discussed potential countermeasures at each “case study” location.

4.2 Stakeholder Meeting
On July 6, 2022, the City hosted a stakeholder group meeting at City Hall. At the meeting, stakeholders were introduced to the project and provided an overview of the data used, the required outputs, and the potential outcomes of the study.

In addition to the overview, stakeholders were asked to provide local insight and knowledge at the “case study” locations that were identified after the initial network screening and crash analysis process. The potential countermeasures identified in the field visits were presented to the group. Recommendations and emphasis/challenge areas were discussed, specifically identifying speeding or aggressive driving as a major factor in collisions throughout the City.

The stakeholder group discussed focusing on vulnerable users and continuing to improve pedestrian and bicycle safety as well as enforcement to address collisions related to speeding throughout the City. This information was processed and incorporated into the LRSP.

On the following page is the list of stakeholders that were invited to participate in the stakeholder meeting and whether they accepted the invite and attended. The stakeholder meeting minutes are included in Appendix C of this report.
226
12 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Agency/ Department Contact Name and Title
Contact
Information
Accepted
Invite
(Y/N)
Attended
Meeting
(Y/N)
Enforcement (Orange
Police Department)
Trevor Cullen – Police
Sergeant
(714) 744-7323 Y Y
Safety (Orange Fire
Department)
Rosie Flores – Plan
Examiner &
Lucy Echevarria – Fire
Safety Specialist
(714) 288-2546
(714) 288-2536
Y Y
Education (Orange
Unified School District
/ Chapman University)
Scott Harvey – Senior
Executive Director,
Administrative Services
& Sheryl Boyd –
Assistant Director,
Parking and
Transportation Services
(714) 628-4585
(714) 997-6560
Y
Y
Y
Bicycle/Pedestrian
Advocate (Orange
County Bicycle
Coalition)
Bill Sellin – Director of
Membership
(714) 943-3678 Y Y
Community Services
Department
Leslie Hardy –
Community Services
Director
(714) 744-7287 Y Y
Community
Development
Department
Anna Pehoushek –
Assistant Community
Development Director
(714) 744-7228 Y Y
227
13 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

5. Existing Efforts
Existing plans, policies, and projects that were recently completed, planned, or on-going were c o m p i l e d a t t h e s t a r t o f t h e L R S P p r o c e s s t o g a i n p e r s p e c t i v e o n t h e e x i s t i n g e f f o r t s f o r transportation-related improvements within the City. High-level key points regarding transportation improvements and safety-related topics were identified to inform decision making in this LRSP.

Table 1 outlines the relevant existing City plans and their improvements and funding sources.Table 2 outlines the relevant existing City projects and their timelines.Table 3 summarizes the projects in the City’s 2021-2022 Capital Improvement Program (CIP).

Table 1 – Review of Existing City Plans
Document
Name
Document
Status Agency Document
Description
Transportation
Policies/Improvements Funding Sources
Circulation
Element
Revised
December
2015
City of
Orange
General
Plan
· An assessment of the
City’s current roadway
system and
recommendation to
achieve a better
balance between
vehicular, pedestrian,
and bicycle travel, and
to prove a wide range
of available
transportation options to
Orange residents.
· County MPAH,
OCTA
Bikeways
Master Plan
January
2001
City of
Orange
Bikeway
Master Plan
· Development of
comprehensive bikeway
system in Orange
compromised of Class I,
Class II, and Class III bike
routes
· Teach bicycle
education to children
· Establish a Bicycle
Coordinator position
· Improve existing bike
routes to make them
safer
· City of Orange
· Local, state,
regional, and
federal (TDA, TEA-
21, AB34, Clean
Air Funds)
228
14 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Table 2 – Review of Existing City Projects
Project Timeline Transportation Policies/Improvements Funding Sources Tustin & La Veta
Traffic Signal
Upgrade
2021-2023
· Upgrading the video detection system,
and the traffic signal controller and
cabinet at the intersection of Tustin St &
La Veta Ave.
· TSIP Citywide
Katella Avenue
Signal Network
Extension
2022-2023
· Upgrading and extending the signal
communication network by installing new
fiber-optic communication and
equipment along Katella Ave from Tustin
St to Santiago Blvd, replacing existing
Encom wireless equipment.
· City
Glassell &
Palmyra Signal
Install
2021-2026
· Installing a new traffic signal as a
countermeasure to broadside type
crashes and adding exclusive left turn
pockets in both northbound and
southbound direction.
· HSIP
Tustin St Signal
Synchronization
Project
2021-2023 · Traffic signal synchronization along Tustin St. · OCTA
229
15 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Table 3 – Summary of 2021-2022 CIP Projects
CIP Project Complements
17061 Old Towne Street Lighting General Plan Element
11328 ADA Improvements Circulation & Mobility
Public Safety
12406 Signal Pre-Emption Installation Public Safety
12540 Thermal Image Cameras Public Safety
16302 Minor Traffic Control Devices
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Infrastructure
16304 Biennial City Traffic Signal Coordination
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Infrastructure
16305 Traffic Signal Controller Change-Out
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Infrastructure
16469 Traffic Signal Equipment Painting
Infrastructure
Urban Design
Economic Development
20326 Chapman Ave & Feldner Rd
Left Turn Signal Modifications
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
20327 Chapman Ave & Flower St.

Left Turn Signal Modification
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
20328 Radar Feedback Signs:

La Veta, Collins, & Chapman
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Noise
Infrastructure
20329 Chapman Ave & Batavia St
Left Turn Signal Modifications
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
20353 Chapman & Grand Left Turn Signal Modification
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Cultural Recourses
20354 Chapman & Cambridge Left Turn Signal Modification Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Cultural Recourses
20374 Street Light Pole Replacement Program Circulation & Mobility Infrastructure
230
16 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
CIP Project Complements
20376 Garden Grove Blvd. Traffic Synchronization Corridor Circulation & Mobility Infrastructure
20378 Batavia St and Katella Ave Signal Network Circulation & Mobility Growth Management
20380 Glassell Street Signal Network Extension Circulation & Mobility 20381 Katella Avenue Regional Traffic Signal Synchronization Project
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
30029 Glassell Street & Walnut Avenue
Left Turn Signal Modification
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Public Safety
30030 Chapman Avenue and James Street
Left Turn Signal Modification
Circulation & Mobility
Growth Management
Public Safety
30132 Lemon & Palm Signal Installation Circulation & Mobility 231
17 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

6. Data Summary
This section describes the data sources used for the analysis process of this LRSP.

6.1 Roadway Network
Caltrans California Road System (CRS) GIS database was used to build the base roadway network used for this analysis. Intersections and roadway segments were divided into control and classification categories so that each set could have its own crash rates and be compared with similar facilities or control type. Functional Classifications were imported from CALTRANS.

Information on intersection traffic control was provided by the city and included in the analysis network. The collision analysis requires each intersection to be classified by type: Signalized or Unsignalized. Figure 1 illustrates City of Orange’s roadway functional classification per the CRS database and signalized intersections as used for this study.

6.2 Count Data
Vehicular count data is used as part of the analysis process to evaluate the impact of traffic and understand the natural hierarchy of the roadway network. Count data utilized for this project was pulled from the roadway volumes utilized in the Systemic Safety Analysis Report (SSAR, January 2020), along with several Average Daily Traffic (ADT) volumes taken in 2021. For locations without v o l u m e o r c o u n t d a t a , r e a s o n a b l e a s s u m p t i o n s w e r e m a d e f o r i n d i v i d u a l c o r r i d o r s a n d classification types using averages of similar segment types. The traffic volume information allowed the team to assess locations for risk as well as reviewing locations with the highest number of collisions.

6.3 Collision Data
Collision data was collected from Crossroads software for the period from January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2021. Five years of data are utilized instead of the standard three years to provide more history to evaluate trends or patterns. Analysis of the raw collision data is the first step in understanding the specific and systemic challenges faced throughout the city. Analyzing the five years of data provided insight on the collision trends and patterns detailed in Section 7 Crash Safety Trends. Figure 2 displays the locations of all collisions andFigure 3 displays fatal and severe injury collisions.
232
18 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Figure 1 – CALTRANS Roadway Functional Classification (from State Classification Maps) Villa Park
233
19 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Figure 2 – All Collisions (2017-2021)
Villa Park
234
20 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Figure 3 – Fatal & Severe Collisions (2017-2021)
Villa Park
235
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
21 7. Crash Safety Trends
The analysis was conducted using a network screening process for the City-maintained roadway system based on collision records spanning from January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2021. This section contains the results of the analysis, which included the evaluation of Orange’s fatal and serious injury (generally denoted as K+SI) collisions, statewide K+SI collisions, pedestrian collisions, bicycle collisions, collision severity levels, and collision causes.

7.1 All Collisions
This report utilized collision data for a five-year period to provide a better understanding of trends and to reflect the patterns in crashes that have occurred on city streets. Data used for this report was extracted from Crossroads Software on May 12, 2022 and was current as of that date. Collision data from January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2021 as reported to Crossroads from the local enforcement indicated that during this time there were 3,583 collisions recorded within Orange.

F i g ure 4 shows the most common occurring collision types: Broadsides (33%) and Rear-ends (24%).

Source: Orange Crossroads Database (2017-2021)
Figure 4 – Collision Type by Year (2017-2021)
0 100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
2017 2018 2019 2020 2021
No. of Collisions
Study Years
Vehicle - Pedestrian
Sideswipe
Rear-End
Overturned
Other
Not Stated
Hit Object
Head-On
Broadside
236
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
22 7.2 Fatalities
As shown in Figure 4, the total number of collisions varied during the study period. Table 4 outlines the fatal and severe injury collisions categorized by modes involved. There were 7 pedestrian fatalities, and 6 motor vehicle fatalities. 53 severe injury collisions occurred with motor vehicles, while there were 3 fatal and 15 severe injury collisions involved with fixed objects.

Table 4 – Fatal Collisions Categorized by Modes Involved (2017-2021) Involved With # of Fatal Collisions # of Severe Injury
Collisions
Bicycle 0 12
Fixed Object 3 15
Motor Vehicle 6 53
Parked Motor Vehicle 0 1
Pedestrian 7 21
Other Object 1 2

7.3 Injury Levels
F i g u r e 5 s h o w s t h e p e r c e n t a g e b r e a k d o w n o f c o l l i s i o n s b y i n j u r y l e v e l s . 4 4 . 5 % o f t h e c o l l i s i o n s reported during the time-period resulted in property damage only. Fatalities and severe injuries totaled 3.5% of all collisions.

Source: Orange Crossroads Database (2017 – 2021)
Figure 5 – Collisions by Injury Levels (2017-2021)

44.5%

29.0%

23.0%

3.0% 0.5%
Property Damage Only
Complaint of Pain
Other Visible Injury
Severe Injury
Fatal
237
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
23 7.4 Cause of Collision
The highest recorded cause of collisions in Orange during this time period is Unsafe Speed at 22.3%, f o l l o w e d b y A u t o R i g h t o f W a y V i o l a t i o n a t 1 7 . 7 % . I s s u e s w i t h D r i v i n g U n d e r t h e I n f l u e n c e a n d Improper Turning als o had a substantial impact on t he City, eac h com pris ing 16.0% and 14.7%, respectively, of the total collisions. Figur e 6 shows the percentage breakdown of the cause of collisions.

Source: Orange Crossroads Database (2017 – 2021)
Figure 6 – Cause of Collisions (2017-2021)
238
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
24 7.5 Vulnerable Users

7.5.1 Pedestrian Collisions
One hundred and sixty (160) pedestrian involved collisions occurred during the study period, resulting in 7 fatal collisions, 21 severe injury collisions, and 123 collisions with some form of reported injury or pain. Figure 7 sh ows t he l oc at i ons of pe de s t ri an c ol l is i ons d ur i ng t he s t udy pe r i od. T he main collision factor for pedestrian collisions were related to pedestrian violations (70%). In comparison with the statewide fatal and sever injury collisions, pedestrian collisions in the City of Orange were higher by 0.5% than the statewide average. See section 7.7 for the Statewide Comparison.

7.5.2 Bicycle Collisions
During the study period, 136 collisions involving bicycles were reported. Of these, none were fatal, and eleven (11) resulted in severe injuries, and 117 collisions resulted in some other form of reported pain or injury. Figure 8 shows the location of bicycle collisions during the study period. The top 4 primary collisions factors for bicycle collisions were auto R/W violation (37%), improper turning ( 1 3 % ) , t r a f f i c s i g n a l s / s i g n s ( 1 3 % ) a n d d r i v e r / b i c y c l i s t o n t h e w r o n g s i d e o f t h e r o a d ( 1 3 % ) . I n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h t h e s t a t e w i d e f a t a l a n d s e v e r i n j u r y c o l l i s i o n s , b i c y c l e c o l l i s i o n s i n t h e C i t y o f O r a n g e w e r e l o w e r b y 0 . 9 % t h a n t h e s t a t e w i d e a v e r a g e . S e e s e c t i o n 7 . 7 f o r t h e S t a t e w i d e Comparison.
239
25 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Figure 7 – Pedestrian Collisions (2017-2021)
Villa Park
240
26 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Figure 8 – Bicycle Collisions (2017-2021)
Villa Park
241
27 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

7.6 Other Significant Trends
In addition, the following trends were observed:
· Approximately 37% of collisions occurred either at night or during dusk/dawn.Figure 9 shows the distribution of night or dusk/dawn collisions by year. · Drivers aged 65 or older were found to be at fault in 7.0% of collisions. · Drivers aged between 16 and 20 years old were found to be at fault in 6.0% of collisions.

Source: Orange Crossroads Database (2017 – 2021)
Figure 9 – Night or Dusk/Dawn Collisions by Year (2017-2021) 0 50
100
150
200
250
300
350
2018 2019 2020 2021
No. of Collisions
Year
242
28 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

7.7 Statewide Comparison
A com paris on of fat al & se ve re injury collis ion data to the State averages were conducted for data from 2009-2018 (the most recent statewide data available). These numbers may vary slightly from those mentioned previously, due to the differences in the years of the study period. The following are areas where Orange’s collision rates are higher or lower than those of the State.

These numbers specifically compare the proportion of fatal and serious injury crashes that have the characteristics listed in Table 5.

Table 5: Comparison of Statewide and Orange Fatal & Severe Injury Crashes (2009-2018) Challenge Areas
Statewide Orange
% of F+SI
Collisions
(2009-2018)
F+SI Collisions
(2009-2018)
% of F+SI
Collisions
(2009-2018)
% Difference
Orange has a Higher Percentage of Collisions
Aggressive Driving 33.1% 166 38.5% 5.4%
Distracted Driving 5.0% 39 9.0% 4.0%
Impaired Driving 25.3% 115 26.7% 1.4%
Motorcyclists 21.0% 120 27.8% 6.9%
Pedestrians 19.2% 85 19.7% 0.5%
Orange has a Lower Percentage of Collisions
Aging Drivers (65+) 12.4% 51 11.8% -0.5%
Bicyclists 8.3% 32 7.4% -0.9%
Commercial Vehicles 6.4% 21 4.9% -1.5%
Driver Licensing 24.7% 16 19.3% -5.4%
Intersections 23.6% 90 20.9% -2.7%
Lane Departure 43.3% 137 31.8% -11.5%
Improper Use of Occupant
Protection 14.2% 34 7.9% -6.3%
Work Zones 1.4% 2 0.5% -1.0%
Young Drivers 13.1% 45 10.4% -2.6%

7.8 Collision Network Screening Analysis Results
Figure 10 shows the results of the collision network screening analysis, with the number of collisions at both intersections and mid-block roadway segments.
243
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
29 Figure 10 – Collision Network Screening Analysis
Villa Park
244
30 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Table 6 and Table 7 show the number of crashes in Orange occurring at the top ten intersections by type and segments by type, respectively. Both tables show the locations that will be studied further in the report.. Appendix B pr o vi de s a f u ll l is t of a na ly s is ra nk ing s f o r a ll int e rs e c t i on an d segment locations and highlights locations in which the probability of those crash types exceeding the threshold proportion is greater than 33%.

The tables are ordered by the number of collisions that occurred at that segment or intersection.

T o b e s t a t i s t i c a l l y s i g n i f i c a n t , o n l y l o c a t i o n s w h e r e m o r e t h a n t w o c o l l i s i o n s o c c u r r e d a r e represented. At locations with two or less collisions, random chance can account for crash history as much or more than specific roadway characteristics.

The tables are separated into sub-sections visible by the blue gradient. The first two columns, Collisions and Critical Crash Rate (CCR), represent the level of crash activity in absolute terms, and as relative to other similar locations, respectively.

Per guidance from the Local Roadway Safety Manual (LRSM) each sub-population of locations was ultimately ranked according to the number of collisions. The second column shows the CCR, which highlights whether or not the collision activity was higher or lower than the average for the sub-population based on the individual segment or intersection volume. This volume was either collected through data count resources or calculated based on the roadway classification. All averages used in the CCR calculation were established based on City of Orange crash data to determine what locations might be best to prioritize at the local level. The remaining columns total collisions by type (broadside, sideswipe, pedestrian, etc.), to evaluate each location type and understand what proportion of crashes in the City are of a particular type. The citywide proportion was compared with the local intersection or segment specific proportion to determine which locations have more of a given crash type than would be expected when considering the City average. A confidence level of 95% was used for the CCR Calculations. For this study, three categories of ranges were highlighted:
· Light Orange: 70%-80% probability that this crash type is over-represented on this segment/intersection as compared to other characteristically similar locations within the City of Orange. Although these locations have a slightly higher probability of this crash type than their counterparts, they are not necessarily highly significant. · Orange: 80%-90% probability that this crash type is over-represented on this segment/intersection as compared to other characteristically similar locations within the City of Orange. These locations have a slightly higher probability of this crash type than their counterparts, they are considered to have slightly high significance. · Dark Orange:90%-100% probability that this crash type is over-represented on this segment/intersection as compared to other characteristically similar locations within the City of Orange. These locations are highly significant in regard to the number of collisions occurring here and should be further investigated.

After this analysis was completed, the locations were ranked against other similar locations within t h e C i t y b y t h e i r c a t e g o r i e s a c c o r d i n g t o t h e e x p e c t e d p r o p o r t i o n o f t h a t c r a s h t y p e w i t h i n Orange. Locations with higher-than-expected crashes of that type were identified by the probability that random chance would not account for exceedances. 245
31 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Additionally, it should be noted that the columns for Collision Severity, Type, Involved With, and Behavior are additional characteristics of the collisions and should not be counted as a separate collision.

The following provides an example of how to readTables 6 and 7 and Appendix B.

Table Definitions:
· Total Collisions: Number of collisions observed at the intersection or segment from January of 2017 through December of 2021.
· Local Critical Crash Rate (CCR) Differential: The CCR specific to the intersection or segment. This is the difference between local (actual) crash rate and the critical crash rate, which is how many collisions per million vehicle miles are expected for a location of this type and volume. This tells us how many more collisions are occurring more than is expected. Locations with positive values have more collisions than expected, while locations with negative values have less collisions than expected.Tables 6 and 7 on the following page show the Local CCR Differential and EPDO, while the tables inAppendix B also show the crash parameters such as highest degree of injury level, collision types, vulnerable user crashes and weather conditions for each location. · Equivalent Property Damage Only (EPDO): This method assigns weighting factors to crashes based on injury level (severe, injury, property damage only) to develop a property damage only score. In this analysis, the injury crash costs were calculated for each location (based on the latest Caltrans injury costs) and then normalized by dividing by the value of a property damage only collision. Fatal and severe injury collisions are estimated at $2.19 million, Other Visible Injury (OVI) collisions at $142,300, Complaint of Pain (COP) collisions at $80,900, and Property Damage Only (PDO) collisions at $13,300. · An example calculation is shown below for Tustin St & Chapman Ave, which had 0 fatal collisions, 4 severe injury collision, 10 OVI collisions, 19 COP collisions, and 16 PDO collisions. · ܱܦܲܧ = ൫(ସ∗$ଶ,ଵଽ଴,଴଴଴)ା(ଵ଴∗$ଵସଶ,ଷ଴଴)ା(ଵଽ∗$଼଴,ଽ଴଴)ା(ଵ଺∗$ଵଷ,ଷ଴଴)൯ $ଵଷ,ଷ଴଴ = 897
· Severity: The number of severe injury and fatal collisions that occurred at this location in the study period.
· Fatality: The number of fatal collisions that occurred at this location in the study period. · Broadside, Sideswipe, Rear-End, Head-On, Hit Object, Overturned, Pedestrian, Bicycle:

The number of these types of collisions that occurred at this location in the study period. · Other: The number of miscellaneous collision types (mostly single vehicle) that occurred at this location in the study period.
· Aggressive, Dark, Wet: The number of the collisions with this factor identified as the cause of collision.

The locations in Tables 6 and 7 are s orte d by loc ation type and numbe r of c ollisions , but CCR, EPDO and the types of collisions occurring at each location were all used to choose locations for further study and case study development inSection 9.1.2 Safety Project Case Studies. 246
32 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Table 6 – Analysis Rankings: Intersections (Top 10 Per Intersection Type) Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Signalized Intersections
S Tustin St & E Chapman Ave 49 0.09 897
The City Dr & W Chapman Ave 45 15.48 240
State College Blvd & Anaheim Way/I-5 NB
Ramps 43 14.75 448
N Tustin St & E Collins Ave 39 0.08 178
N Tustin St & E Katella Ave 38 -0.05 202
N Glassell St & E Katella Ave 34 0.06 803
N Tustin St & E Briardale Ave 31 0.06 183
N Tustin St & E Walnut Ave 30 0.03 202
S Main St & W la Veta Ave 28 -0.06 464
E Oragewood Ave & SR-57 Ramp 27 8.90 132
Unsignalized Intersections
N Glassell St & Plaza Sq 43 3.23 92
State College Blvd & I-5 NB Ramps 33 11.50 403
Tower Rd & Chapman Ave 20 6.75 253
S Batavia St & W Almond Ave 18 0.61 83
SR-57 NB & On-Ramps & Katella Ave 18 6.02 73
The City Dr & Outlets at Orange Driveway 16 5.29 61
Main St & Maple Ave 16 5.29 413
SR-55 SB On Ramp & E Chapman Ave 14 0.24 98
S Seranado St & E Chapman Ave 14 0.04 59
N Lemon St & W Collins Ave 13 0.70 43

1. Local Critical Crash Rate Differential

2. Equivalent Property Damage Only Crashes
= Local CCR Differential > 1.0 = Local CCR Differential 0.33-1.0 = Local CCR Differential 0-0.33 247
33 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Table 7 – Analysis Rankings: Segments (Top 10 Per Segment Type) Facility Limits
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Principal Arterial
E Chapman Ave Prospect St - Swidler Pl 18 0.79 270
N Tustin St Heim Ave - Village Way 16 0.60 244
N Tustin St Village Way - Meats Ave 13 0.70 241
N Tustin St SR-55 SB On-Ramp - Heim Ave 13 0.71 72
N Tustin St Grove Ave - Taft Ave 11 0.52 229
E Lincoln Ave Glassell St - Cottonwood St 11 0.62 60
E Katella Ave Dell Taco Dwy - Tustin St 10 0.86 55
E Katella Ave Sacramento St - Handy St 9 0.20 78
E Katella Ave Shaffer St - Apartment Dwy 9 0.43 54
W Chapman Ave Rampart St - Renaissance Dwy 8 1.76 37
Minor Arterial
W Town and Country R Main St - Lawson Way 13 111.44 57
N Batavia St Angus Ave - Walnut Ave 9 1.67 24
E Meats Ave Canal St - Tustin St 8 14.39 52
N Batavia St Industrial Dwy - N Grove St 5 2.52 10
N Prospect St Maple Ave - Chapman Ave 5 0.74 29
E Taft Ave Tustin St - Highland St 4 0.68 24
N Batavia St Collins Ave - Struck Ave 4 0.22 182
W Metropolitan Dr Lewis St - City Pkwy 4 1.49 28
N Batavia St Fletcher Ave - Cully Dr 4 0.59 9
E Spring St Swidler St - Seranado St 3 1.16 8
Local
N California St Wilson Ave - Adams Ave 6 53.99 6
City Blvd W The City Dr - The City Way 4 8.11 14
W Culver Ave Devon Rd - Lilac Ln 3 6.50 18
Orange Olive Rd Vista Del Gaviota Ave - Meats Ave 3 0.13 186 E Trenton Ave Baxter St - Orange Vlg 3 3.69 22
S La Veta Park Cir La Veta Ave - Parker St 3 4.97 3
N Pacific St Southern Ave - Industrial Dwy 3 7.26 8
Orange Olive Rd Saint James Ave - Heims Ave 3 0.46 18

1. Local Critical Crash Rate Differential

2. Equivalent Property Damage Only Crashes
= Local CCR Differential > 1.0 = Local CCR Differential 0.33-1.0 = Local CCR Differential 0-0.33 248
34 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

8. Best Practices Evaluation and Emphasis Areas

8.1 Best Practices Evaluation
Table 8 identifies existing plans and policies that were recently completed, or are planned, or on- g oi ng wit hi n t he C it y of O ra ng e . T he int e nt of t h i s re v ie w is t o p ro v ide a n ide a of t he t y pe s of strategies in place or encouraged by the City that may impact the safety analysis process. It will also identify opportunity areas where the City could adopt non-infrastructure countermeasures.

This table also ties each topic and enhancement to the emphasis areas that are laid out inSection

8.2 Emphasis Areas.

Table 8 – Summary of Opportunities for Best Practices
Topic Current Status Implement or
Enhance
Active Transportation
Coordinator Not implemented
Consider adding role, especially if
active transportation master plan is
adopted.

Safety/Active Advisory
Committee Not implemented Consider Implementing Safety/Active Advisory Committee.

Active Education
Transportation Safety
Program
Not implemented Consider offering active education
transportation safety programs.

Complete Streets Policy Not implemented
Identify obsolete high-capacity
intersection designations and evaluate
potential lane reduction strategies and
allocation of space for other
transportation modes.

Traffic Impact Fees
City currently collects traffic
impact fees from new
development projects
Continue to assess traffic impact fees
and incorporate safety and VMT
measures in future nexus studies.

Safe Routes to School
Funding Not implemented
Implement recommendations from the
ongoing Safe Routes to School plan
and consider opportunities for more
systemic implementation where
appropriate.

Traffic Calming Policies
City is currently working on
updating its Citywide Traffic
Calming Policy
Continue to enact traffic calming
implementations throughout the City
and establish a monitoring program to
determine which traffic calming
measures are most effective with the
least inconvenience to local roadway
users.

Speed Surveys /Speed
Limits
Conducts regular speed surveys.

Speed limits are current.

Continue to update as required by
California Vehicle Code; review new
guidance from Assembly Bill 43
249
35 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Topic Current Status Implement or
Enhance
Warrants for Stops and
Signals
City uses warrants provided in
CA MUTCD to identify locations
where traffic control devices are
deemed appropriate
Continue to use and update local
warrants as appropriate to supplement
CA MUTCD warrants for traffic control
devices and beacons.

Planning for Density
Walkable Areas
General Plan (Circulation and
Mobility Element/Land Use)
Continue through Mitigation Fee
Program
Transportation Demand
Management
(TDM)/Vehicle Miles
Travelled Reduction (VMT)
Policies and programs are
currently provided in the
Orange Municipal Code
City has a VMT fee program
and VMT mitigation exchange
implemented
Update Transportation Demand
Management ordinance to reflect
recent trends and incorporate into the
City’s SB 743 CEQA and development
approval process.

Continue to implement this process
Program for Reviewing
Crash Activity
Yes – The City uses Crossroads to
monitor crashes within the City
right-of-way
Continue to monitor crash data and
keep the GIS data up to date.

Active Transportation
Master Plan
City has an active
transportation master plan
implemented.

Continue to review active
transportation master plan and update
as needed
Pedestrian Signal Timing
City currently operates a
coordinated network of nearly
160 traffic signals
The City can use corridor signal
progression to both manage peak
direction traffic speed and to reduce
stop-and-go patterns that contribute to
rear-end crashes. Where possible the
City can update its signal systems with
detection and modern capabilities to
respond to traffic conditions and
reduce rear-end collisions.

Crosswalks/Pedestrian
Infrastructure
At high pedestrian locations, the
City has implemented high-
visibility crosswalks and
pedestrian only phases (all-way)
at traffic signals
Continue implementing crosswalk/
pedestrian improvements (i.e.
enhancing mid-block crossings with
Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacons
(RRFBs))
Enforcement
Orange PD has monthly DUI
checkpoints at various high
collisions/DUI arrest locations,
dedicated DUI enforcement
officer, and traffic monitoring
around schools
Continue coordination
Bicycle and Pedestrian
Master Plans
City adopted Bikeways Master
Plan (2001)
Continue to update master plans to
reflect changing trends and focus on
plan implementation. Ensure
coordination between planning,
engineering, and maintenance teams
to avoid missed opportunities to fund
and implement changes as part of
routine City operations
250
36 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Topic Current Status Implement or
Enhance
Transit OC Bus, Metrolink Continue to implement policies to improve transit infrastructure.

Program for Installing
Wayfinding Signage
City has an existing program for
installing wayfinding signage
Continue to identify funding for
wayfinding signage; implement in high
pedestrian/bicycle locations. Use and
update City branding guidance to
highlight local identity and increase
civic awareness of local recreational
and cultural amenities and key active
transportation infrastructure.

Inventory of Regulatory
and Warning Signage
City has an inventory of traffic
signals, however, does not have
an inventory of pedestrian,
signs/crossings, etc.

Conduct a road sign safety audit
including sign positioning, condition,
appropriateness. Identify potential
missing or inadequate signage.

Inventory/Mapping of
Active Transportation
Routes
Bikeway Master Plan,
Recreational Trails, Master Plan
(Figure CM-3 of General Plan)
Complete inventory of existing
infrastructure, digitize in GIS and
possibly include on wayfinding
infrastructure.

Crossroads Database
The City compiles all accident
data in Crossroads when it
becomes available to the Traffic
Division
Continue to keep all accident data
from crossroads up to date.

Active Transportation
Volume Counts
Bicycle counts are included
within City Traffic Counts
Continue traffic & active transportation
volume collection; utilize this data in
collision analysis. Update City traffic
analysis guidelines to require bicycle
and pedestrian counts as part of all
future traffic count activities.

Resident Feedback
City maintains ‘Connect with
Orange’ portal to receive
resident feedback
Continue to seek out resident
feedback and build in more active
outreach through City events and
other opportunities to directly solicit
resident feedback in addition to the
existing portal.

Institutional Coordination
The City of Orange has the Staff
Review Committee (SRC) for
inter-departmental review of
development applications and
various projects.

Maintain formal coordination between
city departments; involve in collision
analysis and planning process.

School Engagement Not implemented
Consider coordinating with schools and
districts, involve in collision analysis and
planning process.

Law
Enforcement/Emergency
Service Engagement
The City of Orange has Citizen
Academy, National Night Out,
social media, etc. to connect
local law enforcement and their
residents
Continue to coordinate with City police
and County Fire; involve in collision
analysis and planning process. Engage
health agencies as stakeholder.
251
37 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

8.2 Emphasis Areas
Emphasis areas represent crash factors that are common in the City and provide the opportunity to reduce the largest number of traffic injuries with strategic investment. Emphasis areas were developed by revisiting the vision and goals of this planning process and comparing them with the trends and patterns identified in the crash analysis.

8.2.1 Emphasis Area #1: Aggressive Driving
Description: Aggressive driving, as defined by Caltrans’ SHSP, includes several behaviors including speeding, tailgating, and ignoring traffic signals and signs. Aggressive driving behaviors (unsafe speed or following too closely) accounted for 3,464 crashes or 25 percent of collisions within the City of Orange.

Goals for Emphasis Area #1:
· Reduce the number of crashes due to aggressive driving in the City · Identify hot spots and priority corridors for aggressive driving · Apply for funding and implement countermeasures to address aggressive driving Strategies for Emphasis Area #1:
· Continue to update speed limits with additional flexibility given by Assembly Bill 43. In cases where speed continues to be a challenge, preventing the enforcement of desirable speed limits, consider roadway design characteristics that might support lower speeds.
· Implement traffic calming improvements and establish a monitoring program to determine which measures are most effective; this is applicable in local and residential streets
· Install additional regulatory signage
· Upgrade pavement markings to make intersections more visible · Enhance roadway and intersection striping
· Reduce intersection size or number of lanes
· Target speed enforcement and increased enforcement at high aggressive driving collision locations
These strategies will be implemented by the City, law enforcement, and community organizations.

Funding sources for these strategies may include HSIP, OTS, Senate Bill 1 (SB 1), or Safe Streets for All (SS4A) grant programs.
252
38 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

8.2.2 Emphasis Area #2: Vulnerable Road Users (Pedestrians, Bicyclists, & Motorcyclists)
Description: Pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorcyclists are classified by Caltrans as vulnerable users, meaning they possess the highest potential for severe harm during a crash. These groups need a p p r o p r i a t e i n f r a s t r u c t u r e t o t r a v e l t o k e y d e s t i n a t i o n s s u c h a s s c h o o l s , w o r k p l a c e s , a n d c o r e commercial areas. The City’s Circulation Element lays out plans and standards for non-motorized transportation. Of the 121 crashes involving vulnerable road users, 10 resulted in a fatal injury to the pedestrian or bicyclist and 55 resulted in a severe injury to the pedestrian, bicyclist, or motorcyclists. The City should aim to implement countermeasures to further protect these users from injury.

Goals for Emphasis Area #2:
· Improve active transportation infrastructure by adding pedestrian facilities, bike lanes, and other amenities to make it safer for employees and community members to get to key destinations such as school, commercial centers, transit centers, and recreation areas · Encourage healthier lifestyles through active transportation infrastructure · Apply for HSIP and other funding to implement countermeasures to address vulnerable road user crashes
Strategies for Emphasis Area #2:
· Install ADA ramps with high-visibility crosswalk markings at the intersection of key destinations, ensure all signalized intersections have crosswalks on all legs where feasible and install/upgrade pedestrian crossing at uncontrolled locations · Provide dedicated pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure to and from bus stops and along key corridors
· Install adequate street lighting
· Implement recommendations from Safe Routes to School plan and consider opportunities for more systemic implementation where appropriate.
· Modify signal phasing to implement a Leading Pedestrian Interval (LPI) with new controller · Update the City’s traffic analysis guidelines to require bicycle and pedestrian counts These strategies will be implemented by the City, while partnering with Caltrans, Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG), California Highway Patrol (CHP), and other community partners. Funding sources for these strategies may include HSIP, Active Transportation Program (ATP), OTS, SB 1, and SS4A grant programs.
253
39 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

8.2.3 Emphasis Area #3: Impaired Drivers
Description: Impaired driving crashes are a high priority challenge area within the Caltrans SHSP.

Caltrans defines these as crashes where any evidence of drug or alcohol use by the driver is present, even if the driver was not over the legal limit. Impaired driving accounted for 26.7% of the City’s crashes resulting in severe injuries or fatalities, versus 25.3% statewide.

Goals for Emphasis Area #3:
· Reduce the number of crashes attributed to impaired driving · Identify hot spots and priority corridors for countermeasures to reduce impaired driving · Apply for funding to implement countermeasures to reduce impaired driving crashes Strategies for Emphasis Area #3:
· Authorize, publicize, and conduct sobriety checkpoints programs · Implement an impaired driving education campaign
· Develop educational programs targeting specific audiences based on age group · Additional enforcement presence
· Create effective media campaigns in both visual and print media These strategies can be implemented by the City, while partnering with Caltrans, Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG), California Highway Patrol (CHP), and other community partners. Funding sources for these strategies may include HSIP, Active Transportation Program (ATP), OTS, SB 1, and SS4A grant programs.
254
40 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

9. Countermeasure Toolbox
This section provides information on general identified issues, crash reduction factors, improvements, and countermeasures identified for the City of Orange, as well as for specific project locations identified as part of this analysis. Countermeasures for each of the Safety Project Case Studies are based on data analysis, stakeholder input, and site visits.

9.1 Infrastructure Improvements

9.1.1 Countermeasure Selection Process
Part D of the HSM provides information on crash modification factors (CMF) for roadway segments, intersections, interchanges, special facilities, and road networks. CMFs are used to estimate the safety effects of highway improvements, specifically to compare and select highway safety improvements. A CMF less than 1.0 indicates that a treatment has the potential to reduce crashes.

A CMF greater than 1.0 indicates that a treatment has the potential to increase crashes. A Crash Reduction Factor (CRF) is directly connected to the CMF and is “mathematically defined as (1 – CMF) (the higher the CRF, the greater the expected reduction in crashes) 3F

4.” CMFs can help
decision makers weigh potential alternative projects but are only one measure of a project's value and should be considered part of a larger decision-making process. Furthermore, it is important to note that not all CMFs are as reliable as others. The FHWA maintains a federal depository of CMFs and includes a star rating system to help users determine which CMFs are bolstered by the best and most thorough research. Key factors to consider when applying CMFs include:

1. Selection of an appropriate CMF;

2. Estimation of crashes without treatment;

3. Application of CMFs by type and severity; and,

4. Estimation of the combined effect for multiple treatments.

Examples of Safety Countermeasures can be found through several sources. This Report utilizes the countermeasures found in the California LRSM and the CMF Clearinghouse (CMF CH) website.

Countermeasures for each of the Safety Project Case Studies are based on the data analysis and site visits. Additional countermeasures were identified for the high-level issues on a citywide level and are discussed in Section 9.2 Citywide Countermeasure Toolbox.

4 Local Roadway Safety Manual (Version 1.5) 2020. Page 27. 255
41 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

9.1.2 Safety Project Case Studies
From the citywide analysis, fifteen (15) project case study locations were selected for further evaluation and countermeasure development. For each of these locations, Safety Project Case Studies were developed to provide a balanced understanding of common safety patterns at a variety of location types that can be used to associate countermeasures with specific roadway configurations and conditions. These locations were identified through the analysis process based on their crash histories, stakeholder engagement, the observed crash patterns, and their different characteristics to provide the most insight into potential systemic safety countermeasures that the City can employ to achieve the most cost-effective safety benefits.

The following intersections and segments were used as case study locations for fieldwork data observation and countermeasure development. These locations were further analyzed to develop specific Project Sheets at five locations as noted below.Appendix A provides the Project Sheets.

1. Signalized Intersection: Tustin Street and Chapman Avenue; Project Sheet #1

2. Signalized Intersection: The City Drive and Chapman Avenue; Project Sheet #2

3. Signalized Intersection: State College Boulevard and Anaheim Way/I-5 NB Ramps

4. Signalized Intersection: Glassell Street and Katella Avenue; Project Sheet #3

5. Signalized Intersection: Main Street and La Veta Avenue

6. Signalized Intersection: Jamboree Rd & Chapman Ave/Santiago Canyon Rd; Project Sheet #5

7. Unsignalized Intersection: Glassell Street and Plaza Square

8. Unsignalized Intersection: State College Boulevard and I-5 NB On-Ramp

9. Unsignalized Intersection: Tower Road and Chapman Avenue

10. Unsignalized Intersection: Main Street and Maple Avenue; Project Sheet #4

11. Segment: Chapman Avenue from Prospect Street to Swidler Place

12. Segment: Tustin Steet from SR-55 On-Ramp to Meats Avenue

13. Segment: Town and Country Road from Main Street to Lawson Way

14. Segment: Batavia Street from Industrial Driveway to Grove Street

15. Segment: California Street from Wilson Avenue to Adams Avenue The following pages summarize the potential beneficial countermeasures that may be implemented based on the existing conditions at these case study locations. As shown in the Project Sheets in Appendix A, countermeasures were subjected to a benefit/cost assessment and scored according to their potential return on investment. These Project Sheets can be used to select the most appropriate countermeasure, and to potentially phase improvements over the longer-term. The potential benefit of these countermeasures at locations with similar design characteristics can then be extrapolated regardless of crash history, allowing for proactive safety 256
42 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
enhancements that can prevent future safety challenges from developing. These Project Sheets can also be used to position the City for future grant funding opportunities. The volumes shown in the ADT & TEV sections of the Project Sheets were taken from the 2021 Traffic Flow Map published by OCTA. The monetary benefits are calculated from the latest Caltrans injury level cost data.

Fatal and severe injury collisions are estimated at $2.19 million, Other Visible Injury collisions at $142,300, Complaint of Pain collision at $80,900, and Property Damage Only collisions at $13,300.

9.2 Citywide Countermeasure Toolbox
This evaluation considered citywide trends to identify countermeasures that would likely provide the most benefit with widespread implementation. Table 9 outlines the citywide safety project opportunities, which is also referred to as the “Countermeasure Toolbox”. Within the toolbox, the description of the countermeasure along with its Local Roadway Safety Manual (LRSM) ID number is listed. The next column, Crash Reduction Factor (CRF), are “multiplicative factors used to estimate the expected reduction in number of crashes after implementing a given countermeasure at a specific site (the higher the CRF, the greater the expected reduction in crashes).”
Applying the benefit/cost at the citywide level was estimated assuming some randomness in crash distribution. The location characteristics, such as whether there is a traffic signal, and the type of crashes, were used at the citywide level to calculate an average cost of crashes that the countermeasure might reduce. The benefit per location was then factored out to a 20-year lifecycle savings, with an Opinion of Project Probable Cost (OPCC) for the initial installation costs and a per-year maintenance cost estimate. The cost shown inTable 9 should be considered initial construction costs using 2022 dollars and not assumed final. 257
43 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
Table 9 – Citywide Safety Countermeasure Toolbox
ID Potential Countermeasures Where to apply? CRF Per Unit Cost Unit NS01 Add intersection lighting Unsignalized intersections with limited visibility
35% $45,000 Per
intersection
NS03 Install signal Unsignalized intersections with significant collision activity where warrants are met
30% $400,000 per
intersection
NS06 Install/upgrade larger or additional stop signs or other intersections warning/regulatory sign
Areas identified in road sign safety audit 15% $6,000 per sign NS07 Upgrade intersection pavement markings (to make
more visible)
Intersections where outdated or degraded
striping and pavement markings exist
25% $40,000 per
intersection
NS15 Create direction median openings to restrict left-turns (right-in/right-out)
Entrances/exits from driveways with high
numbers of turning movement collisions
50% $15,000 per location
S02 Update signal heads to meet current standards Signalized intersections where signals heads do not meet current standards
15% $27,000 per
intersection
S03 Improve signal timing (coordination, phasing, red,
yellow, operation)
Signalized intersections where there is
insufficient clearance time with current
timing plans or where signals placed closely
enough to impact free flowing operations
of the street
15% $8,000 per
intersection
S07 Provide protected left turn phase (left turn lane already exists)
Signalized intersections with a high number
of broadside collisions as a result of left turns
30% $50,000 per
intersection
S10 Install flashing beacons as advance warning (S.I.) Signalized intersections 30% $10,200 per beacon S21PB Modify signal phasing to implement a Leading
Pedestrian Interval (LPI) with new controller
Signalized Intersections – especially those
with high pedestrian activity
60% $8,000 per
intersection
R35PB Install/upgrade pedestrian crossing (with enhanced safety features)
Roadway segment with no controlled
crossing for a significant distance in high-
use midblock crossing areas
35% $30,000 per crossing
R37PB Install Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB) Mid-block pedestrian crossings or unsignalized intersections, especially those
with high pedestrian activity
35% $54,000 per crossing
-* Evaluate intersection/roadway striping and markings
for possible enhancements
Intersection and roadway segments with
high collision activity
5% $30,000 per location
-* Implement targeted DUI enforcement combined with
education programs at local high schools
Locations citywide, specifically those with
high DUI collisions
5% varies varies
-* Install ADA ramps Intersections with high pedestrian activity 5% $10,000 per location -* Install curb extensions Intersections with high pedestrian activity 5% $30,000 per extension 258
44 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
ID Potential Countermeasures Where to apply? CRF Per Unit Cost Unit -* Improve pavement condition Roadway segments that have degraded pavement conditions
5% $100,000 per
intersection
-* Improve striping along roadway segment Roadway segments that have degraded roadway striping
5% $30,000 per mile
*These locations did not have an approved Crash Reduction Factor, so a conservative 5% CRF was assumed to calculate benefit 259
45 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

10. Funding Sources & Next Steps

10.1 Funding
Competitive funding resources are available to assist in the development and implementation of safety projects in Orange. The City should continue to seek available funding and grant opportunities from local, state, and federal resources to accelerate their ability to implement safety improvements throughout Orange. This section provides a high-level introduction to some of the main funding programs and grants for which the City can apply.

10.1.1 Highway Safety Improvement Program
The Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) is a Federal program that apportions funding as a lump sum for each state, which is then divided among apportioned programs. These flexible funds can be used for projects to preserve or improve safety conditions and performance on any Federal-aid highway, bridge projects on any public road, facilities for non-motorized transportation, and other project types. Safety improvement projects eligible for this funding include:
· New or upgraded traffic signals
· Upgraded guard rails
· Pedestrian warning flashing beacons
· Marked crosswalks
· Other projects listed in the Caltrans Local Road Safety Manual California’s local HSIP focuses on infrastructure projects with national recognized crash reduction factors. Normally HSIP call-for-projects is made at an interval of one to two years. The applicant must be a city, a county, or a tribal government federally recognized within the State of California.

Additional information regarding this program at the Federal level can be found online at:
https://safety.fhwa.dot.gov/hsip/. California specific HSIP information – including dates for upcoming call for projects – c a n b e f o u n d a t :
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/LocalPrograms/hsip.html. H S I P C y c l e 1 1 a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e d u e i n September 2022.

10.1.2 Caltrans Active Transportation Program
Calt ra ns Ac t i ve T ra ns p o rt at i o n Pr og ram ( ATP) is a s t at e w ide f un d ing pr og r am , c re at e d in 2 0 1 3 , consolidating several federal and state programs. The ATP funds projects that encourage increased mode share for walking and bicycling, improve mobility and safety for non-motorized users, enhance public health, and decrease greenhouse gas emissions. Projects eligible for this funding include:
· Bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure projects
· Bicycle and pedestrian planning projects (e.g., Safe Routes to School) · Non-infrastructure programs (education and enforcement) 260
46 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
This program funding is provided annually and call for projects typically comes out in the spring.

I n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s p r o g r a m a n d c y c l e s c a n b e f o u n d o n l i n e a t :
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/LocalPrograms/atp/.

10.1.3 California SB 1
The California SB 1 is a landmark transportation investment to rebuild California by fixing neighborhood streets, freeways, and bridges in communities across California and targeting funds toward transit and congested trade and commute corridor improvements.

California’s state-maintained transportation infrastructure will receive roughly half of SB 1 revenue:
$26 billion. The other half will go to local roads, transit agencies and an expansion of the state’s growing network of pedestrian and cycle routes. Each year, this new funding will be used to tackle deferred maintenance needs both on the state highway system and the local road system, including:
· Local Street and Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation: $1.5 billion o This funding is dedicated to improve local road maintenance, rehabilitation, and/or safety through projects such as restriping and repaving.
· Bike and Pedestrian Projects: $100 million
o This will go to cities, counties, and regional transportation agencies to build or convert more bike paths, crosswalks, and sidewalks. It is a significant increase in funding for these projects through the ATP.
· Local Planning Grants: $25 million

10.1.4 California Office of Traffic Safety Grants
This program has funding for projects related to traffic safety, including transportation safety education and encouragement activities. Grant applications must be supported by local crash data (such as the data analyzed in this report) and must relate to the following priority program areas:
· Alcohol Impaired Driving
· Distracted Driving
· Drug-Impaired Emergency Medical Services
· Motorcycle Safety
· Occupant Protection
· Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety
· Police Traffic Services
· Public Relations, Advertising, and Marketing Program
· Roadway Safety and Traffic Records
261
47 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

10.1.5 SCAG Sustainable Communities Program
This program is an innovative vehicle for promoting local jurisdictional efforts to test local planning tools. The Sustainable Communities Program (SCP) provides direct technical assistance to SCAG member jurisdictions to complete planning and policy efforts to implement the regional Sustainable Communities Strategies (SCS). Grants are available in the following three categories:
· Integrated Land Use
o Sustainable Land Use Planning
o Transit Oriented Development (TOD)
o Land Use & Transportation Integration
· Active Transportation
o Bicycle Planning
o Pedestrian Planning
o Safe Routes to School Plans
· Green Region
o Natural Resource Plans
o Climate Action Plans (CAPs)
o Green House Gas (GHG) Reduction programs

10.1.6 Safe Streets and Roads for All (SS4A) Grant Program This program has allocated $1 billion annually for the next four years for local cities, counties, MPOs, and other roadway owners (except state DOTs) for safety improvement grants for safety planning, education, enforcement, and roadway improvements. This program is not benefit / cost based.

Evaluation criteria are oriented to the project’s alignment with the Safe Systems approach. There is a 20% local match requirement (can be in-kind contribution via staff billable hours). Planning grants are open to any eligible agency and Implementation grants are open to agencies with a completed safety plan such as a Local Roadway Safety Plan. Planning grants are expected to range from $100,000 to $1 million and Implementation grants are expected to range from $1 million to $20 million. Grant applications are due in September 2022. Implementing a Local Road Safety Plan and the City’s adoption of a Vision Zero resolution makes the City eligible to apply for SS4A implementation grants.

10.1.7 Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act
In November 2021, the President signed into law the $1.2 trillion Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act. In addition to the SS4A grant program described above, this law provides billions of dollars in additional funding for improvements and investment in the transportation sector nationwide. The law provides $30 billion in funding over five years for competitive RAISE grants for transportation projects, as well as additional funding for repair and environmental mitigation projects. As these grant programs continue to be developed, the City can position itself by identifying potential projects and programs to pursue.
262
48 City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report

10.2 Next Steps
Once the Local Roadway Safety Plan has been completed, the City can plan to regularly review and monitor collision data for trends and changes, as well as update the LRSP every five years.

10.2.1 Monitoring
The City can plan to regularly monitor the success of the LRSP and its related implementations by performing the following steps. This before and after analysis can be performed at a yearly interval.
· Pull yearly collision data from Crossroads database to determine year-over-year trend · Utilize Crossroads or GIS software to review the number of collisions occurring at specific locations. Locations where improvements have been made should receive priority for monitoring.
· Based upon changes in collision activity, determine efficacy of improvements and adjust strategies going forward

10.2.2 Analysis Update
To maintain eligibility for HSIP grant funding, the City will need to update the LRSP every five years.

The City can plan to update the analysis by performing the following steps:

1. Obtain updated Statewide Integrated Traffic Records System (SWITRS) collision data from the Crossroads database

2. Use Excel software to update the collision trend analysis completed in Section 7 Crash Safety Trends

3. Update the roadway shapefile with any new or upgraded roadways

4. Update the intersection shapefile with any new or upgraded intersections

5. Re-run the GIS collision tool to determine the number of collisions at intersections and roadways within the updated study period. The City can plan to run the collision tool for all collisions, as well as the collision types identified in Section 3.2.2 Network Screening Analysis.

6. Update collision analysis tables shown in Section 7.7 Collision Network Screening Analysis Report
In addition to the process and analysis completed in this Local Roadway Safety Plan, the City must complete at least one of the following in order to be considered an ‘action plan’ and be eligible for Safe Streets for All and other federal grant funding programs.

1. The LRSP/action plan must have a high-ranking official or governing body in the City commit to an eventual goal of zero roadway fatalities and serious injuries

2. The LRSP/action plan must include considerations of equity within the analysis, including using an inclusive and representative process

3. The LRSP/action plan must be posted publicly online to allow for public review and comment
263
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
A
Appendix A – Project Sheets
264
Project Name: OrangeLRSP
Agency Name: City of Orange
Contact Name: Gabrielle Hayes
Email: [email protected]
Prepared by: Kimley-Horn
Checked by: Jason Melchor
Date: August 2022
Project Sheet: Location # 1
Project Location Description & Maps:

Intersection: Tustin St & Chapman Ave
Examples of Similar Intersections: Tustin St & CollinsAve Traffic and Geometric Data:

Collision Data
Total Collisions 49
Fatal and Severe
Injury Collisions
4 Top 3 Collision Types Broadside: 20
Rear-End:14
Sideswipes:5
Total Nighttime Collisions 1
Wet Surface Collisions 1
Drug and AlcoholRelated
Collisions 5

SIGNALIZED
Collision Breakdown
Veh vs. Veh Veh vs. Ped Veh vs. Bike
39 3 5
Additional Notes:
High number of broadside and rear-end collisions
Good location for intersection assessment
Traffic Data
Number of Approaches 4
Total EnteringVehicles 61450
Crosswalk Condition All Approaches
ControlType Signalized
Lighting Yes
Highest Posted Speed Limit 40 mph
Median None
265
Countermeasure Evaluation
Primary
Issues
Potential
Countermeasures
Crash
Modification
Factor(LRSM/

CMF ID)
20 Year
Safety
Benefit
Total 20-Year
Costs Safety Related B/C
All Improve signal hardware 15% $6,969,300 $27,000 258.12 All Install/upgrade pedestrian
crossing 35% $16,261,700 $30,000 135.51
All
Modify signal phasing to
implement Leading
Pedestrian Interval
60% $27,877,200 $8,000 3484.65
266
Project Name: OrangeLRSP
Agency Name: City of Orange
Contact Name: Gabrielle Hayes
Email: [email protected]
Prepared by: Kimley-Horn
Checked by: Jason Melchor
Date: August 2022
Project Sheet: Location # 2
Project Location Description & Maps:

Intersection: The City Dr & Chapman Ave
Examples of Similar Intersections: Main St & Chapman Ave Traffic and Geometric Data:

Collision Data
Total Collisions 45
Fatal and Severe
Injury Collisions
4 Top 3 Collision Types Rear-End:19
Broadside: 11
Hit-Object:4
Total Nighttime Collisions 0
Wet Surface Collisions 3
Drug and AlcoholRelated
Collisions 7

SIGNALIZED
Collision Breakdown
Veh vs. Veh Veh vs. Ped Veh vs. Bike
36 5 0
Additional Notes:
High number of broadside and rear-end collisions
High volume of pedestrian crossings near hospital
Traffic Data
Number of Approaches 4
Total EnteringVehicles 45000
Crosswalk Condition All Approaches
ControlType Signalized
Lighting Yes
Highest Posted Speed Limit 40 mph
Median North and East
Approaches
267
Countermeasure Evaluation
Primary
Issues
Potential
Countermeasures
Crash
Modification
Factor(LRSM/

CMF ID)
20 Year
Safety
Benefit
Total 20-Year
Costs Safety Related B/C
All Improve signal hardware 15% $1,821,540 $27,000 67.46 All Install/upgrade pedestrian
crossing 35% $4,250,260 $30,000 35.42
All
Modify signal phasing to
implement Leading
Pedestrian Interval
60% $7,286,160 $8,000 910.77
268
Project Name: Orange LRSP
Agency Name: City of Orange
Contact Name: Gabrielle Hayes
Email: [email protected]
Prepared by: Kimley-Horn
Checked by: Jason Melchor
Date: August 2022
Project Sheet: Location # 3
Project Location Description & Maps:

Intersection: Glassell St & Katella Ave
Examples of Similar Intersections: Tustin St & Katella Ave Traffic and Geometric Data:

Collision Data
Total Collisions 34
Fatal and Severe
Injury Collisions
4 Top 3 Collision Types Broadside: 14
Rear-End:11
Hit Object:4
Total Nighttime Collisions 0
Wet Surface Collisions 2
Drug and AlcoholRelated
Collisions 4

SIGNALIZED
Collision Breakdown
Veh vs. Veh Veh vs. Ped Veh vs. Bike
26 2 1
Additional Notes:
Vehicles turning right on red lights having difficulty determining appropriate gaps to make the turn Fatal injury was vehicle-pedestrian
Traffic Data
Number of Approaches 4
Total EnteringVehicles 44200
Crosswalk Condition All Approaches
ControlType Signalized
Lighting Yes
Highest Posted Speed Limit 40 mph
Median None
269
Countermeasure Evaluation
Primary
Issues
Potential
Countermeasures
Crash
Modification
Factor(LRSM/

CMF ID)
20 Year
Safety
Benefit
Total 20-Year
Costs Safety Related B/C
All Improve signal hardware 15% $6,409,680 $27,000 237.40 All Install/upgrade pedestrian
crossing 35% $14,955,920 $30,000 124.63
All
Modify signal phasing to
implement Leading
Pedestrian Interval
60% $25,638,720 $8,000 3204.84
All
Install additional signs
(no right turn on red signs) 5% $2,136,560 $3,000 712.19 270
Project Name: Orange LRSP
Agency Name: City of Orange
Contact Name: Gabrielle Hayes
Email: [email protected]
Prepared by: Kimley-Horn
Checked by: Jason Melchor
Date: August 2022
Project Sheet: Location # 4
Project Location Description & Maps:

Intersection: Main St & Maple Ave
Examples of Similar Intersections: Main St & Palm Ave, Grand St & Walnut Ave

TWO-WAY STOP
Collision Breakdown
Veh vs. Veh Veh vs. Ped Veh vs. Bike
11 1 0
Additional Notes:
Possible sight distance constraints with turning vehicles coming off Maple Ave Traffic and Geometric Data:

Collision Data Traffic Data
Total Collisions 16 Number of Approaches 4
Fatal and Severe
Injury Collisions
0 Total EnteringVehicles 1500
Crosswalk Condition North andWest
ApproachTop 3 Collision Types Broadside: 7
Re a r-En d :1
Sideswipes: 1 ControlType Unsignalized
Total Nighttime Collisions 0 Lighting Yes
Wet Surface Collisions 1 Highest Posted Speed Limit 35 mph Drug and AlcoholRelated
Collisions 0 Median None
271
Countermeasure Evaluation
Primary
Issues
Potential
Countermeasures
Crash
Modification
Factor(LRSM/

CMF ID)
20 Year
Safety
Benefit
Total 20-Year
Costs Safety Related B/C
All Install/UpgradeWarning/
Regularory Signs 15% $2,632,740 $6,000 438.79
All Install Signal 30% $5,265,480 $400,000 13.16
272
Project Name: OrangeLRSP
Agency Name: City of Orange
Contact Name: Gabrielle Hayes
Email: [email protected]
Prepared by: Kimley-Horn
Checked by: Jason Melchor
Date: August 2022
Project Sheet: Location # 5
Project Location Description & Maps:

Intersection: Jamboree Rd & Chapman Ave/Santiago Canyon Rd Examples of Similar Intersections: Newport Blvd at Chapman Ave Traffic and Geometric Data:

Collision Data
Total Collisions 16
Fatal and Severe
Injury Collisions
0 Top 3 Collision Types Broadside: 9
Sideswipes:2
Re a r-En d :1
Total Nighttime Collisions 1
Wet Surface Collisions 0
Drug and AlcoholRelated
Collisions 0

SIGNALIZED
Collision Breakdown
Veh vs. Veh Veh vs. Ped Veh vs. Bike
15 0 0
Additional Notes:
High volume of bike traffic along Jamboree Rd
Potential plan improvements from nearby cumulative projects Traffic Data
Number of Approaches 4
Total EnteringVehicles 22500
Crosswalk Condition All Approaches
ControlType Signalized
Lighting Yes
Highest Posted Speed Limit 55 mph
Median All Approaches
273
Countermeasure Evaluation
Primary
Issues
Potential
Countermeasures
Crash
Modification
Factor(LRSM/

CMF ID)
20 Year
Safety
Benefit
Total 20-Year
Costs Safety Related B/C
All Improve signal hardware 15% $2,632,740 $27,000 97.51 All Install/upgrade pedestrian
crossing 35% $6,143,060 $30,000 51.19
All
Modify signal phasing to
implement Leading
Pedestrian Interval
60% $924,000 $8,000 115.50
274
City of Orange Local Road Safety Plan and Program
August 2022 | Report
B
Appendix B – Analysis Rankings: Intersections and Segments 275
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
Signalized Intersections
S Tustin St & E Chapman Ave 49 0.09 897 0 4 10 19 16 20 5 14 4 2 0 1 3 5 15 0 6 1 3 The City Dr & W Chapman Ave 45 15.48 240 0 0 7 25 13 11 3 19 3 4 0 0 5 0 17 2 8 0 4 State College Blvd & Anaheim Way/I-5 NB Ramps 43 14.75 448 0 1 16 17 9 35 3 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 36 0 1 0 4 N Tustin St & E Collins Ave 39 0.08 178 0 0 7 14 18 14 3 17 0 4 0 1 1 2 21 0 7 0 1 N Tustin St & E Katella Ave 38 -0.05 202 0 0 8 17 13 12 2 16 3 1 0 0 4 2 14 1 7 0 1 N Glassell St & E Katella Ave 34 0.06 803 1 3 5 13 12 14 0 11 2 4 0 1 2 1 11 0 4 0 2 N Tustin St & E Briardale Ave 31 0.06 183 0 0 12 7 12 7 4 8 5 4 0 1 2 1 13 0 6 0 3 N Tustin St & E Walnut Ave 30 0.03 202 0 0 12 11 7 16 4 3 3 0 0 0 5 2 9 0 2 0 3 S Main St & W la Veta Ave 28 -0.06 464 0 2 6 10 10 10 3 12 1 0 0 1 1 1 16 0 2 0 1 E Oragewood Ave & SR-57 Ramp 27 8.90 132 0 0 3 15 9 8 3 7 3 3 1 0 1 0 21 1 4 0 3 N Tustin St & E Meats Ave 26 -0.05 616 0 3 5 10 8 10 1 9 0 2 0 0 3 3 7 0 6 0 1 N Tustin Ave & E Fairhaven Ave 23 -0.06 305 0 1 7 10 5 6 3 8 3 2 0 0 1 0 10 0 6 0 0 N Prospect St & E Chapman Ave 23 7.44 435 0 2 4 9 8 6 1 11 1 2 0 1 1 1 11 0 3 0 1 N Tustin St & E Heim Ave 22 -0.06 419 1 1 4 6 10 9 4 3 2 2 0 0 3 0 9 0 2 0 0 Lewis St & W Metropolitan Dr 20 0.10 124 0 0 6 9 5 10 0 1 4 3 0 0 2 0 6 0 1 0 1 S Main St & W Chapman Ave 20 -0.11 75 0 0 2 7 11 6 0 10 0 4 0 0 0 0 11 0 4 1 0 N Glassell St & E Taft Ave 20 6.34 258 0 1 4 7 8 4 4 7 1 4 0 0 0 1 9 0 3 0 0 N Tustin St & E Lincoln Ave 20 0.28 249 0 1 2 9 8 3 1 11 0 4 0 1 0 0 10 0 2 0 3 N Tustin Ave & Seba Ave 19 -0.09 295 0 1 9 5 4 8 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 0 4 0 3 0 1 S Lewis St & W Chapman Ave 19 5.98 402 0 2 1 9 7 4 2 10 1 0 0 0 2 0 8 1 6 0 1 S Yorba St & E Chapman Ave 19 -0.19 242 0 1 3 6 9 3 3 8 0 4 0 1 0 0 8 0 5 0 0 City Pkwy N & W Chapman Ave 19 -0.13 444 0 2 8 4 5 5 2 8 2 1 0 0 1 0 11 0 2 0 0 N Glassell St & W Collins Ave 19 5.98 266 0 1 6 5 7 8 3 4 1 2 0 1 0 0 5 0 3 2 0 N Cambridge St & E Katella Ave 19 -0.09 237 0 1 3 5 10 4 3 7 1 2 0 0 1 2 10 0 2 0 0 Jamboree Rd & E Santiago Canyon Rd 18 5.61 236 0 1 3 5 9 3 2 6 3 2 0 1 0 4 8 0 4 0 0 N Batavia St & W Collins Ave 17 -0.03 81 0 0 5 3 9 9 2 3 1 1 0 1 0 0 8 0 1 0 0 N Glassell St & W Meats Ave 17 0.03 115 0 0 7 6 4 10 0 1 4 1 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 276
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Tustin St & E La Veta Ave 16 -0.14 66 0 0 2 6 8 4 1 3 0 6 0 0 2 0 8 0 2 1 2 S Glassell St & E La Veta Ave 16 -0.05 80 0 0 4 5 7 6 2 6 0 2 0 0 0 1 9 0 6 0 0 S Tustin St & E Palmyra Ave 16 -0.11 235 0 1 2 7 6 8 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 2 0 0 Canyon View Ave & E Chapman Ave 16 0.00 75 0 0 4 4 8 4 0 4 2 5 1 0 0 0 9 0 2 0 1 S Grand St & E Chapman Ave 16 -0.04 95 0 0 5 6 5 3 2 9 0 0 0 1 1 0 10 0 0 0 0 Jamboree Rd & E Chapman Ave/ E Santiago Canyon Rd 16 4.88 86 0 0 3 8 5 9 2 1 1 1 0 2 0 0 11 1 0 0 0 N Main St & W Katella Ave 16 -0.12 556 0 3 3 4 6 4 3 3 2 2 0 0 3 0 5 0 1 0 2 N Wanda Rd & E Katella Ave/ Villa Park Rd 16 4.88 56 0 0 2 4 10 5 2 5 2 1 0 1 0 2 6 0 7 0 0 Glassell St & SR-22 Ramp 15 4.52 59 0 0 3 3 9 10 1 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 3 0 1 S Hewes St & E Chapman Ave 15 -0.18 84 0 0 4 6 5 2 5 7 0 1 0 0 0 1 5 0 2 0 0 N Shaffer St & E Collins Ave 15 -0.05 108 0 0 8 3 4 11 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 1 N California St & E Katella Ave 15 -0.13 257 0 1 6 4 4 7 1 6 1 0 0 0 1 2 8 1 1 0 0 N Cambrdige St & Taft Ave 15 0.00 80 0 0 3 7 5 10 0 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 4 0 1 0 0 N Cannon St & E Chapman Ave 14 -0.15 227 0 1 4 2 7 2 3 3 4 1 0 1 0 0 5 0 3 0 0 N Batavia St & W Chapman Ave 14 -0.10 83 0 0 4 6 4 6 1 3 3 0 0 1 0 1 7 0 3 1 2 N Main St & W Struck Ave 14 -0.05 83 0 0 4 6 4 7 0 2 4 0 0 1 0 1 3 0 2 0 1 N Tustin St & E Wilson Ave 14 -0.15 257 1 0 5 6 2 10 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 S Anita Dr & W Chapman Ave 13 0.00 62 0 0 3 4 6 6 1 2 2 2 0 0 0 4 5 0 3 0 0 S James St & E Chapman Ave 13 -0.20 404 0 2 5 3 3 5 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 2 1 0 1 0 0 S Lemon St & W Chapman Ave 13 -0.10 62 0 0 4 2 7 6 2 2 0 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 1 N Tustin St & E Palm Ave 13 -0.19 72 0 0 4 4 5 4 0 4 1 3 0 1 0 2 7 0 1 0 1 N Newport Blvd & E Chapman Ave 13 3.79 77 0 0 4 5 4 4 0 6 2 0 0 0 0 1 5 0 3 0 0 N Eckhoff St & W Orangewood Ave 13 -0.13 63 0 0 2 6 5 7 1 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 2 0 0 N tustin St & E Mayfair Ave 13 0.07 68 0 0 2 7 4 2 4 4 2 1 0 0 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 SR-55 Ramp & E Katella Ave 13 -0.21 73 0 0 3 6 4 3 6 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 N Shaffer St & E Katella Ave 13 -0.18 82 0 0 5 4 4 5 1 5 1 1 0 0 0 1 8 0 1 0 0 N Canal St & E Lincoln Ave 13 -0.11 38 0 0 1 3 9 1 3 4 0 4 1 0 0 0 5 0 4 0 0 Santiago Blvd & E Nohl Ranch Rd 13 -0.14 53 0 0 2 4 7 3 2 6 0 2 0 0 0 0 4 0 5 0 0 277
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
N Glassell St & W Lincoln Ave 13 3.79 86 0 0 7 1 5 1 2 6 0 1 0 1 2 2 3 0 2 0 1 The City Dr S & Garden Grove Blvd 12 -0.14 47 0 0 1 5 6 3 1 3 0 3 0 0 2 0 4 0 3 0 1 S Pepper St & W la Veta Ave 12 -0.12 215 1 0 2 4 5 6 2 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 4 0 2 0 0 N Main St & W Collins Ave 12 -0.13 52 0 0 2 4 6 6 2 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 0 1 0 0 N Tustin St & SR-55 Ramp 12 -0.17 201 0 1 0 5 6 5 2 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 2 0 0 Yorba St & Fairhaven Ave 11 3.06 393 0 2 3 5 1 9 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 6 0 0 0 1 S Main St & 11 0.00 200 1 0 0 5 5 2 1 6 0 1 0 0 1 0 6 0 1 0 0 S Glassell St & W Palmyra Ave 11 0.07 46 0 0 1 5 5 8 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 3 0 2 N Rancho Santiago Bl & E Chapman Ave 11 -0.19 70 0 0 5 2 4 3 1 5 0 1 0 1 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 N Main St & W Orangewood Ave 11 -0.16 56 0 0 2 5 4 1 2 6 1 0 0 1 0 1 6 0 3 0 0 N Glassell St & E Walnut Ave 11 0.02 60 0 0 3 4 4 4 0 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 6 0 1 0 0 S Lewis St & Garden Grove Blvd 10 2.69 228 0 1 4 3 2 4 1 3 1 0 0 0 1 0 4 0 0 0 2 N Shaffer St & E Chapman Ave 10 -0.17 45 0 0 2 3 5 5 0 3 0 2 0 0 0 0 4 0 1 0 0 N Batavia St & W Walnut Ave 10 -0.13 70 0 0 3 6 1 5 0 0 2 1 0 0 2 1 3 0 0 0 1 E Santiago Canyon Rd & N Newport Blvd 10 2.69 40 0 0 2 2 6 2 1 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 5 0 2 0 1 N Batavia St & W Katella Ave 10 -0.23 35 0 0 0 5 5 3 2 2 0 1 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 N Handy St & E Katella Ave 10 2.69 54 0 0 3 3 4 0 2 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 Cannon St & E Santiago Canyon Rd 10 -0.22 30 0 0 1 2 7 1 3 4 1 1 0 0 0 1 5 1 0 0 1 N Main St & W Taft Ave 9 0.13 203 0 1 1 4 3 4 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 1 W Struck Ave & W Katella Ave 9 -0.19 24 0 0 0 3 6 0 3 1 0 4 0 0 0 0 3 0 5 0 0 N Batavia St & W Taft Ave 9 2.33 39 0 0 1 4 4 2 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 Santiago Blvd & E Taft Ave 9 -0.21 58 0 0 4 2 3 5 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 0 0 Cannon St & Serrano Ave 9 -0.23 187 0 1 1 1 6 3 1 3 0 1 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 2 S Tustin St & SR-55 Ramp 8 -0.26 206 1 0 3 1 3 6 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 5 0 1 0 0 S Yorba St & E la Veta Ave 8 -0.10 211 0 1 2 4 1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 5 0 0 0 0 The City Dr S & Justice Center Way 8 -0.26 38 0 0 2 2 4 4 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 Jamboree Rd & Canyon View Ave 8 1.96 187 0 1 0 3 4 3 1 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 1 The City Dr & The City Way 8 1.96 47 0 0 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 278
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Newport Blvd & Canyon View Ave 8 0.65 38 0 0 2 2 4 5 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 2 0 0 S Flower St & W Chapman Ave 8 -0.25 52 0 0 4 1 3 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 0 0 N Rampart St & W Chapman Ave 8 1.96 43 0 0 2 3 3 3 0 3 0 1 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 N Cambridge St & E Collins Ave 8 -0.19 201 0 1 2 2 3 4 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 N Tustin St & E Quincy Ave 8 -0.25 67 0 0 4 4 0 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 1 N Sacramento St & E Katella Ave 8 1.96 23 0 0 0 3 5 1 0 5 0 2 0 0 0 0 6 0 2 0 0 N Tustin St & E Vanowen Ave 8 -0.26 57 0 0 4 2 2 1 0 5 1 0 0 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 1 N Tustin St & E Taft Ave 8 -0.26 33 0 0 1 3 4 1 2 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 N Glassell St & E Grove Ave 8 -0.22 360 0 2 2 1 3 2 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St & W Fletcher Ave 8 0.09 221 0 1 4 2 1 5 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 N Batavia St & W Lincoln Ave 8 -0.25 32 0 0 2 1 5 0 1 5 0 2 0 0 0 0 4 0 1 0 1 Santiago Blvd & E Vista Park Ave 8 0.26 43 0 0 2 3 3 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & E Santa Ana Canyon R 8 -0.17 47 0 0 3 2 3 0 1 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 0 N Glassell St & E Richland Ave 8 -0.25 48 0 0 2 4 2 3 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 1 0 0 E Memory Ln & W Town and Country R 7 -0.21 31 0 0 2 1 4 4 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 S Batavia St & W la Veta Ave 7 -0.23 46 0 0 4 0 3 3 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 S Glassell St & E River Ave 7 -0.24 46 0 0 3 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 S Main St & W Palmyra Ave 7 -0.25 27 0 0 1 2 4 4 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 4 0 0 0 3 SR-55 Ramp & E Chapman Ave 7 -0.26 41 0 0 3 1 3 2 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 6 1 0 0 0 S Feldner Rd & W Chapman Ave 7 -0.26 196 0 1 1 3 2 1 1 3 2 0 0 0 1 1 2 0 3 0 0 N Glassell St & E Palm Ave 7 -0.02 31 0 0 2 1 4 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 N Batavia St & W Palm Ave 7 -0.19 51 0 0 3 3 1 6 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 N Prospect St & E Bond Ave/ N Pageant Dr 7 1.60 32 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 4 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 4 0 1 N Wanda Rd & E Collins Ave 7 -0.24 17 0 0 0 2 5 0 1 2 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 Meads & E Santiago Canyon Rd 7 -0.26 195 1 0 2 1 3 2 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 1 0 0 Orange Olive Rd & E Meats Ave 7 -0.22 22 0 0 1 1 5 3 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 S Bedford Rd & W la Veta Ave 6 -0.17 21 0 0 0 3 3 2 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 2 2 0 1 0 2 S Parker St & W La Veta Ave 6 1.23 30 0 0 2 1 3 1 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 279
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
The City Dr S & Medical Circle Dr 6 -0.29 31 0 0 1 3 2 2 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 5 0 1 0 0 Skylar Pl/ E White Oak Rdg & Canyon View Ave 6 -0.09 45 0 0 3 2 1 4 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 N Cambridge St & E Chapman Ave 6 -0.27 179 0 1 1 0 4 3 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 Jacaranda Ave & E Collins Ave 6 -0.28 21 0 0 0 3 3 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St & W Grove Ave 6 -0.26 199 0 1 2 2 1 3 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 1 Santiago Blvd & E Meats Ave 6 -0.28 190 0 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 1 1 The City Dr S & City Pkwy E 5 -0.30 183 1 0 1 1 2 3 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 N Bitterbush St & W Chapman Ave 5 -0.30 20 0 0 0 3 2 2 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Wayfield St & E Chapman Ave 5 -0.30 20 0 0 1 1 3 0 2 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 The City Dr S & I-5 Ramp 5 -0.28 49 0 0 4 1 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 N California St & E Collins Ave 5 -0.12 194 0 1 1 3 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 1 0 0 N Batavia St & W Struck Ave 5 -0.25 35 0 0 2 2 1 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 2 N Glassell St & E Wilson Ave 5 -0.12 44 0 0 3 2 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 1 N Robinhood Pl & Santiago Blvd 5 -0.27 189 1 0 1 2 1 1 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 N Glassell St & E Fletcher Ave 5 -0.20 193 0 1 2 1 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & SR-55 Ramp 5 -0.26 15 0 0 0 2 3 1 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 N Glassell St & W Riverdale Ave 5 0.87 15 0 0 0 2 3 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 Orange Olive Rd & E Riverdale Ave 5 -0.15 24 0 0 2 0 3 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 S Glassell St & W Culver Ave 4 -0.28 9 0 0 0 1 3 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 S Main St & W Almond Ave 4 -0.16 19 0 0 1 1 2 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S Malena Dr & E Chapman Ave 4 -0.24 24 0 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 SR-55 Ramp & E Chapman Ave 4 -0.32 19 0 0 1 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 SR-57 & W Chapman Ave 4 -0.32 177 1 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 Jamboree Rd & E Fort Rd 4 -0.21 24 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 N Prospect St & E Spring St 4 -0.23 182 0 1 1 1 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 N Glassell St & W Sycamore Ave 4 -0.18 23 0 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 Trails End Ln & E Chapman Ave 4 0.50 187 0 1 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 E Broadway Trl & E Chapman Ave 4 -0.23 23 0 0 2 0 2 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 280
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
N Glassell St & W Wilson Ave 4 -0.21 346 0 2 1 1 0 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 N Cambridge St & E Katella Ave 4 -0.32 9 0 0 0 1 3 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Cambridge St & E Meats Ave 4 -0.30 29 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Canal St & N Canal St 4 -0.30 9 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 Lawson Way & W Town and Country Rd 3 0.13 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E Chapman Ave & E Cliffway Dr 3 -0.34 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 N Center St & E Walnut Ave 3 -0.26 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 SR-57 Ramp & W Orangewood Ave 3 -0.31 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Glassell St & E Quincy Ave 3 -0.33 330 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 Santiago Blvd & E Brookside Ave 3 -0.34 18 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 Cannon St & E Crest de Ville Ave 3 -0.34 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cannon St & Carver Ln 3 -0.34 18 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Unsignalized Intersections
N Glassell St & Plaza Sq 43 3.23 92 0 0 3 4 36 1 1 4 5 29 0 1 2 1 10 0 25 1 2 State College Blvd & I-5 NB Ramps 33 11.50 403 1 0 16 10 6 27 3 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 28 0 0 0 0 Tower Rd & Chapman Ave 20 6.75 253 0 1 3 8 8 8 4 6 0 2 0 0 0 2 7 1 3 2 0 S Batavia St & W Almond Ave 18 0.61 83 0 0 3 7 8 10 1 5 0 0 0 1 1 1 6 0 2 1 1 SR-57 NB & On-Ramps & Katella Ave 18 6.02 73 0 0 3 5 10 8 5 3 0 0 0 0 2 0 10 0 0 0 0 The City Dr & Outlets at Orange Driveway 16 5.29 61 0 0 2 5 9 4 3 4 0 2 0 0 3 0 6 0 2 0 0 Main St & Maple Ave 16 5.29 413 0 2 4 6 4 7 1 1 1 4 0 1 1 1 2 0 3 0 1 SR-55 SB On Ramp & E Chapman Ave 14 0.24 98 0 0 5 7 2 7 2 3 2 0 0 0 0 2 9 0 0 0 0 S Seranado St & E Chapman Ave 14 0.04 59 0 0 2 5 7 3 3 5 1 2 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 1 N Lemon St & W Collins Ave 13 0.70 43 0 0 1 4 8 6 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 N Lincoln St & E Collins Ave 13 0.27 102 0 0 6 6 1 3 1 9 0 0 0 0 0 1 4 0 4 0 1 N Orange Mall & N Orange Mall 13 0.01 77 0 0 5 3 5 4 0 4 3 2 0 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 2 S Prospect St & E la Veta Ave 12 0.38 216 0 1 1 6 4 8 0 0 1 1 0 0 3 0 3 0 2 0 1 N Orange Mall & N Tustin St 12 0.00 399 0 2 3 6 1 4 0 3 3 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 1 S Lemon St & W la Veta Ave 11 0.17 41 0 0 2 2 7 2 2 2 1 3 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 0 281
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Main St & W Providence Ave 11 0.06 210 0 1 1 5 4 3 0 5 0 2 0 0 1 0 6 0 1 0 0 N Cambridge St & E Walnut Ave 11 0.41 26 0 0 0 3 8 3 0 1 2 5 0 0 0 0 4 0 2 0 1 S Marks Way & W Chapman Ave 10 0.04 218 0 1 2 5 2 7 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Plaza Sq & W Chapman Ave 10 0.07 20 0 0 1 0 9 0 1 1 1 6 0 0 1 0 4 0 4 0 0 N Wayfield St & E Chapman Ave 10 0.00 212 0 1 4 0 5 6 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Tustin St & E Lomita Ave 10 0.00 59 0 0 3 4 3 4 1 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 S Flower Cir & W la Veta Ave 9 0.26 39 0 0 2 2 5 2 4 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Prospect St & E Maple Ave 9 2.73 53 0 0 3 3 3 0 0 6 0 1 0 0 2 0 7 0 1 0 0 The City Dr & SR-22 Ramps 8 2.37 23 0 0 0 3 5 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 1 S Grand St & E la Veta Ave 8 0.15 38 0 0 1 4 3 6 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 Lewis St & City Pkwy W 8 0.16 67 0 0 5 2 1 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Prospect St & E Palmyra Ave 8 0.29 27 0 0 2 0 6 3 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 4 0 1 0 1 S Hamlin St & E Chapman Ave 8 -0.01 355 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Orange St & E Chapman Ave 8 0.06 48 0 0 1 6 1 7 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 2 0 1 S Solana Dr & E Chapman Ave 8 -0.01 206 0 1 2 3 2 4 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 Saddleback Plaza & E Chapman Ave 8 -0.06 57 0 0 3 4 1 4 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 S Pixley St & W Chapman Ave 8 0.08 62 0 0 5 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 N Citrus St & W Walnut Ave 8 0.29 37 0 0 3 0 5 2 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 N Tustin St & E Rose Ave 8 -0.02 38 0 0 1 4 3 4 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 N Tustin St & E Village Way 8 1.32 43 0 0 2 3 3 4 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 N Glassell St & W Carleton Ave 8 0.05 52 0 0 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & E Grove Ave 8 -0.02 207 1 0 1 5 1 4 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 E Villa Vista Way & N Santiago Blvd 8 0.27 13 0 0 0 1 7 2 0 0 0 5 1 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 5 N Santa Fe Pl & E Lincoln Ave 8 0.03 196 0 1 2 1 4 2 0 4 0 0 0 1 0 1 4 0 1 0 0 S Tustin St & SR-55 NB Ramps 7 -0.04 31 0 0 2 1 4 0 2 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 S Silktree Cir & W la Veta Ave 7 0.01 42 0 0 1 5 1 3 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 S Main St & W Columbia Pl 7 -0.02 51 0 0 4 1 2 4 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 S Cambridge St & E Palmyra Ave 7 0.22 17 0 0 0 2 5 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 282
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Orange St & E Almond Ave 7 0.56 42 0 0 2 3 2 4 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Eckhoff St & W Chapman Ave 7 1.86 200 0 1 2 2 2 3 1 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Kathleen Ln & E Chapman Ave 7 -0.07 210 0 1 3 2 1 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 S Los Timbres St & E Chapman Ave 7 -0.03 56 0 0 3 4 0 2 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Parker St & W Chapman Ave 7 0.05 27 0 0 0 4 3 4 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Wheeler St & E Chapman Ave 7 -0.07 46 0 0 3 2 2 0 2 4 0 1 0 0 0 1 4 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & E Orange Grove Ave 7 -0.04 56 0 0 3 4 0 4 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 1 N Park Ln & E Meats Ave 7 0.01 196 0 1 0 5 1 4 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 S Tustin St & E Fairway Dr 6 -0.06 30 0 0 2 1 3 4 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S Fashion Park St & W la Veta Ave 6 0.06 175 0 1 0 1 4 3 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 S Lemon St & W Almond Ave 6 0.03 170 0 1 0 0 5 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 3 0 0 S Batavia St & W Palmyra Ave 6 0.15 21 0 0 1 1 4 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 S Hewes St & E Washington Ave 6 0.07 36 0 0 1 4 1 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N 1st St & E Chapman Ave 6 -0.08 41 0 0 2 3 1 1 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 S Olive St & W Chapman Ave 6 0.01 16 0 0 0 2 4 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 S Swidler Pl & E Chapman Ave 6 -0.07 36 0 0 1 4 1 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Glassell St & E Maple Ave 6 0.31 16 0 0 1 0 5 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Main St & W Sycamore Ave 6 0.01 194 1 0 2 1 2 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Maplewood St & E Walnut Ave 6 0.28 11 0 0 0 1 5 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 4 0 1 N Cypress St & W Walnut Ave 6 0.13 21 0 0 0 3 3 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 N Handy St & E Collins Ave 6 -0.02 26 0 0 1 2 3 2 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 N Parker St & W Collins Ave 6 0.01 40 0 0 3 1 2 3 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 N Morgan St & E Collins Ave 6 1.64 184 0 1 1 1 3 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 N Manzanita St & W Katella Ave 6 -0.04 21 0 0 1 1 4 1 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 N Highland St & E Taft Ave 6 0.11 179 0 1 1 0 4 3 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 0 N Highland St & E Grove Ave 6 1.64 11 0 0 0 1 5 0 3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 2 0 N Cottonwood St & Lincoln Ave 6 1.64 11 0 0 0 1 5 0 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 1 Park City Apartments & Garden Grove Blvd 5 0.11 29 0 0 2 1 2 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 283
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Tustin St & E Fairway Dr 5 -0.07 15 0 0 0 2 3 2 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Esplanade St & E Palmyra Ave 5 0.23 5 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 Taco Bell Parking Lot & W Chapman Ave 5 0.00 35 0 0 2 2 1 0 2 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 N Moneterey Rd & E Chapman Ave 5 1.27 35 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Waverly St & E Chapman Ave 5 -0.05 25 0 0 1 2 2 1 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 N Cypress St & W Chapman Ave 5 -0.02 193 0 1 2 1 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 S Park St & E Chapman Ave 5 -0.07 35 0 0 2 2 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Feldner Rd & W Maple Ave 5 1.27 20 0 0 1 1 3 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Orange St & E Maple Ave 5 0.90 20 0 0 1 1 3 3 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 N Cambridge St & E Palm Ave 5 0.11 10 0 0 0 1 4 0 0 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 Alpine St & W Orangewood Ave 5 -0.01 178 0 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 N Main St & W Braden Ct 5 0.01 20 0 0 1 1 3 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Lemon St & W Mayfair Ave 5 0.04 15 0 0 0 2 3 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 N Kathleen Ln & Collins Ave 5 -0.01 20 0 0 1 1 3 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 Roberto St & E Collins Ave 5 1.27 183 1 0 1 1 2 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 N Harte St & E Collins Ave 5 0.19 29 0 0 2 1 2 2 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 N Glassell St & E Hoover Ave 5 0.01 342 0 2 0 2 1 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Harding St & E Katella Ave 5 -0.07 44 0 0 3 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 N Nordic St & E Meats Ave 5 0.00 193 1 0 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 N Lincoln St & E Meats Ave 5 0.00 25 0 0 1 2 2 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 N Canal St & E Heim Ave 5 -0.04 20 0 0 1 1 3 4 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 1 N Glassell St & E Dunton Ave 5 0.07 15 0 0 0 2 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 E Nohl Ranch Rd & E Nohl Ranch Rd 5 0.12 20 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 1 1 The City Dr & W Park Central Ave 4 0.91 24 0 0 1 2 1 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 Lewis St & El Prado Ave 4 -0.01 346 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Parker St & La Veta Park Cir 4 0.01 28 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 3 S La Veta Park Cir & W La Veta Ave 4 0.09 28 0 0 2 1 1 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Tustin St & The Gables Apartments 4 -0.09 178 0 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 284
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Flower St & W Orchard Ave 4 -0.05 4 0 0 0 0 4 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 S Devon Rd & W Culver Ave 4 0.63 19 0 0 1 1 2 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 E Santiago Canyon Rd & SR-241 Ramps 4 -0.05 28 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 S Felner Rd & W Palmyra Ave 4 3.25 14 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 S Loretta Dr & E Palmyra Ave 4 3.25 4 0 0 0 0 4 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 City Blvd E & The City Way E 4 0.63 38 0 0 3 1 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 SR-57 Ramp & W Chapman Ave 4 0.91 24 0 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 S Main St & W Palmyra Pl 4 -0.08 24 0 0 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 S Feldner Rd & W Paul Rd 4 0.91 23 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 S Oak St & E Palmyra Ave 4 0.91 23 0 0 2 0 2 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 S Earlham St & E Washington Ave 4 0.63 9 0 0 0 1 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 S Cambridge St & E Almond Ave 4 0.02 19 0 0 1 1 2 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 N Atchison St & W Chapman Ave 4 -0.05 4 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 N Shattuck Pl & E Chapman Ave 4 -0.07 182 0 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N McPherson Rd & E Chapman Ave 4 -0.10 4 0 0 0 0 4 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Plaza Sq & E Champan Ave 4 0.91 24 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 SR-55 SB Ramp & E Chapman Ave 4 -0.09 9 0 0 0 1 3 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 N Cambridge St & E Maple Ave 4 0.11 28 0 0 2 1 1 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St & W Sycamore Ave 4 -0.02 19 0 0 1 1 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 N Eckhoff St & W Sequoia Ave 4 -0.01 14 0 0 0 2 2 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 N Wayfield St & E Walnut Ave 4 -0.02 38 0 0 3 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 N Crescent Dr & W Walnut Ave 4 0.04 4 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 2 N Main St & W Primrose Dr 4 -0.03 33 0 0 3 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 N Newport Blvd & N Broadmoor Trl 4 0.91 188 0 1 1 2 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Glassell St & E Lomita Ave 4 0.32 28 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Orange St & E Collins Ave 4 -0.04 19 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 Jacaranda Ave & Jacaranda Ave 4 -0.09 23 0 0 2 0 2 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Maplewood St & E Collins Ave 4 -0.05 177 0 1 1 0 2 1 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 285
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
N Batavia St & W Katella Ave 4 -0.08 33 0 0 3 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 N Glassell St & E Trenton Ave 4 -0.07 341 1 1 0 2 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Tustin St & E Chestnut Ave 4 -0.09 24 0 0 1 2 1 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 N Jamestown Way & E Santiago Canyon Rd 4 -0.07 177 1 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 N Leslie Way & W Taft Ave 4 -0.07 168 1 0 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Shaffer St & E Meats Ave 4 -0.02 19 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 E Summitridge Ln & E Meats Ave 4 0.03 4 0 0 0 0 4 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Santiago Blvd & E Vista Canyon Rd 4 0.91 28 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 N Oceanview Ave & E Lincoln Ave 4 -0.07 19 0 0 0 3 1 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Magnolia Ave & E Lincoln Ave 4 -0.09 34 0 0 2 2 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 The City Dr S & W Park Central Ave 3 -0.06 13 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Jamboree Rd & Handy Creek Rd 3 0.54 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 S Grand St & E River Ave 3 0.54 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 S Esplande St & E La Veta Ave 3 0.63 13 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Estate Dr & E la Veta Ave 3 0.04 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 S Woodland St & E la Veta Ave 3 0.04 18 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 S Crest Rd & W la Veta Ave 3 -0.10 172 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S Bedford Rd & W Culver Ave 3 0.35 8 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 S Wayfield St & E Palmyra Ave 3 0.54 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 S Batavia St & W Palmyra Ave 3 -0.04 13 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 City Blvd W & The City Way E 3 0.54 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 S Hewes St & E Circulo Way 3 -0.03 3 0 0 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 S Lemon St & W Palmyra Ave 3 -0.07 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 S Orange St & E Palmyra Ave 3 0.30 13 0 0 0 2 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 Crawford Canyon Rd & Orange County Mining Co 3 0.10 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S Glassell St & E Almond Ave 3 -0.09 13 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 S Olive St & W Almond Ave 3 0.00 3 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 S Esplanade St & E Washington Ave 3 0.02 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 286
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
S Manchester Ave & City Blvd W 3 -0.03 27 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 Ravel Ln/ Norte Dame St & Canyon View Ave 3 0.54 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Stevens St & W Chapman Ave 3 -0.10 27 0 0 2 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S Lime St & W Chapman Ave 3 -0.09 23 0 0 1 2 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Loretta Dr & E Chapman Ave 3 -0.11 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 S Lincoln St & E Chapman Ave 3 -0.10 176 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Olive St & W Maple Ave 3 0.35 18 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Poplar St & W Maple Ave 3 0.54 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St & W Maple Ave 3 -0.07 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 N Batavia St & W Acacia Ave 3 -0.07 18 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Shaffer St & E Palm Ave 3 -0.07 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 N Virage St & E Spring St 3 -0.08 27 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 Lewis St & W Tiller Ave 3 -0.09 22 0 0 2 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Pine St & E Palm Ave 3 0.09 13 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 N Main St & W Birch Ave 3 -0.09 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 N Shaffer St & E Sycamore Ave 3 -0.07 13 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 N Clinton St & E Walnut Ave 3 -0.07 176 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 N Parker St & W Walnut Ave 3 -0.03 13 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 E Walnut Ave & E Walnut Ave 3 0.00 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 N Lemon St & W Walnut Ave 3 -0.09 3 0 0 0 0 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Rancho Santiago Bl & 3 0.93 23 0 0 1 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 N Olive St & W Walnut Ave 3 -0.06 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 E Emerald Dr & W Walnut Ave 3 0.11 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 E Santiago Canyon Rd & 3 -0.10 22 0 0 2 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 N Shaffer St & E Mayfair Ave 3 -0.06 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 N Shaffer St & E Oakmont Ave 3 -0.06 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Handy St & E Mayfair Ave 3 -0.06 167 0 1 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Olive St & W Collins Ave 3 -0.09 13 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 287
Intersection
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
N Batavia St & W Barkley Ave 3 -0.07 22 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Cypress St & W Collins Ave 3 -0.09 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Waverly St & E Collins Ave 3 -0.09 22 0 0 2 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 0 0 0 1 N Eckhoff St & W Collins Ave 3 -0.09 22 0 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Jacaranda Ave & Jacaranda Ave 3 -0.11 18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & E Adams Ave 3 -0.10 23 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & E Adams Ave 3 -0.10 8 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St & W Hoover Ave 3 -0.07 176 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & Villa Park Rd 3 -0.09 22 0 0 2 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Sacramento St & E Katella Ave 3 -0.11 23 0 0 1 2 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Santiago Blvd & E Blueridge Ave 3 -0.09 3 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Sutter's Mill Apartments & E Grove Ave 3 0.54 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Cannon St & Carpenter Cir 3 -0.11 18 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Highland St & E Coral Ave 3 0.54 8 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 N Glassell St & Baywood Ave 3 -0.09 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 E Meats Ave & E Marywood Dr 3 -0.04 18 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N American Way & W Fletcher Ave 3 0.09 13 0 0 0 2 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 Cannon St & E Gabrielle Ln 3 -0.08 181 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 Somerset St & Via Escola 3 0.08 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Canal St & E Sail Ave 3 0.04 13 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Dell St & W Dunton Ave 3 0.54 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 SR-55 Ramp & E Lincoln Ave 3 0.54 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 N Olive Ave & E Lincoln Ave 3 -0.10 18 0 0 1 1 1 2 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 Palm Ave & E Lincoln Ave 3 -0.10 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St & e Sunview Dr 3 -0.08 22 0 0 2 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 N Tustin St & E Bixby Ave 3 -0.08 18 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 288
Facility Limits
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
Principal Arterial
E Chapman Ave Prospect St - Swidler Pl 18 0.79 270 1 0 6 6 5 11 1 2 1 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 2 N Tustin St Heim Ave - Village Way 16 0.60 244 0 1 3 7 5 8 3 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 0 0 0 0 N Tustin St Village Way - Meats Ave 13 0.70 241 0 1 4 5 3 5 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 N Tustin St SR-55 SB On-Ramp - Heim Ave 13 0.71 72 0 0 4 4 5 8 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 1 0 0 N Tustin St Grove Ave - Taft Ave 11 0.52 229 0 1 4 3 3 5 1 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 E Lincoln Ave Glassell St - Cottonwood St 11 0.62 60 0 0 4 2 5 1 8 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 3 0 0 E Katella Ave Dell Taco Dwy - Tustin St 10 0.86 55 0 0 1 7 2 8 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 E Katella Ave Sacramento St - Handy St 9 0.20 78 0 0 5 4 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 1 0 0 E Katella Ave Shaffer St - Apartment Dwy 9 0.43 54 0 0 2 5 2 3 2 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 1 W Chapman Ave Rampart St - Renaissance Dwy 8 1.76 37 0 0 3 0 5 2 2 2 0 1 0 0 1 0 5 0 0 0 2 N Main St W Struck Ave - Collins Channel 8 0.88 43 0 0 2 3 3 2 3 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 E Katella Ave Glassell St - Katella Plaza 8 0.62 52 0 0 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Tustin St E Grove Ave - Meats Ave 7 0.56 61 0 0 4 3 0 4 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 1 E Lincoln Ave N Canal St - N Tustin St 7 0.77 37 0 0 1 4 2 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 N Tustin St E Chapman Ave - E Palm Ave 7 0.49 215 0 1 3 3 0 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 E Katella Ave N Tustin St - N California St 6 0.94 11 0 0 0 1 5 1 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 0 W Chapman Ave S Feldner Rd - N Main St 6 0.58 26 0 0 1 2 3 3 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 S Tustin St E Chapman Ave - E Washington Ave 5 0.55 20 0 0 0 3 2 2 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 E Chapman Ave S Hewes St - S Hamlin St 5 0.59 183 0 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 W Katella Ave N Glassell St - Burlington Northern
Santa Fe 5 0.59 20 0 0 1 1 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 N Tustin St E Palm Ave - E Walnut Ave 5 0.49 35 0 0 2 2 1 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 N Tustin Ave E Fairhaven Ave - Seba Ave 5 0.62 39 0 0 3 1 1 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E Chapman Ave S Seranado St - S Esplander St 4 0.60 19 0 0 1 1 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 E Santiago Canyon Rd Orange Park Blvd - N Nicky Way 4 0.90 28 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 W Katella Ave Struck Ave - Main St 4 2.02 14 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 N Tustin St E Collins Ave - E Quincy Ave 4 0.51 28 0 0 2 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 S Tustin St E Palmyra Ave - Val Verde Estates 4 0.57 14 0 0 1 0 3 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 289
Facility Limits
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
W Lincoln Ave N Berkeley St - N Glassell St 4 1.21 4 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 E Taft Ave N Glassell St - N Widdows Way 3 0.89 23 0 0 1 2 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W Chapman Ave Renaissance - N Rampart St 3 1.33 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 W Taft Ave N Batavia St - N Case St 3 0.83 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 S Glassell St W Culver Ave - E la Veta Ave 3 1.05 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 E Katella Ave N Glassell St - N Shaffer St 3 0.76 13 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 E Santiago Canyon Rd Jamboree Rd 3 0.76 176 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 3 0 0 1 1 E Chapman Ave S Yorba St - SR-55 Ramp 3 0.68 27 0 0 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 E Chapman Ave N 1st St - N Prospect St 3 0.50 13 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Cannon St Goldenrod Ln - E Crest De Ville Ave 3 1.13 27 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 W Katella Ave N Main St - N Batavia St 3 0.55 8 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 E Katella Ave N Tustin St - SR-55 Ramp 3 0.71 8 0 0 0 1 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 W Lincoln Ave Berkeley St - N Glassell St 3 1.35 176 0 1 1 0 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Jamboree Rd E Forte Rd - Canyon View Ave 3 0.77 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3 E Katella Ave N Handy St - N Harding St 3 0.94 13 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 1 Minor Arterial
W Town and Country
Rd Main St - Lawson Way 13 111.44 57 0 0 4 1 8 7 2 2 0 2 0 0 0 1 7 0 1 0 0 N Batavia St Angus Ave - Walnut Ave 9 1.67 24 0 0 1 1 7 3 2 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 E Meats Ave Canal St - Tustin St 8 14.39 52 0 0 3 3 2 7 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St Industrial Dwy - N Grove St 5 2.52 10 0 0 0 1 4 0 0 0 2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 N Prospect St Maple Ave - Chapman Ave 5 0.74 29 0 0 2 1 2 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 E Taft Ave Tustin St - Highland St 4 0.68 24 0 0 0 4 0 3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 N Batavia St Collins Ave - Struck Ave 4 0.22 182 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 W Metropolitan Dr Lewis St - City Pkwy 4 1.49 28 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St Fletcher Ave - Cully Dr 4 0.59 9 0 0 0 1 3 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 E Spring St Swidler St - Seranado St 3 1.16 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 W Grove Ave N Glassell St - N Batavia St 3 0.43 13 0 0 0 2 1 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 N Batavia St W Sycamore Ave - W Walnut Ave 3 0.96 13 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 290
Facility Limits
Crashes
Local CCR Differential1
EPDO2
Fatal
Serious Injury
Other Visible Injury
Complaint of Pain
PDO
Broadside
Sideswipe
Rear End
Head On
Hit Object
Overturned
Other
Pedestrian
Bicycle
Aggressive
Distracted
Impaired
Dark
Wet
Local
N California St Wilson Ave - Adams Ave 6 53.99 6 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 City Blvd W The City Dr - The City Way 4 8.11 14 0 0 1 0 3 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 W Culver Ave Devon Rd - Lilac Ln 3 6.50 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Orange Olive Rd Vista Del Gaviota Ave - Meats Ave 3 0.13 186 1 0 2 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 E Trenton Ave Baxter St - Orange Vlg 3 3.69 22 0 0 2 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 S La Veta Park Cir La Veta Ave - Parker St 3 4.97 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 N Pacific St Southern Ave - Industrial Dwy 3 7.26 8 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Orange Olive Rd Saint James Ave - Heims Ave 3 0.46 18 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

Orange City CouncilMay 23, 2023

Orange City Council
May 23, 2023